General catalogue. Consumables, tools, devices and machines for the bookbinding, printing and print finishing industry

Transcription

1 General catalogue Consumables, tools, devices and machines for the bookbinding, printing and print finishing industry for manual and industrial production The case of this catalogue has been manufactured with grey board and chip board out of our range and covered with Englisch Buckram (item no ). The catalogue is printed on FSC-certified paper.

2 The World of Bookbinding... Dear Customer, This is the new Schmedt catalogue With more than 10,000 products out of the World of Bookbinding on 400 pages. We have taken the opportunity to add all our new products. This took some time as we recently focussed on the update and improvement of our online shop. Please feel free to have a look at it: There you will find current offers, news and also our complete range from binding cloth to end papers to adhesives and bonefolders to leather-paring devices to our own machines for the production of books. Here you may shop around the clock and 365 days a year. Whether by smartphone or by PC, there is always something to discover: new products, special offers, event dates etc. To inform you about the latest developments in our machine range, we have created a separate homepage: Lots of changes have taken place in the last few years. Nowadays, our Prä bookbinding machines are not only used in handcraft, but also for industrial production. On the website, you may e. g. see 360 views of different machines and links to videos showing the machines in operation. For this, we have our own YouTube channel showing all our videos. If you are looking for further information or if you would like to leave a comment, visit us on Facebook: Despite the euphoria for these online channels, we are still fans of printed information, preferably books. Therefore it is important to us to have a real catalogue available. To us, it was out of the question that a new Schmedt catalogue would have to be a hardcover book. We hope you enjoy flipping and reading! Ulrike and Hans-Hinnark Schmedt Preface

3 ...and what it means to us Apprenticeship and training (Page 55) Bookbinding skills (Page 101) Brands (Page 95) Consulting, sales and delivery (Page 55) Cutting and slitting service (Page 22) Demo and training centre (Page 101) Environment protection / sustainability (Page 55) Exhibitions (Page 101) External review site (Page 71) Glue guide (Page 178) Hardcover Award (Page 241) Import and export (Page 241) International dealer network (Page 241) Machine leasing (Page 358) Machine production (Page 320) Machine repair / maintenance (Page 358) On-site consulting and service (Page 55) Online services / shop (Page 71) Operating manuals (Page 303) Operator training for machines (Page 358) Own brands (Page 95) Personal consulting and contact (Page 55) PRÄ bookbinding machines (Page 320) Product development (Page 294) Production support (Page 358) Promotion of the bookbinding craft (Page 55) Rental machines (Page 358) Sample cards / Sample book (Page 303) Sample production, material testing (Page 358) Second-hand machine market (Page 220) Service and maintenance contracts (Page 358) Setup and installation service (Page 358) Social commitment (Page 55) Social media (Page 71) Software and network solutions (Seite 358) Special catalogues (Page 303) Special offers (online only) (Page 71) Telemaintenance / Service hotline (Page 358) Third-party machines (Page 220) Tool manufacture (Page 294) Tradition and history (Page 55) Traditional tools (Page 294) Video tutorials (Page 71) Wholesalers for material + machines (Page 55) Preface

4 Table of contents The World of Bookbinding... and what it means to us Preface Table of contents Where do I find what? I Index of product groups Consumables / Tools / Devices / Machines III - IV Information Information on the catalogue VI Catalogue Book cover materials 1-21 Cutting / slitting service Papers About Schmedt 55 Cardboard and board Online services 71 Self-adhesive tapes and films Own brands / Brand-name products 95 Packaging materials Exhibitions 101 Consumables Glue guide Assembling products Machine trade 220 Binding material International trade 242 Tools Manufacture and development 294 Miscellaneous Special catalogues, samples 302 Prä bookbinding machines Machine manufacture 320 Machines and devices Service and repairs 358 Workshop equipment Alphabetical index of goods Adhesive circles - Yuki paper Sites Addresses and contact details 380 Order sheet To copy and fax 381 Terms and conditions General terms of sale 382 Notes Room for personal notes Page I

5

6 Index of product groups Book cover materials Binding cloth 1-12 Binding leather Technical materials Papers End paper Deckle-edge paper Cover paper Marbled / Coloured paper Japanese paper Miscellaneous papers Cardboard and board Single-layer cardboard Multi-layer cardboard Foamboard and accessories Board Self-adhesive tapes Repair tape Protection film and accessories Double-sided adhesive films Heat-seal tape 88 Dispenser systems Spine-binding tape Labels 94 Packaging material Adhesive tape Packaging tape, gummed 99 Banding material Strapping 100 Consumables Adhesives and accessories Cleaning agents Dyes and ancillaries Printing ancillaries Bands, threads, ribbons Metal accessories Mechanisms Hot-stamping foil Assembling products Film pouches Accessories for folders Letter file accessories Calendar accessories Fittings Flexible fittings Assembling materials Binding material Wire stitching Thermo bindung Wire-comb binding Accessories for ring bindings Page III

7 Index of product groups Tools Knives and accessories Scissors Leather treatment 253 Measuring tools Bonefolders Brushes Binding tools 263 Wooden tools Gilding and edge-gilding General tools Punching and eyeletting tools Miscellaneous Guides 296 Vouchers 297 Special catalogues Samples Prä machines Book block production Book case production Finishing (casing-in) Stamping Machines and devices Gluing machines Presses Trimming machines Eyeletting machines Staplers and folding machines Laminating machines Paper joggers Binding machines Punching machines Grooving and perforating machines 352 Corner-punching machines Paper drilling machines Banding machines 357 Workshop equipment Worktop equipment Workshop equipment Page IV

8

9 Information on the catalogue If a product is not stated in this index of product groups, you might find it by means of the alphabetical index at the end of this catalogue. Any product details, dimensions and any other specification given in this catalogue are based on current knowledge and experience. Due to the amount of possible influences during processing and application, they do not relieve the buyer from own testing. No mandatory confirmation of certain specifications or suitability for a certain purpose may be derived from our details. All information given, such as any other written or oral advice, is without commitment. Illustrations and photographs may differ from the original product and are without commitment. This especially applies to colours and machine equipment. Subject to our Generals Terms of Sale shown on page 382 of this catalogue. Prices for the items in this catalogue are available in our online shop They are subject to change without notice Schmedt GmbH & Co. KG E&EO Technical details and range are subject to change without notice. We usually ship our goods by GLS Standard, on demand and against invoicing also by Express. Large and heavy goods are shipped by lorry, airfreight or seafreight. Shipping costs are invoiced according to the weight and dimensions of the shipment. Packaging costs are also invoiced. Goods are packed in such a way that they arrive safely! Heavy goods such as board, stitching wire etc. are - independant of the goods value, subject to a heavy-goods surcharge. The minimum order amount for EU customers is EUR net, for all countries outside the EU it is EUR net. Further information, e. g. as of which minimum order amount we deliver free buyer s address may be found in the service area in our online shop Here you may enter your customer code (always shown on the right top side of delivery notes invoices etc.) as well as the login information chosen when registering in our online shop: Look for our FSC -certified products marked with this logo: Customer code: Web login: Page VI

10

11 Book cover materials The fabric (book) dreams are made of It seems likely that a book made of paper and board also has a paper cover. But there are many books with a cover made of cloth. These convey a completely different "look and feel". They allow fine embossing and decorations. The same applies to leather covers. As with cloth (with coated and uncoated surfaces) there are also various leather products (natural leather and leather cloth). All these are available in many different colours, embossings and surfaces. Cloth is available in rolls, natural leather is supplied by the skin. Bookbinding cloth / Book cloth with uncoated surface Imperial - fine binding cloth Roll width: approx. 100 cm Backing cloth: 100 % viscose Thickness: approx mm Total weight: approx. 195 gsm Warp: 30 threads / cm - Weft: 30 threads / cm Lightfastness (depending on colour): 4-6 (DIN / 54004) Suitable for foil blocking, blind embossing, screen and offset printing Roll length: 100 mts. Sold by the metre white yellow orange yellowisch green green dark green blue-green dark brown light brown ochre red orange red dark red burgundy aubergine violet blue-grey blue-black light blue blue dark blue blue light grey medium grey grey black Page 1

12 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Book cloth with uncoated surface Regency - binding cloth Roll width: approx cm Backing cloth: 100 % viscose Weight: approx gsm Thickness: approx mm Warp: 21 threads / cm - Weft: 24 threads / cm Suitable for hot-foil stamping, blind embossing, silkscreen printing and offset printing Roll length: 100 mts. Sold by the metre red black bright white dark brown dark blue blue dark grey light grey anthracite dark green baby blue steel blue dark green blue-grey olive green light green turquoise pink lilac grass green violet antique white light cream orange sand burgundy brown red cream medium blue blue light lilac light red pale blue bottle green aubergine golden yellow cedar Page 2

13 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Book cloth with uncoated surface Alsace N - binding cloth Roll width: approx. 100 cm Cloth: 100 % cotton Backing paper: 20 gsm Total weight: 135 gsm Warp: 22 threads/cm Weft: 17 threads/cm Suitable for hot-foil stamping, blind embossing, silkscreen and offset printing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre white chamois red burgundy rust light red dark green fir-tree green light green cream yellow dark blue light blue dark grey greyish cream light grey light brown sand brown black light blue night blue Alsace G - binding cloth, impregnated Roll width: approx. 100 cm Cloth: 100 % cotton, with acrylic coating Backing paper: 20 gsm Total weight: 135 gsm Warp: 22 threads/cm Weft: 17 threads/cm Suitable for hot-foil stamping, blind embossing, silkscreen and offset printing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre white red orange burgundy dark green olive green golden yellow dark blue greyish cream light brown black Page 3

14 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Book cloth with uncoated surface Moleskin Type 402 (thin) - beige Roll width: 84 cm - Tight, smooth and soft cotton cloth - not finished, no backing. The reverse side is roughened. Roll length: approx mts. Sold by the metre. Bookbinding cloth / Unbleached cloth Jute linen - natural Roll width: approx. 139 cm 100 % jute Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Unbleached cloth Type 216 D Roll width: approx. 100 cm 100% viscose on warp 30% flax and 70% rayon on weft Warp: 18 threads/cm, NM 50 Weft :12 threads/cm, NM 50 Paper backing: 30 gsm Weight: 210 gsm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Unbleached cloth Type Roll width: approx. 140 cm made of flax with paper backing Thickness: approx mm Weight: approx. 252 gsm Roll length: 100 mts. Sold by the metre. Type Page 4

15 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Natural linen # N1041 # N1085 # N 137 # N Natural linen, multi-coloured Roll width: approx. 100 cm 100% cotton Warp: 14 threads/cm Weft : 12 threads/cm Paperback: 30 gsm Weight: 204 gsm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Sheeting / Slitting service for binding material We may cut binding cloth, paper and board according to your requirements! Further information is available as of page 22. Page 5

16 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Library cloth English Buckram - library cloth (as per RAL RG 495) - Roll width: 104 cm - 100% cotton cloth with pigmented acrylic coating - lightfast, wipeable and scratch-resistant - surface ph value: excellent foil-blocking features - starch-coated back ensures a good gluing surface - suitable for screen and offset printing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre light red white medium green light grey orange light red grass green burgundy burgundy red red brown yellow dark blue blue-green light blue dark blue blue light blue light blue medium blue violet grey-green steel blue may green moss green olive green steel blue green blue-grey dark green burgundy tobacco medium brown light brown red-brown dark brown brown grey cream light blue black sand beige light green black-green dark grey Page 6

17 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Library cloth blue dark green dark grey black white cappuccino red English Buckram Matt Book cloth - Roll width: 104 cm - 100% cotton cloth with pigmented PU coating, mat - wipeable and resistant to abrasion - starch-coated back ensures a good gluing surface - foil-blocking possible Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre light red grass green burgundy light blue medium blue violet dark brown brown-grey black white dark grey English Buckram Sparkle Book cloth - Roll width: 104 cm - 100% cotton cloth with pigmented acrylic coating - lightfast, wipeable and scratch-resistant - surface ph value: excellent foil-blocking features - starch-coated back ensures a good gluing surface Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Page 7

18 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Library cloth aqua petrol pink violet red green emerald green Englisch Buckram Neon Book cloth - roll width: 101 cm - 100% cotton cloth with pigmented acrylic coating - Pigmented back ensures a good gluing surface - Weight: approx. 280 gsm - Thickness: approx mm - Excellent foil-blocking features (at approx. 110 C with a minimum dwell time of approx. 1 sec.) Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre silver titan anthracite gold antique gold copper bronze Englisch Buckram Metallic Book cloth - roll width: 101 cm - 100% cotton cloth with pigmented acrylic coating - Pigmented back ensures a good gluing surface - Weight: approx. 275 gsm - Thickness: approx mm - Excellent foil-blocking features (at approx. 110 C with a minimum dwell time of approx. 1 sec.) Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Page 8

19 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Library cloth light red burgundy dark green medium blue dark blue black Buckingham - light library cloth Roll width: ca. 116 cm - surface wipeable and resistant to abrasion - lightfast colours - suitable for hot-foil stamping and screen printing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Bookbinding cloth / Binding cloth with coated surface Avon spine-binding cloth - black Roll width: approx. 109 cm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Page 9

20 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Binding cloth with coated surface Chelsea - binding cloth Roll width: approx. 114 cm - Cotton cloth with white back and textile structure - for book covers, hinges and reinforcing - suitable for screen printing, hot-foil stamping, blind embossing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre black red green white blue light red burgundy grey beige-grey baby blue rosa cream Balmoral - binding cloth - black Roll width: approx. 109 cm - double-sided finished matt cloth - cloth structure hardly visible % cotton with aqueous acrylic coating - Thickness: approx mm - Suitable for screen printing, hot-foil stamping and blind embossing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Binding cloth Type 50 - thick - green Roll width: 100 cm - double-sided finished cloth - cloth structure hardly visible Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Page 10

21 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Leather cloth red burgundy navy blue blue green black Leather cloth FN - fine grain Roll width: approx. 124 cm medium thick leather cloth with fine grain - backing cloth of 100% cotton - wipeable, scratch-resistant surface - suitable even for fine-detail foil blocking - suitable for screen-printing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre dark red burgundy dark blue medium blue green black Arbetex - leather cloth Roll width: approx. 124 cm medium thick leather cloth with coarse grain - backing cloth of 100% cotton - wipeable, scratch-resistant surface - suitable even for fine-detail foil blocking - suitable for screen-printing Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Page 11

22 Book cover materials Bookbinding cloth / Leather cloth Kaliko Leather cloth Type BL - black Roll width: approx. 109 cm fine Kaliko Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Sample cards / Sample book Please ask for sample cards with original samples or our complete sample book (subject to a fee). Further information is provided in the section "Miscellaneous". Sheeting / Slitting service for binding material We may cut binding cloth, paper and board according to your requirements! Further information is available as of page 22. Page 12

23 Book cover materials Bookbinding leather / Capra leather Goatskin Type Capra pre-skived skins for bookbinding pre-skived to approx mm Skin size: approx. 0.5 m² Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the cut-out size you require (max. size possible approx. 65 x 45 cm) so that we may choose the appropriate skin size red burgundy dark blue yellow light brown red/brown medium brown dark brown light green dark green beige black moss green light blue olive grey Bookbinding leather / Oase full leather goatskin Goatskin Type Oasis - full leather tanned on pure vegetable basis (sumach etc.) Skin size: approx. 4-6 sqf (1 sqf = m²) Thickness: approx. 1 mm (± 0.2 mm) Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the cut-out size you require (max. size possible approx. 65 x 45 cm) so that we may choose the appropriate skin size dark blue blue light blue dark green medium green light green beige orange scarlet red crimson terracotta medium brown brown maroon tan green black purple ochre grey chocolate biscuit pink brilliant yellow Page 13

24 Book cover materials Bookbinding leather / Full leather Pigskin sunburnt/light brown unskived full leather average skin size: approx. 7-8 sqf (1 sqf = m²) Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the number of skins with order and the cut-out size you require so that we may choose the appropriate skin size. natural Cowskin - full leather dark brown Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the number of skins with order and the cut-out size you require so that we may choose the appropriate skin size. Bookbinding leather / Parchment Goat parchment - natural white for bookbinders - approx mm thick Skin size: approx m² Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the number of skins with order and the cut-out size you require (max. size possible approx. 65 x 45 cm) so that we may choose the appropriate skin size. white beige honey light brown dark brown blue/black Goat parchment "special" - not ground for bookbinders - approx mm thick Skin size: approx. 0.6 m² Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the number of skins with order and the cut-out size you require (max. size possible approx. 65 x 45 cm) so that we may choose the appropriate skin size. Page 14

25 Book cover materials Bookbinding leather / Parchment Calf parchment - not ground light for bookbinders - approx mm thick Skin size: approx m² Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the number of skins with order and the cut-out size you require so that we may choose the appropriate skin size. antique Calf parchment - both sides ground white mm thick for calligraphy Skin size: approx m² Sold by the skin. Please additionally state the number of skins with order and the cut-out size you require so that we may choose the appropriate skin size. Parchment pieces light and antique (from larger cuts) for repairing jobs Sold per 100 grams glassy Technical materials / Filter fleece Filter fleece for paper restoration 50 gsm Roll width: 122 cm made of polyester Roll length: 50 mts Sold by the metre 60 gsm 80 gsm Technical materials / Mull Mull I - single-threaded (1 warp thread) Roll width: approx. 110 cm Roll length: 50 mts Sold by the metre. Also available in slit rolls, see item no XXX. Page 15

26 Book cover materials Technical materials / Mull Mull II - double-threaded (2 warp threads) Roll width: approx. 103 cm without core Roll length: 25 mts Sold by the metre Mull III - triple-threaded (3 warp threads) Roll width: approx. 103 cm w/o core Roll length: 25 mts. Sold by the metre. Also available in sheets70 x 103 cm with item no and in slit rolls with item no XXX. Mull with stronger-woven strips Type K - wide strips Type Spezial - narrow strips in rolls Type K: 104 cm x 25 mts Type Spezial: 115 cm x 50 mts Sold by the metre. Perlon mull Type PB - single-threaded Roll width: 100 cm Roll length: 25 mts Sold by the metre Page 16

27 Book cover materials Technical materials / Mull Mull in slit rolls - 20 mm x 50 mts single-threaded (1 warp thread) Sold by the roll. Other roll widths by request mm x 50 mts - 40 mm x 50 mts - 50 mm x 50 mts - 60 mm x 50 mts - 70 mm x 50 mts - 80 mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts Mull in slit rolls - 30 mm x 50 mts triple-threaded (3 warp threads) Sold by the roll. Other roll widths by request mm x 50 mts - 50 mm x 50 mts - 60 mm x 50 mts - 70 mm x 50 mts - 80 mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts Page 17

28 Book cover materials Technical materials / Backliner (Molton) Backliner (Molton) - Type SKG - strong Roll width: approx. 101 cm Roll length: 100 mts Sold by the metre Paraprint Type OL 50 - nonwoven Roll width: 70 cm Weight: 50 gsm Fleece material to backline book blocks when stabilizing Roll length: 100 mts Sold by the metre Technical materials / Backliner Backliner I - single-threaded Roll width: approx. 104 cm Mull with backing paper Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Also available in sheets 70 x 103 cm - item no Backliner I - single-threaded / gummed Roll width: 103 cm - mull with backing paper - with gumming on the mull side No stock item. Sold in full rolls of 50 mts Page 18

29 Book cover materials Technical materials / Backliner Backliner I - slit rolls - 40 mm x 50 mts single-threaded mull with backing paper Sold by the roll mm x 50 mts - 60 mm x 50 mts - 70 mm x 50 mts - 80 mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts Backliner, gummed Slit roll: 100 mm x 40 mts - mull with backing paper - one side gummed Technical materials / Crepe paper Crepe paper 70/90 - white Roll width: approx. 103 cm flexible backlining paper - 90 gsm Roll length: 100 mts. Sold by the metre. Also available in sheets 70 x 103 cm - item no Page 19

30 Book cover materials Technical materials / Calico Calico Type 100 (thin) - white Roll width: approx. 115 cm Dense, finished cloth for backlining and re-inforcing 100 % cotton Thickness: approx mm Weight: approx. 135 g/m² Roll length: 100 mts. Sold by the metre. Calico Type 100 (thick) - white Roll width: approx. 96 cm Dense, finished cloth for backlining and re-inforcing 100 % cotton Thickness: approx mm Weight: approx. 145 g/m² Roll length: 100 mts. Sold by the metre. Also available in sheets 70 x 96 cm - item no Joint cambric Type 201 (very fine) - white Roll width: 120 cm 100% spun rayon Thickness: < 0.16 mm Weight: 120 gsm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre Calico - white Type 101 (medium strength) Roll width: approx. 103 cm Dense, finished cloth for backlining and re-inforcing 100 % cotton Thickness/Weight: Type 101 (medium strength): 0.18 mm / 130 gsm Type 102 (fine): 0.15 mm / 105 gsm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre Type 102 (fine) Calico, medium strength - coloured grey Roll width: approx. 103 cm Dense, finished cloth for backlining and re-inforcing 100 % cotton Thickness: 0.2 mm Weight: 140 gsm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre black Page 20

31 Book cover materials Technical materials / Calico Calico Type 101 (medium-strength) 15 mm x 50 mts white - slit rolls Dense, finished cloth for backlining and re-inforcing 100 % cotton Thickness: 0.18 mm Weight: 130 gsm Sold by the roll. Other widths by request. 20 mm x 50 mts 25 mm x 50 mts 30 mm x 50 mts 40 mm x 50 mts 50 mm x 50 mts Calico, self-adhesive 20 mm x 50 mts Colour: bright white Material: cotton Thickness: 240 μm Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive acid-free Applications: repairing and reinforcing of book joints, spine-taping of books, adhesion of back panels when picture-framing Sold by the roll 30 mm x 50 mts Technical materials / Map cloth Map cloth - raw white Bale width: 160 cm Bale length: approx. 60 mts Sold by the metre Technical materials / Printable substrates Extreme 10 Graphic White Nylon-reinforced latex-impregnated paper Roll dimensions: 137 cm x 22.5 mts Thickness: approx. 0,241 mm Weight: 240 gsm Core diameter: 50.8 mm With linen texture For offset and inkjet print (inkjet might require testing) Sold in full rolls only. Page 21

32 Cutting and slitting service Your cloth should be precut in strips of the desired height or the roll should be slit in half? You would like to receive grey board or paper in ready-cut sheets? No problem - we may cut cloth, paper and board according to your requirements at low costs! Just let us know the format required stating the grain direction (long or short grain), and we will get in done! What does grain direction mean and why is it so important? During the industrial production of papers and/or cloth with paper backing, the fibres orient towards the direction of production, the so-called grain direction. Papers manufactured that way expand less in the grain direction than across the grain direction. Moreover, they may be bent more easily in grain direction. When producing books, the fibres, i.e. the grain direction, should always be parallel to the book spine to avoid fluting and to improve the opening of the book. It is also important in the processing e. g. when folding. The grain direction should always be parallel to the foldout. There are two different grain directions: long grain (LG) and short grain (SG). In case of long grain, the fibres run parallel to the longer side, in case of short grain parallel to the shorter side. fibre direction = grain long grain (LG) short grain (SG) long grain (LG) short grain (SG) Page 22

33 Cutting and slitting service Cutting rolls or sheets Cloth, paper, grey board (up to 2.5 mm thickness) etc. in rolls or sheets may be cut as per the following examples: Cut rolls into strips H H = height required x RW = roll width RW Cut rolls into strips and cut the strips in half H H = height required x half of RW = roll width half of RW Cut rolls into precut sheets H H = height required x W = width required (+ state grain direction, see previous page) W Slitting rolls Cloth or paper rolls may be slit into two, three, four etc. narrow rolls, either of the same width or according to your specifications. We may also slit technical materials such as mull, calico or backliner. The same applies to hot-stamping foils. Page 23

34

35 Papers Paper is the begining and the end of a book... A book basically consists of paper. Paper on which the text, the content, is printed. There are innumerous different kinds of paper, which printers usually purchase at wholesalers or paper mills. The papers we offer are mainly used for the production of books. There are different cover papers such as coloured, coated or embossed papers and also technical papers such as end papers or deckle-edge papers. Moreover, we sell many other papers for various applications. End papers / End paper End paper, laid - bright white 100 gsm - 70 x 100 cm - long grain standard quality acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 125 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 100 gsm x 70 cm - short grain 120 gsm - 70 x 100 cm - long grain 120 gsm x 70 cm - short grain 120 gsm - 88 x 63 cm - short grain 200 gsm - 72 x 101 cm - long grain End paper, laid - bluish-white 120 gsm - 70 x 100 cm - long grain standard quality acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 120 gsm x 70 cm - short grain End paper, laid - natural white 100 gsm - 70 x 100 cm - long grain (yellowish-white) - standard quality acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 125 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 100 gsm x 70 cm - short grain 120 gsm - 70 x 100 cm - long grain 120 gsm x 70 cm - short grain 120 gsm - 88 x 63 cm - short grain 200 gsm - 72 x 101 cm - long grain End paper, smooth (wove) - pure white 120 gsm - 72 x 102 cm - long grain standard quality acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 120 gsm x 72 cm - short grain 120 gsm - 88 x 63 cm - short grain Page 25

36 Papers End papers / End paper End paper, smooth (wove) - bluish white 120 gsm - 72 x 102 cm - long grain standard quality acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 120 gsm x 72 cm - short grain End paper, smooth (wove) - natural white 120 gsm - 72 x 102 cm - long grain (yellowish-white) - standard quality acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 120 gsm x 72 cm - short grain 120 gsm - 96 x 64 cm - short grain End paper, smooth (wove) - black 140 gsm - 70 x 100 cm - long grain standard quality Sales unit: 125 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Other paper weights by request. 200 gsm - 70 x 100 cm - long grain End paper, laid - natural white 70 x 100 cm - long grain Original Hahnemuehle quality - Weight: 120 gsm acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 100 x 70 cm - short grain 86 x 61 cm - short grain Japanese end paper, smooth (wove) cream gsm - 70 x 100 cm - short grain Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Sheeting / Slitting service for binding material We may cut binding cloth, paper and board according to your requirements! Further information is available as of page 22. Page 26

37 Papers End papers / Writing paper Writing paper -bright white- 63 x 88 cm - long grain Weight: 120 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 86 x 61 cm - short grain End papers / PräziCover PräziCover Tabbed endsheets W220 x H307 mm - white Folded, with 3 mm wide tab Weight: 120 gsm For the production of bookblocks with endsheets for hardcover books on a perfect binder with milling station. Allows the binding of a book block with a closed end paper (real intent), despite milling of the spine Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. W220 x H307 mm - cream W220 x H307 mm - black PräziCover BF Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 3 mm bright white - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) Paper quality: 150 g/m², smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded end sheets, hinged with a fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Special sizes are available as of 500 pcs per size and gap width. Block mm/gap 6 mm Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Block mm/gap 18 mm Block mm/gap 21 mm Block mm/gap 24 mm Block mm/gap 27 mm Block mm/gap 30 mm Block mm/gap 34 mm Block mm/gap 38 mm Block mm/gap 42 mm Block mm/gap 46 mm Block mm/gap 50 mm Block mm/gap 54 mm Page 27

38 Papers End papers / PräziCover PräziCover BF Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 3 mm bright white - Size: W160 x H220 mm (A5 portrait) Paper quality: 150 g/m², smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded end sheets, hinged with a fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Block mm/gap 6 mm Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Block mm/gap 18 mm Block mm/gap 21 mm Block mm/gap 24 mm Block mm/gap 27 mm Block mm/gap 30 mm Block mm/gap 34 mm Block mm/gap 38 mm Block mm/gap 42 mm Block mm/gap 46 mm Block mm/gap 50 mm Block mm/gap 54 mm PräziCover BF Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 3 mm bright white - Size: W307 x H220 mm (A4 landscape) Paper quality: 150 g/m², smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded end sheets, hinged with a fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. MOQ: 1 sales unit Block mm/gap 6 mm Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Block mm/gap 18 mm Block mm/gap 27 mm Block mm/gap 38 mm Block mm/gap 46 mm Block mm/gap 54 mm PräziCover BF Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 3 mm bright white - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) Paper quality: 150 g/m², laid --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded end sheets, hinged with a fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Block mm/gap 6 mm Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Page 28

39 Papers End papers / PräziCover PräziCover BF Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 3 mm natural white - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) Paper quality: 150 g/m², smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded end sheets, hinged with fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Block mm/gap 6 mm Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm PräziCover BF Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 3 mm natual white - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) Paper quality: 150 g/m², laid --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded end sheets, hinged with a fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Special sizes are available as of 500 pcs per size and gap width. Block mm/gap 6 mm Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Block mm/gap 18 mm Block mm/gap 21 mm Block mm/gap 24 mm Block mm/gap 27 mm Block mm/gap 30 mm Block mm/gap 34 mm Block mm/gap 38 mm Block mm/gap 42 mm Block mm/gap 46 mm Block mm/gap 50 mm Block mm/gap 54 mm PräziCover BF Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 3 mm natural white - Size: W160 x H220 mm (A5 portrait) Paper quality: 150 g/m², laid --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded end sheets, hinged with a fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Block mm/gap 6 mm Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Block mm/gap 18 mm Block mm/gap 21 mm Block mm/gap 24 mm Block mm/gap 27 mm Block mm/gap 30 mm Block mm/gap 34 mm Block mm/gap 38 mm Block mm/gap 42 mm Block mm/gap 46 mm Block mm/gap 50 mm Block mm/gap 54 mm Page 29

40 Papers End papers / PräziCover PräziCover Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 6 mm black - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) 120 gsm, smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded Efalin paper, hinged with a bright cambric-cotton fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Special sizes are available as of 500 pcs per size and gap width. Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm PräziCover Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 6 mm titan grey - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) 120 gsm, smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded Efalin paper, hinged with a bright cambric-cotton fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Special sizes are available as of 500 pcs per size and gap width. Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm PräziCover Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 6 mm red - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) 120 gsm, smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded Efalin paper, hinged with a bright cambric-cotton fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Special sizes are available as of 500 pcs per size and gap width. Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm PräziCover Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 6 mm dark blue - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) 120 gsm, smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded Efalin paper, hinged with a bright cambric-cotton fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Special sizes are available as of 500 pcs per size and gap width. Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Page 30

41 Papers End papers / PräziCover PräziCover Combined endsheets Block mm/gap 6 mm dark green - Size: W220 x H307 mm (A4 portrait) 120 gsm, smooth (wove) --> Block = book block thickness --> Gap = gap between the endsheets Doubled and folded Efalin paper, hinged with a bright cambric-cotton fabric. Ready to be used in the cover feeder of a perfect binder. Sales unit: 500 pieces. Sold by the piece. Special sizes are available as of 500 pcs per size and gap width. Block mm/gap 9 mm Block mm/gap 12 mm Block mm/gap 15 mm Deckle-edge paper / Genuine deckle-edge paper Ingres - deckle-edge paper Size: 62.5 x 48 cm - short grain gsm finely laid genuine deckle-edge paper with 4 deckle edges and watermark "Cock". Acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet white ivory antique corn yellow greenish grey bluish green pink brown light grey mouse grey grey dark blue blue black orange dark green medium grey sandy grey bright white yellow Ingres - deckle-edge paper 150 gsm - white Size: 104 x 78 cm - short grain finely laid genuine deckle-edge paper with 4 deckle edges and watermark "Cock". Acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 150 gsm - ivory 100 gsm - white 100 gsm - ivory Page 31

42 Papers Deckle-edge paper / Genuine deckle-edge paper Antique - deckle-edge paper - 90 gsm Size: 104 x 78 cm - short grain ingrained genuine deckle-edge paper with 4 deckle edges acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO Sales unit: - 90 gsm: 250 sheets and 180 gsm: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet gsm gsm Bugra - deckle-edge paper Size: 107 x 86 cm - short grain gsm laid, with 2 deckle edges and 2 cut edges. Acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet yellowish antique gold brick red brown blue grey deer brown light green white antique dark red dark green black pink bright white caramel brown marble grey aqua saphire blue mauve lilac burgundy Genuine deckle-edge board - white Size: 106 x 78 cm cm - short grain Weight: 150 gsm (with watermark "Hahnemühle" and "Cock") Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Page 32

43 Papers Deckle-edge paper / Hand-made deckle-edge paper Hand-made deckle-edge paper white gsm Size: 42 x 59 cm Sales unit: 120 gsm 200 sheets, all other thicknesses 100 sheets Sold by the sheet. white gsm white gsm white gsm cream gsm cream gsm cream gsm cream gsm Cover papers / Efalin paper Efalin paper - surface: fine linen Size: 102 x 70 cm - Weight: 120 gsm uncoated high-quality paper for book covers, ring binders, folders, packaging and many other graphic applications. Heavy duty, insensitive to dirt and humidity and wipeable. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts blue - short grain bright white - short grain white - short grain light red - short grain dark blue - short grain red - short grain dark green - short grain black - short grain golden yellow - short grain russet - short grain light blue - short grain dark brown - short grain burgundy - short grain parisian blue - short grain cream - short grain sandy beige - short grain anthracite - short grain sweetcorn - short grain orange - short grain apple green - short grain titan - short grain violet - short grain ruby - short grain bright white - long grain Page 33

44 Papers Cover papers / Efalin paper Efalin paper - surface: new linen Size: 102 x 70 cm - Weight: 120 gsm uncoated high-quality paper for book covers, ring binders, folders, packaging and many other graphic applications. Heavy duty, insensitive to dirt and humidity and wipeable. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts blue - short grain bright white - short grain white - short grain dark blue - short grain red - short grain dark green - short grain black - short grain golden yellow - short grain burgundy - short grain parisian blue - short grain anthracite - short grain titan - short grain dove grey - short grain violet - short grain ruby - short grain bright white - short grain black - short grain parisian blue - short grain Efalin paper - surface: laid Size: 102 x 70 cm - Weight: 120 gsm uncoated high-quality paper for book covers, ring binders, folders, packaging and many other graphic applications. Heavy duty, insensitive to dirt and humidity and wipeable. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Page 34

45 Papers Cover papers / Efalin paper Efalin paper - surface: plain Size: 102 x 70 cm - Weight: 120 gsm uncoated high-quality paper for book covers, ring binders, folders, packaging and many other graphic applications. Heavy duty, insensitive to dirt and humidity and wipeable. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts blue - short grain bright white - short grain white - short grain light red - short grain dark blue - short grain red - short grain dark green - short grain black - short grain golden yellow - short grain russet - short grain light blue - short grain dark brown - short grain burgundy - short grain parisian blue - short grain cream - short grain sand - short grain anthracite - short grain maize yellow - short grain orange - short grain apple green - short grain titan - short grain violet - short grain ruby - short grain bright white - long grain bright white - short grain black - short grain parisian blue - short grain Efalin paper - surface: linear Size: 102 x 70 cm - Weight: 120 gsm uncoated high-quality paper for book covers, ring binders, folders, packaging and many other graphic applications. Heavy duty, insensitive to dirt and humidity and wipeable. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Page 35

46 Papers Cover papers / Elephant hide paper bright white white cream light brown black light grey anthracite Elephant hide paper - Type I Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain gsm Special paper with typical marbling effect, scratch and rub-resistant, wipeable, resistant to dirt, excellent resistance to tearing and continued tearing, good moisture resistance. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Elephant hide paper - Type II bright white Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain gsm Special paper with typical marbling effect, scratch and rub-resistant, wipeable, resistant to dirt, excellent resistance to tearing and continued tearing, good moisture resistance. Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet white cream Elephant hide paper - Type III bright white Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain gsm Special paper with typical marbling effect, scratch and rub-resistant, wipeable, resistant to dirt, excellent resistance to tearing and continued tearing, good moisture resistance. Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet white cream Sheeting / Slitting service for binding material We may cut binding cloth, paper and board according to your requirements! Further information is available as of page 22. Page 36

47 Papers Cover papers / Leatherette paper Nebelhorn - cover paper Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 100 gsm with leather emboss Sales unit: 250 sheets Sold by the sheet light blue dark brown white red dark blue dark green cream light brown grey light green black black red white Leatherette paper with lizard emboss unicoloured Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 90 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet red/black green/black Leatherette paper with longrano emboss bicoloured Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 90 gsm Sales unit: 125 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Page 37

48 Papers Cover papers / Leatherette paper 021-orange/red 023-blue/black 025-red/dark red 026-brown/dark brown 027-grey/black 028-yellow/red 029-gold/red 030-silber/red Leatherette paper with lizard emboss bicoloured Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 110 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. 061-dark brown 062-light brown Leatherette paper with croco emboss Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 110 gsm Sales unit: 125 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Cover papers / Latex-saturated paper Rainbow LX - unicoloured - Vicuna latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. red dark red cranberry burgundy wine cream tan cocoa french roast silver gold carnation yellow purple Page 38

49 Papers continued... Rainbow LX - unicoloured - Vicuna electric blue catalina tropic cobalt light grey ash flag midnight black white emerald Rainbow LX - unicoloured mat - Mattone latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. red dark red burgundy tan french roast green tropic ash midnight black white emerald red wine tan fir cobalt Rainbow LX - multi-coloured - Serrano latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Page 39

50 Papers Cover papers / Latex-saturated paper red wine tan fir Rainbow LX - multi-coloured - Palermo latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. red wine tan fir cobalt Rainbow LX - multi-coloured - Cordoba latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. red wine brown grey white green Rainbow LX - multi-coloured - Mohave latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Page 40

51 Papers Cover papers / Latex-saturated paper red brown blue dark blue black green Rainbow LX - multi-coloured - Loredo latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. red wine brown blue grey white green Rainbow LX - multi-coloured - Cheyenne latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Rainbow LX - multi-coloured - Dakota latex-saturated paper Roll width: approx. 137 cm Thickness: approx mm Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. red wine burgundy brown french roast dark green blue dark blue black Page 41

52 Papers Cover papers / Cloudy marbled paper 70 x 100 cm - long grain 100 x 70 cm - short grain Cloudy marbled paper - black/white Weight: 80 gsm 100 % recycling paper Sales unit: 250 sheets Sold by the sheet Cover papers / Velours paper Velours paper Size: 100 x 70 cm - short grain Base paper: 90 gsm Flock coating: viscose Total weight: approx. 185 gsm ph neutral Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts dark green white black light red brown dark blue light green pink light grey grey yellow light brown light blue burgundy Cover papers / Wood veneer Genuine wood veneer paper - natural single-sided - 90 gsm - 95 x 65 cm - short grain single-sided hand laminated paper, with a surface made by photoengraving (heliogravure) Suitable for offset and inkjet printing. Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet Page 42

53 Papers Cover papers / Wood veneer 01 - light brown 02 - red-brown 03 - black-brown 04 - white-beige 05 - grey-brown 06 - natural Madera - faux wood cover paper Roll width: 125 cm Weight: 160 gsm Thickness: 0.18 mm 3 layer lamination PVC free silicone-free for excellent foil-blocking results Roll length: 50 mts. Sold by the metre. Also available in sheets 62.5 x 50 cm - item no XX. Genuine wood veneer paper double-sided -180 gsm - 93 x 54.5 cm - short grain Colour: natural double-sided hand laminated paper, with a surface made by photoengraving (heliogravure) Suitable for offset and inkjet printing. Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet Cover papers / Cork 01 - fine 02 - coarse Kork - cover material made of natural cork Roll width: 100 cm Surface: Natural cork 0.3 mm Carrier: Kraft paper 90 gsm Adhesive: Ethylene vinyl Thickness: mm Suitable for digital print, silk-screen print and hot-foil stamping Roll length: 100 mts. Sold by the metre. Also available in sheets 50 x 70 cm - item no XX. Page 43

54 Papers Cover papers / Cork Sample cards / Sample book Please ask for sample cards with original samples or our complete sample book (subject to a fee). Further information is provided in the section "Miscellaneous". Marbled and coloured papers / Genuine marbled paper French marbled paper Size: 65 x 50 cm - short grain Weight: approx. 100 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts red brown light green dark brown medium blue dark blue green/grey green/yellow green/red green/grey ocre rose green light brown yellow brown green violet light red red blue/grey green dark green black/yellow grey/red dark blue/gold Page 44

55 Papers Marbled and coloured papers / Genuine marbled paper red yellow blue green French marbled paper Size: 65 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: approx. 100 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! red lilac Marbled paper Type "Stone" Size: 65 x 50 cm - short grain Weight: 100 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Page 45

56 Papers Marbled and coloured papers / Printed marbled paper blue/black green/black brown/white Marbled paper Type "Agate" Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 90 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Marbled and coloured papers / Printed multi-coloured paper Florentine paper, mat Size: approx. 68 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: approx. 85 gsm Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Pattern 012 Pattern 015 Pattern 016 Pattern 017 Pattern 019 Pattern 028 Pattern 032 Pattern 043 Pattern 076 Pattern 077 Pattern 082 Pattern 117 Pattern 118 Pattern 135 Pattern 136 Pattern 139 Pattern 140 Pattern 142 Pattern Page 46

57 Papers Marbled and coloured papers / Printed multi-coloured paper Leipziger Vorsatz - traditional coloured paper Printed design: approx. 69 x 49 cm - short grain Weight: 100 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! blue green brown red blue green brown blue/red green yellow blue green brown red bleu/red yellow/green/pink green/blue/violet green/red/yellow/brown Leipziger Vorsatz - traditional coloured paper Size: approx. 67 x 48 cm - short grain Weight: 120 gsm Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! black black olive aubergine aubergine grey blue blue olive black blue black blue burgundy burgundy black black green green blue red red blue black brown Page 47

58 Papers Marbled and coloured papers / Printed multi-coloured paper red blue green brown Leipziger Vorsatz - traditional coloured paper Size: approx x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 85 gsm Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! Coloured paper Size: approx. 68 x 97 cm - long grain Weight: 100 gsm Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! Pattern #01 Pattern #02 Pattern #03 Pattern #04 Pattern #05 Pattern #06 Pattern #07 Pattern #08 Pattern #09 Pattern #10 Pattern #11 Pattern #12 Pattern #13 Pattern #14 Pattern #15 Pattern #16 Pattern #17 Pattern #18 Pattern #19 Pattern #20 Pattern #21 Pattern #22 Pattern #23 Pattern #24 Pattern # Page 48

59 Papers Marbled and coloured papers / Printed multi-coloured paper Coloured paper Size: 68 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 85 gsm Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! Pattern fantasy Pattern cubes yellow/black Pattern cubes blue/black Pattern blue flowers Pattern traces of Elisa Pattern green tiles Pattern ivy Pattern lavender Pattern peach blossoms Pattern lemons Pattern shells Pattern stripes Pattern alphabet Pattern butterfly Pattern watches Pattern buttons Pattern antique books Pattern feathers Pattern lace Pattern roses Pattern Oriental script Pattern signum Pattern advertising Pattern orchestra Pattern script Pattern forever Pattern red flowers Pattern flowers light blue Pattern blue doge Pattern arches Pattern clematide Pattern field flowers Pattern pink flowers Pattern tulips Pattern olives Pattern clover Pattern ladybeetles Pattern corals Pattern balloons Pattern candy Pattern coffee Pattern notes and instruments Pattern maritime Pattern hot-air balloons Pattern cashmere Pattern venetian flowers Pattern script Christmas Pattern Christmas Page 49

60 Papers continued... Coloured paper Pattern Advent Pattern tartan Pattern hearts Pattern poppies Pattern kites Pattern Japanese alphabet Pattern green Pattern lila Pattern blue Pattern light brown Pattern dark blue Pattern beige Pattern violet Pattern green Coloured paper - embossed - Printed surface: approx x 46 cm - short grain Weight: 120 gsm printed in letterpress Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet. Please ask for our special catalogue on coloured papers! blue/brown blue green/yellow Schattendruck - coloured paper Size: 65 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 80 gsm Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Page 50

61 Papers Japanese papers / Repair paper Japanese long-fibred silk paper Size: 76 x 49 cm - short grain - acid-free Colour: white Weight: 9 gsm 100 % manila fibre, ph value very soft - Sales unit: 500 sheets Sold by the sheet Japanese silk paper Type Gampi Size: 45.5 x 61 cm - long grain acid-free Colour: white Weight: 12 gsm - wet strength - Sales unit: 250 sheets Sold by the sheet Japanese silk paper, Type Tengujo Size: 49 x 69 cm - long grain - acid-free Colour: white Weight: 17 gsm 100 % manila, ph value 6.7 Sales unit: 500 sheets Sold by the sheet Japanese silk paper, Type Kashmir Size: 48 x 94 cm - long grain - acid-free Colour: white Weight: 11 gsm silky, soft 100 % manila, ph valut 6.8 Sales unit: 500 sheets Sold by the sheet Japanese paper, Type Bib. Tengujo Size: 48 x 75 cm - long grain - acid-free Colour: white Weight: 12 gsm long-fibred, soft, absorbent 100% manila, ph value 6.8 Sales unit: 500 sheets Sold by the sheet Page 51

62 Papers Japanese papers / Repair paper Japanese paper Type Yuki coarse-fibred - Size: 94 x 64 cm - short grain Colour: white Weight: 65 gsm Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet Miscellaneous papers / Rope paper Rope paper, smooth surface - cream Size: 73.5 x 103 cm - Weight: 100 gsm - long-fibred - supercalendered - high foldability - very ropy - may take large quantities of water w/o crimping Application: for bookbinding as ropy insert or hinge, soaked with oil for wrapping machine parts Sales unit: 125 sheets Sold by the sheet Miscellaneous papers / Glassine paper Glassine paper plain (no emboss) Size: 100 x 70 cm - short grain - approx. 40 gsm % cellulose - bleached chlorine-free, acid- and lignin free - ph value unbuffered - This paper complies to the norms of PAT (Photographic Activity Test) nach ANSI IT , paragraph 5.1 Sales unit: 500 sheets Sold by the sheet linen finish cobweb finish Miscellaneous papers / Wrapping paper Silk paper Size: 50 x 75 cm - chlorine- and acid-free Weight: approx. 22 gsm one side plain Sales unit: 480 sheets Sold by the sheet Page 52

63 Papers Miscellaneous papers / Wrapping paper approx. 70 gsm approx. 100 gsm approx gsm Kraft wrapping paper Size: 75 x 100 cm - Shade: light brown ph value: approx. 6.5 Texture: 70 and 100 gsm: narrow-ribbed, one side glazed gsm: *machine-glazed, unribbed Sales unit: 250 sheets. Sold by the sheet *machine-glazed = Glazing by calender stack of the paper machine only. Not satin-finished or coated. Miscellaneous papers / Silicone paper Silicone paper - single-sided, white Size: 100 x 70 cm - short grain one-sided siliconized, PE-coated paper, solvent-free, free silicone fractions Weight: approx. 121 gsm Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Page 53

64 Papers Miscellaneous papers / Waxed paper Rolls cm x 100 mts Sheets - 38 x 50 cm Waxed paper - white Weight: 60 gsm Rolls - Sold by the roll. Sheets - Sales unit: 1000 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Miscellaneous papers / Foolscap checked lined Foolscap Size: 430 x 610 mm - long grain Weight : 80 gsm wood-free Sales unit: 500 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Page 54

65 About Schmedt For more than 100 years Schmedt has been supplying bookbinders and the finishing industry with materials for the production of books. During that time, a lot of things have changed. Logistics, for instance: from deliveries by wooden cart in former times to the current just-in-time delivery with parcel services and track and trace via internet. But one thing has always remained the same: the commitment to the bookbinding industry. Many products used in the past are still in our range such as traditional wooden tools, bonefolders or animal glue. Tradition is also an important criteria in other respects. The company has been managed by members of the Schmedt family for four generations. And the next generation is ready to continue this tradition. Another criteria is the long-term commitment of Schmedt employees. Schmedt has always trained young people in the company, and in most cases, they have been taken on with permanent contracts of employment. Employees who have already been with Schmedt for a longer period of time, may attend additional trainings to be prepared for the future. Compared to other companies, employees are often honoured for their long career at Schmedt. Fluctuation only becomes an issue, when employees retire. The philosophy of Schmedt is to present the World of Bookbinding. The basis for this are the two business domains wholesale and machine construction. Other than the wholesale trade, the machine construction was officially established in Ever since the manufacture of the blocking press PräGnant, Schmedt is well-established in the bookbinding sector. Nowadays, computer-controlled and automized machines are manufactured besides the manual devices. Technological changes and modifications in production and of the products to be made require permanant adaptation and new developments. Currently it is the development of a binding system for layflat book blocks suitable for small volumes. With these innovations, Schmedt always meets the requirements of small and medium-size companies. In consequence, our wholesale range changes frequently. Trends and environmental aspects are only two issues requiring permanent adaptation of the consumables to customers demands. It is our commitment and motivation that the focus in all of this is always on the customer. In the digital age, we consider personal advice and contact as the basis of cooperation. We are always delighted to learn how much our customers appreciate this service. The repeated recognition of call-backs, advice or fast delivery and safe packaging confirm our attitude. Service is not just a word, but an attitude and practised customer orientation. We also feel connected with the handicraft business (also with industrial orientation). Schmedt is a longterm sustaining member and supporter of various institutions, such as the BDBI, regional craftmen guilds, the Buchbinder-Colleg, the bookbinder s museum, technical colleges etc. We would also like to mention our social commitment to the future - our children. For many years, we have been supporting the children s hospice Sternenbrücke and the children s charity organization Die Arche in Hamburg. Sustainability and environmental protection are part of Schmedt tradition. We manufacture our machines with minimum emission and resources. We try, for example, to reach a high inhouse-production depth to avoid superfluous transports. Our machines have been powder-coated for many years to reduce pollution. Moreover, we save energy by using LED lights and solar energy. We have also been awarded with the Ökoprofit label of Hamburg and are certified for trading FSC products. Page 55

66

67 Cardboard and board No board - no hardcover Board is the basis of a hardcover case. Front and rear board in addition to the spine and a cover sheet will make a hardcover. Cardboard may serve as cover material itself whereas greyboard is usually covered with cloth, paper or leather. Boards vary in structure, surface and weight (thickness). Specialities like foam board are also part of our range. We offer high-quality board with high rigidity and glazed surface. We may also cut board and cardboard to the size required. Single-layer boards / Photo/Mat board 001-natural white 002-ivory 005-light grey 006-bright white Photo / Mat board - acid-free 300 gsm - Size: 100 x 70 cm - short grain acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet 021-natural white 026-bright white Photo / Mat Board - acid-free 400 gsm - Size: 100 x 70 cm - short grain acid-free, wood-free, chlorine-free and non-ageing as per ISO 9706 Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet Page 57

68 Cardboard and board Single-layer boards / Photo/Mat board dark brown - long grain black - long grain light green - long grain Photo / Mat Board - coloured Size: 70 x 100 cm - Weight: 270 gsm - certified on the basis of the award of the environmental label "Blue Angel" (complying with DIN EN 71 Part 3) - LGA tested and certified - acid-free and/or ph neutral (ph value ) - Cobb (60) min. 40 gsm - good lightfastness - wood-free - mat surface Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Single-layer boards / Folder board white black light green yellow Pressboard - folder board - coloured Size: 91.4 x 60.6 cm - short grain Thickness: mm Weight: 293 gsm Sales unit: 275 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Page 58

69 Cardboard and board Single-layer boards / Folder board black pacific blue cool grey maroon Pressboard - cover board - leather emboss Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Thickness: mm Weight: 301 gsm Sales unit: 225 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Cover board - leather emboss Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 270 gsm Thickness: approx mm wood-free Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold by the sheet. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts bright white natural white (ivory) red green light brown black sunflower yellow blue dark blue burgundy grey Sample cards / Sample book Please ask for sample cards with original samples or our complete sample book (subject to a fee). Further information is provided in the section "Miscellaneous". Page 59

70 Cardboard and board Single-layer boards / Offset bord 150 gsm 190 gsm Offset board -white- Fize: 100 x 70 cm - short grain uncoated, with natural, slightly roughened surface Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet Single-layer boards / Chromolux board Chromolux board Type 700 -white- Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain Weight: 250 gsm wood-free, white premium, super glossy, coated board with an ultra smooth surface No stock item. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit of 100 sheets Sheeting / Slitting service for binding material We may cut binding cloth, paper and board according to your requirements! Further information is available as of page 22. Page 60

71 Cardboard and board Single-layer boards / Grey board Grey board (chipboard) / sheet stock Weight: 300 gsm (approx. 225 g/sheet) Size: 100 x 75 cm - short grain Thickness: approx mm Sold by the sheet. For larger quantities - in sales units of 25 kgs - please use item no Grey board (chipboard) / sheet stock Weight: 400 gsm (approx. 315 g/sheet) Size: 75 x 105 cm - long grain Thickness: approx mm Sold by the sheet. For larger quantities - in sales units of 25 kgs - please use item no Grey board (chipboard) - thick 500 gsm - approx mm Size: 100 x 75 cm - short grain Sold by the sheet. 600 gsm - approx mm 750 gsm - approx mm Single-layer boards / Blotting board Blotting paper / blotting board - white 140 gsm x 70 cm - SG made of approx. 95% alpha-cellulose ph value 6.9, without optical bleach Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet 300 gsm - 68 x 92 cm - LG Single-layer boards / Efalin board Efalin board - bright white fine linen / 75 x 100 cm - LG Weight: 280 gsm No stock item. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold in full sales units only. fine linen / 100 x 75 cm - SG new linen / 75 x 100 cm - LG new linen / 100 x 75 cm - SG Page 61

72 Cardboard and board Single-layer boards / Efalin board Efalin board - bright white fine linen / 75 x 100 cm - LG Weight: 350 gsm No stock item. Sales unit: 100 sheets. Sold in full sales units only. fine linen / 100 x 75 cm - SG new linen / 75 x 100 cm - LG new linen / 100 x 75 cm - SG Multi-layer boards / Museum board Museum board white / cream mm thick - 81 x 102 cm - 100% alpha cellulose - lignin-free - buffered with calcium carbonate to an alkaline reserve of 3-5 %, ph high bleed and fade resistant - ageing resistant complying with ISO 9706 Item white/white is no stock item. Sales unit: 20 sheets. Sold in full sales units only. white / white Museum board - Rag Mat cream Size: 81 x 102 cm - Thickness: 1.52 mm made of pure cotton fibres, dyed through 4 layers acid-free and non-ageing Sales unit: 25 sheets. Sold by the sheet antique white Multi-layer boards / Mat board, laminated Mat board - premium regular 33 - white/cream / 81 x 120 cm Thickness: 1.4 mm with natural white core Surface, core and backing paper buffered with calcium carbonate to an alkaline reserve of 3-5 %, acid-free, ph value Sales unit: 25 sheets Sold by the sheet very white / 81 x 120 cm dark grey / 81 x 120 cm raven black / 81 x 120 cm Page 62

73 Cardboard and board Multi-layer boards / Backing board Backing board - white Size. 80 x 100 cm - long grain Thickness: 2.0 mm - Weight: 1500 gsm both sides white with grey inlet (acid-free) Sales unit: 25 sheets Sold by the sheet Kroma display board 1.0 mm - 75 x 100 cm - LG both sides white with very smooth, double-coated cardboard top layers and cream-coloured ground wood pulp inlay, acid-free, ph value: > 7 Ideal for direct digital printing, screen printing, laminating, punching, digital cutting Very good flatness and high stability Both sides printable Application: stand-up displays, ceiling dangler, displays, bookbinding works, packaging Weights: 1.0 mm: 575 gsm 2.0 mm: 1020 gsm 2.7 mm: 1355 gsm Sold by the sheet. 2.0 mm - 75 x 100 cm - LG 2.7 mm - 75 x 100 cm - LG 1.0 mm x 150 cm - SG 2.0 mm x 150 cm - SG 2.7 mm x 150 cm - SG Foamboards + accessories / Foam board, non adhesive Foam board x 1000 x 3 mm gsm white - acid-free Foam boards both sides white, resistant to humidity, inlay light grey. Cover layers of plastic-coated cellulose board No stock item. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit Sales units: 1803-XXX 40 pcs 1805-XXX: 24 pcs x 1400 x 3 mm gsm x 1000 x 5 mm gsm x 1400 x 5 mm gsm Page 63

74 Cardboard and board Foamboards + accessories / Foam board, non adhesive Foam board x 1000 x 3 mm gsm both sides white with white inlay Both cover layers made of pigmented substitute chromo board. for print and laminating applications Size 100 x 140 cm in 3 and 5 mm thickness is no stock item. Minimum order amount: 1 sales unit of 24 sheets Size 140 x 300 cm in 10 mm thickness is no stock item. Minimum order amount: 1 sales unit of 12 sheets All other sizes and thickness are sold from one sheet. However, for packaging reasons, the minimum order quantity is 5 sheets per size x 1400 x 3 mm gsm x 1000 x 5 mm gsm x 1400 x 5 mm gsm x 1000 x 10 mm gsm x 1400 x 10 mm gsm x 3000 x 10 mm gsm Foamboards + accessories / Foam board, one side self-adhesive Foam board x 1000 x 5 mm gsm one side self-adhesive light grey core Self-adhesive foam board with cover layers made of substitute chromo board with aluminium reinforcement. Inlay made of light grey PU foam. Flamable as per DIN 4102/B2 (standard) Sale from one sheet. However, for packaging reasons, the minimum order quantity is 5 sheets per size x 1400 x 5 mm gsm x 1000 x 10 mm gsm x 1400 x 10 mm gsm Foamboards + accessories / Foam board, both sides self-adhesive Foam board x 1000 x 5 mm gsm both sides self-adhesive light grey core Self-adhesive foam board with cover layers made of substitute chromo board with aluminium reinforcement. Inlay made of light grey PU foam. Front side with squared, back side with white cover paper. Size 140 x 300 cm in 5 mm thickness is no stock item. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit of 18 sheets. Sizes 100 x 140 cm and 140 x 300 cm in 10 mm are no stock items. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit of 12 sheets. All other sizes and thickness are sold from one sheet. However, for packaging reasons, the minimum order quantity is 5 sheets per size x 1400 x 5 mm gsm x 3000 x 5 mm gsm x 1000 x 10 mm gsm x 1400 x 10 mm gsm x 3000 x 10 mm gsm Page 64

75 Cardboard and board Foamboards + accessories / Cutter Foamboard cutter for cuts in 90 and 45 angle for precise, neat cutting of boards and mats. Enables V groove and parallel cuts to 9/16"deep. Spare blades for foamboard cutter Contents: packet with 10 blades Sold by the packet Foamboards + accessories / Metal hangers Metal hangers - zinc-coated for foam boards 5 mm and 10 mm Size: 15 x 40 mm equipped with 4 rigid hooks and fixing pin (flexible) Contents: Packet with 100 pieces Sold by the packet. Metal hangers with hinge Packet with 10 pieces for foam boards 10 mm Size: 15 x 40 mm with movable hanger equipped with 5 rigid hooks and fixing pin (flexible) Sold by the packet. Packet with 100 pieces Page 65

76 Cardboard and board Foamboards + accessories / Plastic hangers Plastic hangers, round Ø 25 mm / Packet with 100 pieces self-adhesive, white with movable metal triangle as hanger Carrying capacity: Ø 25 mm: up to 300 g Ø 40 mm: up to 800 g Sold by the packet. Ø 40 mm / Packet with 50 pieces Board / Bookbinders grey board Foam-padded board with covering paper Size: approx. 100 x 80 cm (± 1 cm) - short grain Laminated layers: - grey board: 2.0 mm - foam: 3.0 mm - cover paper: 150 gsm - weight: approx. 1.2 kgs / sheet Sales unit: 25 sheets Sold by the sheet Grey board for bookbinders / kilo stock 1.2 mm (approx kgs / sheet) Size: 76 x 103 cm - long grain top quality with high rigidity both sides strongly glazed Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. 1.5 mm (approx. 1.2 kgs / sheet) 1.8 mm (approx kgs / sheet) 2.0 mm (approx. 1.6 kgs / sheet) 2.2 mm (approx kgs / sheet) 2.5 mm (approx. 2 kgs / sheet) 3.0 mm (approx. 2.4 kgs / sheet) 3.5 mm (approx kgs /sheet) Pre-cut spine hollows W 7-20 mm / L up to 297 mm made of bookbinder's grey board - top quality strongly glazed quality, high rigidity Please state size (width and length), grain and board thickness (max. 2 mm) required with order Minimum order quantity: 1000 pcs per dimension W mm / L up to 297 mm W mm / L up to 297 mm W 7-20 mm / L mm W mm / L mm W mm / L mm Grey board for bookbinders / kilo stock 1.5 mm (approx. 1.2 kgs / sheet) Size: 76 x 103 cm - long grain - FSC quality from sustainable forestry top quality strongly glazed quality high rigidity Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. 2.0 mm (approx. 1.6 kgs / sheet) 3.0 mm (approx. 2.4 kgs / sheet) Page 66

77 Cardboard and board Board / Bookbinders grey board Grey board S - acid free / kilo stock 1.5 mm (approx. 1.3 kgs / sheet) Size: 75 x 105 cm - long grain on the basis of ISO 9706 (without KAPPA number) one side calendered ph value 7.79 for bookbinders Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. 2.0 mm (approx. 1.7 kgs / sheet) 2.5 mm (approx. 2.3 kgs / sheet) Sheeting / Slitting service for binding material We may cut binding cloth, paper and board according to your requirements! Further information is available as of page 22. Board / Hard board Marbled hardboard / kilo stock 1.5 mm (approx kgs / sheet) Size: 78 x 103 cm - long grain - black one side varnished, marbled, leather emboss rigid quality Weight: 1.5 mm: 1650 g/m² 2.0 mm: 2200 g/m² Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. 2.0 mm (approx. 1.8 kgs / sheet) Hard board - black / kilo stock Size: 75 x 100 cm - long grain Thickness: 1.5 mm (approx kg / sheet) solid-coloured black Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. Page 67

78 Cardboard and board Board / Hard board Punching / Drilling board mm thick - DIN A4 (297 x 210 mm) Sales unit: 100 sheets Sold by the sheet Press board / kilo stock 0.5 mm (approx kg / sheet) Colour: red-brown - one-side glazed Size: approx. 64 x 100 cm - LG A very hard, pressed and rigid board with a plain and strong satin surface. This board can be punched, folded, cut and glued like cardboard. Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. 1.0 mm (approx kg / sheet) Board / Wood board Wood board - cream / kilo stock 1.0 mm - (approx. 0.4 kgs / sheet) Size: 69.5 x 99.5 cm - long grain Weight: 1.0 mm: 550 gsm 1.5 mm: 745 gsm 2.0 mm: 985 gsm 3.0 mm: 1430 gsm made of pure mechanical wood pulp, does not contain recycled fibres The chemical composition remains unchanged which means it contains lignin, cellulose etc. Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. 1.5 mm - (approx kgs / sheet) 2,0 mm - (approx kgs / sheet) 3.0 mm - (approx. 1.0 kgs / sheet) Page 68

79 Cardboard and board Board / Eterno Board Eterno Board - acid-free / kilo stock 0.3 mm (approx kgs / sheet) gsm - 88 x 102 cm - long grain acid-free full board - Shade: steel blue - not laminated - with alkaline buffer - ph value non-ageing as per DIN/ISO/BS P.A.T. passed according to ISO Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. Eterno Board - acid-free / kilo stock 1.2 mm (approx kgs / sheet) Size: 70 x 100 cm - long grain acid-free full board - Shade: steel blue - not laminated - with alkaline buffer - ph value non-ageing as per DIN/ISO/BS P.A.T. passed according to ISO Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. 1.6 mm (approx kgs / sheet) 2.0 mm (approx kgs / sheet) 3.0 mm (approx kgs / sheet) Eterno Board LA - acid-free / kilo stock laminated board mm thick x 70 cm - SG - Shade: steel blue - approx kgs / sheet - ph value non-ageing as per DIN/ISO/BS with alkaline buffer - P.A.T. passed according to ISO Sales unit: 25 kgs For small quantities (sold by the sheet), please use item no XXX. Page 69

80

81 Online services As much as we appreciate the personal contact with our customers, we nowadays cannot do without online services. Our focus is therefore on a user-friendly and barrier-free shop ( where consumables and tools may be purchased around the clock. A large number of our customers already uses online shopping. Independent of the time of the day, you may purchase your requirements, seeing price and delivery times in real-time. You will get informed via about order status and shipping details, and you may even check via smartphone whether the goods ordered have already been delivered. We focus on a detailed description of the products offered and a good visualization by means of informative photographs. Current prices and availability as well as new products may only be presented by this medium. The combination of webshop and printed catalogue are our basis for effi cient customer communication. The current catalogue is lying in front you and complements our current online services. But news and updated information may only be provided promply via internet. Please use our site to get the latest information. Special offers, remnants, B stock items or second-hand machines are offered in our webshop only. We constantly try to improve search features so that you fi nd what you are looking for more easily. This includes the search on our site as well as the global search via internet search engines. The internet offers a large choice and a good comparability of products. But very often, we do not know the seller and their effi ciency. We therefore decided several years ago to join an external review portal. There you may see what others think about us. You will notice that we also make mistakes but you will also get to know how we deal with them. Our online services also include a separate homepage to present our Prä bookbinding machines ( On this site, you will fi nd detailed information on machines which we may not present appropriately in our webshop. Larger machines require more information than a roll of binding cloth. Therefore, these machines may not be bought online, but through our machine sales department only. At the same time, we would still like to offer information about machine functions and their operation. Therefore we present our machines in moving images. On our machine homepage, you will therefore fi nd links to our YouTube channel (hhschmedt). Besides videos on our machines, we offer tutorials on how to use many of your products and videos on our events. In addition, we have a Facebook page (schmedt). There, we post current events, new products and information which may not immediately or not at all be available on our website. You will fi nd us in any case. Social media has arrived at Schmedt and is part of our corporate communication. Page 71

82 Self-adhesive tapes and films Keeps things together and protects Self-adhesive tapes, double-sided tapes, self-adhesive films, coloured, transparent, structured or plain, permanent or removable, sheets, master rolls and slit rolls - the variety of self-adhesive tapes and films is enormous. For almost any application, such as binding, restoring, designing, repairing, fixing or protecting books or print products, there is something suitable. And for special applications, we will assist you in co-operation with our partners to find a product that meets with your requirements. In general, individual slitting of rolls is possible. Repair tapes / Filmoplast Filmoplast P - transparent 10 mm x 50 mts self-adhesive special paper - 20 gsm Coated with non-ageing, non-yellowing, permanently elastic acrylic adhesive, buffered with CaCO3 PAT passed according to ISO Adhesive strength (N/25 mm): 10 min. > mm core Application: Repair, protection and embedding of papers, attaching and joining torn pages, reattaching torn out pages, repairing torn pages, fixing thinner papers to passe-partouts Sold by the roll. 13 mm x 50 mts 20 mm x 50 mts - in dispenser box 20 mm x 50 mts 40 mm x 50 mts 400 mm x 10 mts Filmoplast P90 - white 10 mm x 50 mts self-adhesive special paper - 50 gsm Coated with non-ageing, non-yellowing, permanently elastic acrylic adhesive, buffered with CaCO3 PAT passed according to ISO Adhesive strength (N/25 mm): 10 min > mm core Application: Repair, protection and embedding of papers, attaching torn out pages, repairing old quires, strengthening of inner book joint in paperbacks, repairing edges, fixing originals to passe-partouts or rear mounts. Sold by the roll. 13 mm x 50 mts 20 mm x 50 mts - in dispenser box 20 mm x 50 mts 40 mm x 50 mts Page 72

83 Self-adhesive tapes and films Repair tapes / Filmoplast Filmoplast P90 Plus - white 20 mm x 50 mts - dispenser box special paper with strong adhesion - 50 gsm Coated with non-ageing, non-yellowing, permanently elastic acrylic adhesive PAT passed according to ISO Very high adhesion, immediate tack Adhesive strength (N/25 mm): 10 min: > h: > 17.5 Resistant to tearing 40 mm core Application: strengthening the joint between book cover and book block, fixing pictures, photographs and prints to passe-partouts or rear mounts. For dust-free sealing of rear mounts. Sold by the roll. Filmoplast SH - cotton cloth 13 mm x 25 mts self-adhesive, white μm finished, acid-free, resistant to tearing, environmentally friendly Coated with a solvent-free, non-ageing, permanently elastic acrylic adhesive 40 mm core Application: reinforcing of book spines, folding and strengthening of books and brochures, adhesion of the back of the passe-partout when picture-framing Sold by the roll. 20 mm x 25 mts 30 mm x 25 mts Filmoplast T - cotton cloth white / 30 mm x 10 mts self-adhesive μm Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive acid-free dyed with natural dyes 50 mm core Applications: repairing and reinforcing of book joints, spine-taping of books, lamination of book covers, adhesion of back panels when picture-framing Sold by the roll. black / 30 mm x 10 mts grey / 30 mm x 10 mts red / 30 mm x 10 mts blue / 30 mm x 10 mts green / 30 mm x 10 mts brown / 30 mm x 10 mts yellow / 30 mm x 10 mts white / 50 mm x 10 mts black / 50 mm x 10 mts grey / 50 mm x 10 mts red / 50 mm x 10 mts blue / 50 mm x 10 mts green / 50 mm x 10 mts brown / 50 mm x 10 mts yellow / 50 mm x 10 mts white / 80 mm x 10 mts black / 80 mm x 10 mts grey / 80 mm x 10 mts red / 80 mm x 10 mts blue / 80 mm x 10 mts green / 80 mm x 10 mts brown / 80 mm x 10 mts Page 73

84 Self-adhesive tapes and films continued... Filmoplast T - cotton cloth yellow / 80 mm x 10 mts white / 310 mm x 10 mts black / 310 mm x 10 mts grey / 310 mm x 10 mts white / 620 mm x 10 mts black / 620 mm x 10 mts grey / 620 mm x 10 mts white / 1240 mm x 10 mts black / 1240 mm x 10 mts grey / 1240 mm x 10 mts Filmoplast R - transparent 2 cm x 50 mts (Core: 40 mm) heat-seal coated Japanese paper gsm coated with heat-seal acrylic-acid ester copolymer free of lignin and hemicellulose, with a high percentage of alpha cellulose the adhesive contains no plasticiser, is resistant to ageing, colourless and does not yellow Magnesium carbonate in the adhesive neutralises acids Sealing temperature: > 100 C Application: maintenance of modern papers and newspapers, invisible repair of tears by means of a polishing iron Sold by the roll. 31 cm x 50 mts (Core: 40 mm) 41 cm x 50 mts (Core: 40 mm) 62 cm x 50 mts (Core: 40 mm) 93 cm x 50 mts (Core: 40 mm) 31 cm x 200 mts (Core: 40 mm) 41 cm x 200 mts (Core: 40 mm) 62 cm x 200 mts (Core: 40 mm) Repair tapes / PräPlast strips PräPlast paper strips - white Roll dimensions: 18 mm x 50 mts acid-free paper strip with 6 mm self-adhesive area to be fixed to the cardboard cover sheet of magazines prior to fan-binding Sales unit: 5 rolls Sold by the roll PräPlast cloth strips - white Roll dimensions: 18 mm x 50 mts Backliner (mull with paper backing) with 6 mm selfadhesive area to be fixed to the cardboard cover sheet of magazines prior to fan-binding Sales unit: 5 rolls Sold by the roll Page 74

85 Self-adhesive tapes and films Repair tapes / Reinforcing products Easy bind tyvex - tyvex tape self-adhesive - Roll dimensions: 31 mm x 30 mts resistant to tearing, with centered separating cut for easy positioning to re-inforce the joint of softcover books Sales unit: 5 rolls Sold by the roll Easy wings - book back re-inforcer for book thicknesses up to 57 mm self-adhesive, transparent Polyester, 50 μ Packet contents: 24 pieces Sold by the packet. for book thicknesses up to 83 mm Easy hold self-adhesive magazine re-inforcer Packet of 250 pieces Sold in full packets only. Filmolux bookcover - self-adhesive H 186 x W 270 mm / S 30 mm protection and re-inforcement for paperbacks flexible protection for the spine, re-inforcing and protection for the cover 180 μm rigid-pvc in combination with 70 μm soft-pvc glossy, crystal-clear, high initial adhesion available for 30 mm and 50 mm spine width --> H x B / S = Height x Width / Spine width Packet contents: 100 pieces Sold by the packet. H 204 x W 310 mm / S 30 mm H 222 x W 350 mm / S 30 mm H 258 x W 410 mm / S 30 mm H 320 x W 510 mm / S 30 mm H 186 x W 270 mm / S 50 mm H 204 x W 310 mm / S 50 mm H 222 x W 350 mm / S 50 mm H 258 x W 410 mm / S 50 mm H 320 x W 510 mm / S 50 mm Page 75

86 Self-adhesive tapes and films Protection films / Glossy films Filmolux protection film self-adhesive, glossy, crystal-clear, instant adhesion soft PVC, 70 μ thick Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Applications: protection for books, label protection, brochures, drawings, maps, folders, plans etc. Also suitable for a large number of coarse surfaces Sold by the roll cm x 10 m (Core: 40 mm) - 41 cm x 10 m (Core: 40 mm) - 62 cm x 10 m (Core: 40 mm) cm x 10 m (Core: 50 mm) - 2 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 3 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 4 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 6 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 10 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 20 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 22 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 24 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 26 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 28 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 30 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 32 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 34 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 36 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 41 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 62 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) cm x 25 m (Core: 50 mm) - 2 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 3 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 4 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 5 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 6 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 8 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 10 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) x 70 mm / 1515 pcs per roll 30 x 110 mm / 1515 pcs per roll 50 x 100 mm / 485 pcs per roll 46 x 61 mm / 1020 pcs per roll Filmolux protection film self-adhesive, pre-cut label protection - on rolls glossy, crystal-clear, instant adhesion soft PVC, 70 μ thick Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Label protection, e. g. barcodes Sold by the roll. Page 76

87 Self-adhesive tapes and films Protection films / Glossy films Filmolux protection film - 2 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) self-adhesive, extra strong adhesion glossy, crystal-clear, soft-pvc film, 70 μm Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Applications: protection for books, brochures, drawings, maps, folders, plans and labels Especially for adhesive-repellent surfaces such as textiles Sold by the roll. - 3 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 4 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 6 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 8 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 10 cm x 50 m (Core: 40 mm) - 22 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 24 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 26 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 28 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 30 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 32 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 34 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 36 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 41 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 61 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) Filmolux - protection film - 22 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) self-adhesive, with reduced initial adhesion correctable glossy, crystal-clear, soft PVC, 70 μ thick Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Protection for books with glossy book covers, brochures, drawings, prints, folders, plans etc. Sold by the roll cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 26 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 28 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 30 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 32 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 34 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 36 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 41 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 62 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) cm x 25 m (Core: 50 mm) Filmolux H reinforcing film - 62 cm x 10 m (w/o core) self-adhesive, glossy, crystal-clear hard PVC film, 200 μ thick suitable for reverse-sided reinforcement Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: reinforcement for paperback book covers, maps etc. Not recommended for surface protection Laminated pictures should not be stored or shipped when rolled-up Sold by the roll cm x 10 m (core: 77 mm) - 62 cm x 50 m (core: 77 mm) Page 77

88 Self-adhesive tapes and films Protection films / Glossy films Filmolux H reinforcing film self-adhesive - sheets 297 x 210 mm (DIN A4) glossy, crystal-clear, hard PVC film, 200 μ thick suitable for reverse-sided reinforcement Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: reinforcement for paperback book covers, maps etc. Not recommended for surface protection Laminated pictures should not be stored or shipped when rolled-up Sales unit: packet of 100 sheets Sold by the packet. Filmolux libre - PP protection film - 2 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) self-adhesive, high initial adhesion glossy, crystal-clear, environmentally friendly polypropylene, 80 μm plasticiser-free Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Surface protection for book covers, brochures, drawings, prints, maps etc., for universal use on almost all book covers Ideal for label protection (barcodes etc.) Sold by the roll - 3 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 4 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 6 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 10 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 22 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 24 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 26 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 28 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 30 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 32 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 34 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 36 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 41 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) - 62 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) Filmolux soft - protection film 20 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) self-adhesive, reduced initial adhesion glossy, crystal-clear, 70 μm UV-stabilised soft-pvc repositionable on almost all surfaces simple manual application Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Protection for books with glossy book covers, brochures, drawings, prints, folders, plans etc. Sold in full rolls. 22 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 24 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 26 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 28 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 30 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 32 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 34 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 36 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 41 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 61 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) Page 78

89 Self-adhesive tapes and films Protection films / Glossy films Filmolux soft PP - PP protection film 22 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) self-adhesive, reduced initial adhesion glossy, crystal-clear, environmentally friendly polypropylene film, 80 μ thick repositionable on almost all surfaces simple manual application Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Protection for books with glossy book covers, brochures, drawings, prints, folders, plans etc. Sold by the roll. 24 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 26 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 28 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 30 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 32 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 34 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 36 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 41 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) 61 cm x 25 m (core: 40 mm) Filmolux protection film 124 cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) self-adhesive, high tack transparent, glossy, 25 μ environmetally friendly polypropylene film for indoor use can be written on and wiped clean with appropriate markers (Edding 250, Pilot Whiteboard Marker) particularly suitable for organisation charts Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: laminating and protection film for photos, inkjet- and digital print media like paper, polyester, vinyl, etc., suitable for several media printed with UV-curable inks Sold by the roll. Protection films / Mat films Filmomatt - protection film - 41 cm x 10 m (Core: 40 mm) self-adhesive, high initial adhesion mat, non-reflecting, 80 μm soft-pvc, with UV protection for indoor and outdoor use very pliable, foldable and flexible may be written on with soft, grease and coloured pencils and boardmarkers Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Protection of books, maps, plans etc, laminating photos, inkjet- and digital print media like paper, polyester, vinyl, etc. Sold by the roll cm x 10 m (Core: 40 mm) cm x 10 m (Core: 50 mm) - 41 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) - 62 cm x 25 m (Core: 40 mm) cm x 25 m (Core: 50 mm) cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) Page 79

90 Self-adhesive tapes and films Protection films / Mat films Filmolux photo matt - protection film 104 cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) self-adhesive, high tack mat, non-reflecting, 70 μm soft-pvc, with UV protection suitable for several UV printed media (up to 2 mts) very fast brilliant results (please ensure sufficient drying time of the inks) Neschen Quality Certificate for 2 years outdoor application without edge protection Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Protecting and laminating photos, inkjetand digital print media like paper, polyester, vinyl, etc. Sold by the roll. 130 cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) 140 cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) 155 cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) 200 cm x 50 m (Core: 77 mm) Filmomatt H reinforcing film - 62 cm x 10 m (w/o core) self-adhesive, mat hard PVC film, 200 μ thick suitable for reverse-sided re-inforcement Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: reinforcement for paperback covers, maps etc. Not recommended for surface protection Laminated pictures should not be rolled up when stored or shipped Sold by the roll cm x 10 m (core: 77 mm) Filmomatt libre - PP protection film - 2 cm x 50 m (core: 40 mm) self-adhesive, high initial adhesion matted, environmentally friendly polypropylene, 75 μm plasticiser-free Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: Surface protection for book covers, brochures, drawings, prints, maps etc., for universal use on almost all book covers Ideal for label protection (barcodes etc.) Sold by the roll. - 3 cm x 50 m (core: 40 mm) - 4 cm x 50 m (core: 40 mm) - 6 cm x 50 m (core: 40 mm) - 10 cm x 50 m (core: 40 mm) Protection films / Coloured films Filmolux 121 plus self-adhesive coloured film - soft-pvc - 80 μ thick - opaque with glossy surface - permanent adhesive - non-ageing, permanently elastic polyacrylate adhesive Still available in many colours in our online shop in 20 and 30 mm width. While stock lasts. Page 80

91 Self-adhesive tapes and films Protection films / Squeegees Squeegee, made of plastic, blue to mount self-adhesive films Sales unit: 10 pieces Sold by the piece Squeegee, made of wood, with felt edge cm wide to mount self-adhesive films Sales unit: 10 pieces Sold by the piece Squeegee, made of filt, white 130 x 70 x 8 mm with 45 angle at one long side to mount self-adhesive films Sales unit: 10 pieces Sold by the piece 75 x 45 x 8 mm Rubber pressing-down roller 100 mm with wooden handle to mount adhesive films 150 mm Double-sided adhesive tapes / Paper fleece carrier PräFix mm x 50 mts double-sided adhesive paper fleece tape Carrier: Tissue Adhesive: Acrylic modified Thickness: 0.1 mm Adhesion on stainless steel: 20 N / 25 mm Very good restistance to UV light and plasticizers Very good tack and continuous adhesive strength. Sold by the roll. - 6 mm x 50 mts - 9 mm x 50 mts - 12 mm x 50 mts - 15 mm x 50 mts - 19 mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 100 mts Page 81

92 Self-adhesive tapes and films Double-sided adhesive tapes / Paper fleece carrier PräFix mm x 500 mts double-sided adhesive fleece tape release paper overlaps 3 mm on both sides 6 and 9 mm width: no stock item. Min. order quantity per width: 36 rolls 12 mm width: Sold by the roll. - 9 mm x 500 mts - 12 mm x 500 mts Gudy 832 Fine Art mm x 30.5 mts (77 mm core) double-sided adhesive paper, high adhesive strength acid-free, long-fibred paper For heavy, open-cell Fine Art papers, canvas and art papers. For mounting and framing photographs, art papers, originals, Giclée prints, photo albums and art books. Carrier: 13 μm long-fibre paper Adhesive: water-based 65 g/m² polyacrylate, permanent, pressure-sensitive Photographic Activity Test (PAT) passed per ISO Sold by the roll mm x 30.5 mts (77 mm core) mm x 30.5 mts (77 mm core) mm x 30.5 mts (77 mm core) Gudy mm x 30 mts (77 mm core) double-sided adhesive paper, high adhesive strength acid-free white paper fleece Carrier: 44 μm long-fibre paper Adhesive: 45 g/m² polyacrylate, permanent Adhesive: 50 g/m² polyacrylate, permanent for indoor use mounting film for photos, inkjet- and digital prints on several surfaces ideal for Forex-boards very easy manual application Sold by the roll mm x 30 mts (40 mm core) - 19 mm x 30 mts (77 mm core) - 38 mm x 30 mts (40 mm core) mm x 10 mts (40 mm core) mm x 10 mts (40 mm core) mm x 10 mts (40 mm core) mm x 10 mts (50 mm core) mm x 10 mts (50 mm core) mm x 50 mts (77 mm core) mm x 50 mts (77 mm core) mm x 50 mts (77 mm core) mm x 50 mts (77 mm core) - 6 mm x 50 mts (40 mm core) Page 82

93 Self-adhesive tapes and films Double-sided adhesive tapes / Film carrier PräFix mm x 50 mts double-sided adhesive film white film with very high adhesion Carrier: PVC film Adhesive: Acrylic modified Thickness: 0.23 mm Adhesion on stainless steel: 35 N / 25 mm Very good resistance against UV light, temperatures, chemicals, solvents and humidity. Highly durable on metal varnish surfaces and also appropriate for many rough and structured surfaces. Sold by the roll. - 9 mm x 50 mts - 12 mm x 50 mts - 15 mm x 50 mts - 19 mm x 50 mts - 25 mm x 50 mts - 50 mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts PräFix mm x 25 mts double-sided adhesive film permanent/removable exhibition tape - open side permanent, covered side removable - traceless removal from most surfaces Carrier: spun rayon Adhesive: polyacrylate Tensile strength: = 100 N / 25 mm Adhesion: 14 N / 25 mm Separating layer: silicone paper Adhesion 2: 8 N / 25 mm Shear strength: very high Temperature range: C Sales units: 50 mm = 24 rolls 75 mm = 16 rolls 100 mm = 12 rolls No stock item. Sold in full sales units only mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts PräFix double-sided adhesive film Roll dimensions: 12 mm x 100 mts Polyester film - permanent adhesive on the carrier paper (bottom) side - removable adhesive on the covered (top) side Sold by the roll. Page 83

94 Self-adhesive tapes and films Double-sided adhesive tapes / Film carrier DX1 - double-sided adhesive film mm x 10 mts both sides with cover paper, standard adhesion 70 μm PVC monomeric, transparent, clear Adhesive: polyacetate, permanent, with reduced initial adhesion Adhesion: 10 N / 25 mm, as per FINAT/FTM1(24h) Masking material: silicone paper / blue PE Core Ø: 76 mm Application: mounting of all kinds of products (e. g. photos, prints, LFP graphics, maps, plans, posters) Sold by the roll. 50 m rolls are no stock items. Delivery time: approx. 3-4 working days mm x 10 mts mm x 10 mts mm x 10 mts mm x 10 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts DX2 - double-sided adhesive film mm x 10 mts both sides with cover paper, high adhesion PVC monomeric, transparent, clear Material thickness: 70 μ Adhesive: polyacetate, permanent, high tack Masking material: paper/white PE Core Ø: 76 mm Application: mounting of all kinds of products (e. g. photos, prints, LFP graphics, maps, plans, posters) Sold by the roll. 50 m rolls are no stock items. Delivery time: approx. 3-4 working days mm x 10 mts mm x 10 mts mm x 10 mts mm x 10 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 25 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts mm x 50 mts DK3 - double-sided adhesive film mm x 15 mts with cover paper on both sides Soft PVC film, 70 μ, highly transparent Side covered with paper with reduced initial adhesion for short-term correction Side with orange plastic cover with very high adhesion, also suitable for rough surfaces Adhesive: polyacrylate, solvent-free Application: mounting of prints, papers, cardboard packaging etc. Sold by the roll mm x 15 mts mm x 15 mts Page 84

95 Self-adhesive tapes and films Double-sided adhesive tapes / Film carrier Gudy DS 10 - double-sided adhesive film 12 mm x 33 mts both sides removable Monomeric soft-pvc-film, clear, transparent, 50 μm Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Traceless removal from many surfaces within 24 hours Application: mounting of prints, photos and other graphic indoor applications Sold by the roll. 19 mm x 33 mts 25 mm x 33 mts Gudy DS 11 - double-sided adhesive film 12 mm x 33 mts one side removable, one side permanent Monomeric soft-pvc-film, clear, transparent, 50 μm Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Permanent adhesive on the covered (top) side (To ensure correct adhesive perfomance allow several hours curing time between application and final product function), reduced initial adhesion on the carrier paper (bottom) side Application: mounting of prints, photos and other graphic indoor applications Sold by the roll. 19 mm x 33 mts 25 mm x 33 mts Gudy DS 12 - double-sided adhesive film 12 mm x 33 mts both sides permanent Monomeric soft-pvc-film, clear, transparent, 50 μm Adhesive: solvent-free, non-ageing and permanently elastic acrylic adhesive Application: mounting of prints, photos and other graphic indoor applications Sold by the roll. 19 mm x 33 mts 25 mm x 33 mts Gudy Double-sided adhesive film - 13 mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) transparent Carrier: 70 μ soft-pvc monomeric Adhesive: 40 g/m² polyacrylate, reversible Removable from smooth, hard surfaces Application: for indoor use. Mounting film for photos, inkjet- and digital prints on several surfaces Sold by the roll mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) Page 85

96 Self-adhesive tapes and films Double-sided adhesive tapes / Film carrier Gudy double-sided adhesive film mm x 10 mts (Core: 40 mm) thin, transparent film Carrier: 23 μm polyester, transparent Adhesive: 28 g/m² polyacrylate, permanent dimensionally stable for indoor use universal application mounting film for photos, inkjet- and digital prints on several surfaces ideal for Forex-boards high adhesive strength Sold by the roll mm x 10 mts (Core: 40 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 100 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 100 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 100 mts (Core: 77 mm) Gudy double-sided adhesive film mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) one side permanent, one side removable transparent, Carrier: 70 μ soft PVC, monomeric Adhesive: 22 g/m² polyacrylate, permanent Adhesive: 12 g/m² polyacrylate, reversible for indoor use mounting film for photos, inkjet- and digital prints on several surfaces main areas of use: display systems, shop windows and short-term decoration easy application, correctable, therefore suitable for manual application two backing papers make handling easier and make processing as sheet format possible Sold by the roll mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) Gudy double-sided adhesive film mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) white, high adhesion Carrier: 23 μ polyester Adhesive: 28 g/m² polyacrylate, permanent for indoor use universal application, e.g. mounting film for photos, inkjet- and digital prints on several surfaces, ideal for Forex boards very smooth adhesive Sold by the roll mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) mm x 50 mts (Core: 77 mm) Page 86

97 Self-adhesive tapes and films Double-sided adhesive tapes / Film carrier Gudy window double-sided adhesive film Roll dimensions: 1040 mm x 50 mts 23 μ polyester, transparent Core: 77 mm one side with permanent adhesive and the other side with reversible adhesive specially designed for fast, easy bubble free face mounting to glass utilizing a simple hand squeegee easy to handle easy to correct and to remove prints generally can be removed from the glas-surface without residues Life expectancy: approx. 2-3 months Sold by the roll. Double-sided adhesive tapes / Cloth carrier Tesafix mm x 50 mts double-sided adhesive tape cloth tape with very high adhesion resistant to tearing, flexible, 0.39 mm thick universal use, especially suitable for rough surfaces. Removable from clean, plain and plasticizer-free surfaces 19 mm: Sold by the roll. 50 mm: No stock item. Sold in full sales units of 3 rolls. 50 mm x 50 mts Double-sided adhesive tapes / Foam carrier PräFix double-sided adhesive PE foam Roll dimensions: 12 mm x 66 mts 0.8 mm thick, high adhesion for fastenings even on uneven surfaces Sold by the roll. Double-sided adhesive tapes / Adhesive without carrier Gudy mm x 10 mts (40 mm core) double-sided adhesive film, without carrier transparent, very thin Adhesive 40 g/m² polyacrylate, permanent for indoor use ideal for flexible substrates no adhesive release when sawing, cutting or removing backing paper Sold by the roll mm x 10 mts (40 mm core) mm x 50 mts (77 mm core) mm x 50 mts (77 mm core) mm x 50 mts (77 mm core) Page 87

98 Self-adhesive tapes and films Fixing tape for blocking dies / Fixing tape for cliches Tesaprint fixing tape for blocking dies for mounting photopolymeric printing plates to print cylinders and pressure sleeves Roll dimensions: 310 mm x 25 mts Carrier: PVC film Adhesive: natural caoutchouk Thickness: 100 μ easy and bubble-free mounting, repositionable, clean removal Sold by the roll. Fixing tape for blocking dies / Heat-seal fixing tape Heat-seal fixing tape for blocking dies Roll dimensions: 25.4 x 50 mts to mount hot-stamping dies adhesive film without carrier, activated by heat Thickness: 0.05 mm Heat resistanace: C Sold by the roll Dispenser / Scotch ATG-sytem ATG Hand tape dispenser for Scotch double-sided adhesive strips Equipped for rolls with 12 mm and 19 mm width. Adapter for 6 mm roll width available as optional extra. Removes and rolls up the cover paper. Adapter for ATG to allow the use of 6 mm rolls Page 88

99 Self-adhesive tapes and films Dispenser / Scotch ATG-sytem Scotch mm x 44 mts double-sided adhesive film, high initial adhesion without carrier, for ATG Adhesive: acrylic - A50 Thickness: 0.05 mm Adhesion to steel: 50 N / 100 mm Temperature resistance: + 70 C, short period 90 C Sold by the roll - 12 mm x 44 mts - 19 mm x 44 mts Scotch mm x 55 mts double-sided adhesive film, good initial adhesion and good UV protection, without carrier for ATG Adhesive: acrylic - A40 Thickness: 0.05 mm Adhesion to steel: 27 N / 100 mm Temperature resistance: + 85 C, short period 120 C Sold by the roll - 12 mm x 55 mts - 19 mm x 55 mts Scotch mm x 16.5 mts double-sided adhesive paper fleece, white one side permanent, one side removable for ATG 700 dispenser permanent adhesive on the covered (top) side, removable adhesive on the carrier paper (bottom) side ("Post-it") Adhesive: acrylic - A40/50 Thickness: 0.05 mm Adhesion to steel: removable: 3 N / 100 mm permanent: 13 N / 100 mm Sold by the roll 19.1 mm x 16.5 mts Scotch mm x 33 mts double-sided adhesive film, very high initial adhesion without carrier for ATG suitable for slightly rough/structured surfaces and also for PE, PP etc. Adhesive: acrylic, modified -A60- Thickness: 0.13 mm Adhesion to steel: 80 N / 100 mm Temperature resistance: + 80 C, short period 120 C Sold by the roll - 12 mm x 33 mts - 19 mm x 33 mts Page 89

100 Self-adhesive tapes and films Dispenser / Scotch ATG-sytem PräFix mm x 33 mts double-sided adhesive film, without carrier for ATG Adhesive: acrylic Carrier: without Colour: transparent Thickness: 0.05 mm Liner: paper, yellow, 100 μ Adhesion to steel (PSTC 1): 15 +/- 0,5 N / 25 mm Temperature resistance: -30 to +180 C Core: 25.4 mm (1") Application: on paper and board, for posters or nonwoven Sold by the roll. Rolls are wrapped in foil individually mm x 33 mts - 19 mm x 33 mts PräFix mm x 25 mts double-sided adhesive paper for ATG Adhesive: solvent acrylic, both sides permanent Carrier: non woven, white Thickness: 0.1 mm Liner: silicon paper, white, 110 μ Adhesion to steel (PSTC 1): 15 +/- 2 N / 25 mm Temperature resistance: -40 to +120 C Core: 25.4 mm (1") Application: paper, cardboard, cloth, plastic Sold by the roll. Dispenser / Hermafix Hermafix vario - tape dispenser with 1000 double-sided adhesive pieces size 12 x 13 mm, for permanent fixings Hermafix vario - refill roll with 1000 double-sided adhesive pieces size 12 x 13 mm, for permanent fixings Sold by the roll Page 90

101 Self-adhesive tapes and films Dispenser / Hermafix Hermafix transfer - tape dispenser for removable fixings filled with 15 m spot gumming, approx. 9 mm wide acid-free, suitable for archival purposes for permanent fixings Hermafix transfer - refill roll for removable fixings for permanent fixings spot gumming 9 mm x 15 m acid-free, suitable for archival purposes Sold by the roll Spine tape / Paper spine tape, self-adhesive Regutaf H3 - self-adhesive spine-binding tape Special-fibre paper with fine embossing 150 μ, resistant to tearing, Adhesive: Hotmelt Tackiness: approx. 3.5 N / 25 mm, Roll length: 50 mts Sold by the roll. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. 19 mm / white 19 mm / black 19 mm / red 19 mm / blue 25 mm / white 25 mm / black 25 mm / red 25 mm / blue 30 mm / white 30 mm / black 30 mm / red 30 mm / blue 38 mm / white 38 mm / black 38 mm / red 38 mm / blue 50 mm / white 50 mm / black 50 mm / red 50 mm / blue Page 91

102 Self-adhesive tapes and films Spine tape / Plastic spine tape, self-adhesive 19 mm / white 19 mm / black 25 mm / white 25 mm / black 30 mm / white 30 mm / black 38 mm / black 50 mm / white 50 mm / black Regudux RX - self-adhesive spine-binding tape plastic with linen emboss 300 μ, resistant to tearing Adhesive: acrylic Tackiness: approx. 2.5 N / 25 mm Roll length: 50 mts Sold by the roll. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Page 92

103 Self-adhesive tapes and films Spine tape / Linen spine tape, self-adhesive Regutex R - self-adhesive spine-binding tape High-quality cloth, lacquered, 250 μ, resistant to tearing Adhesive: artificial caoutchouc Tackiness: approx. 5 N / 25 mm Roll length: 50 mts Sold by the roll. Further colours, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. 19 mm / white 19 mm / black 19 mm / grey 19 mm / blue 19 mm / green 25 mm / white 25 mm / black 25 mm / grey 25 mm / blue 25 mm / green 30 mm / white 30 mm / black 30 mm / grey 30 mm / blue 30 mm / green 38 mm / white 38 mm / black 38 mm / grey 38 mm / blue 38 mm / green 50 mm / white 50 mm / black 50 mm / grey 50 mm / blue 50 mm / green 60 mm / white 60 mm / black 60 mm / grey 60 mm / blue 60 mm / green Spine tape / Linen spine tape, gummed Spine-taping cloth, gummed 20 mm / white for remoistening Roll length: 100 m No stock item. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit Sales unit contents: 20 mm - 48 rolls 25 mm - 38 rolls 30 mm - 32 rolls 40 mm - 24 rolls 50 mm - 19 rolls 60 mm - 16 rolls 20 mm / black 25 mm / white 25 mm / black 30 mm / white 30 mm / black 40 mm / white 40 mm / black 50 mm / white 50 mm / black 60 mm / white 60 mm / black Page 93

104 Self-adhesive tapes and films Labels / Removable labels Post-It labels for label printers Size : 70 x 70 mm - white, coated paper - centered adhesive area with adhesive-free edges - reliably removable - single row on roll of 5000 pcs The labels must not be pressed too long and too strong, as otherwise a traceless removal is no longer possible! Sold by the roll. Roll holder for post-it labels for use with label printers Page 94

105 Brands Well-known brands increasingly play a leading role in the global product world. Brands create confidence and very often have a higher acceptance than the so-called no names. But just like anywhere else, there is not only black and white. In our wholesale trade, we rely on strong brands. Besides well-known brands like Planatol and Neschen we supply most of the big names. At the same time, we also supply our own brands. These are high-quality products, but at a lower price. These are, for example, PräTack adhesives, PräFix doublesided adhesive tapes as well as PräPlast strips and PräziCover combined endsheets. You may rest assured that products we developed only get the prefix Prä when we are convinced of their quality. Apart from the common brand names, we therefore supply a second product line which is very often cheaper despite its high quality. Try it! Schmedt is not only a trading company but also a machine manufacturer with their own development department. In the past 50 years, machines and devices with names well-known to anyone in the bookbinding industry, have been built, e. g. the blocking press PräGnant or the casing-in machine PräLeg. The machines with the prefix Prä are known anywhere in the world and stand for German quality and craftsmanship. This is very important to us, as you may well imagine, that an original PräGnant press differs from a cheap copy. And this does not mean that the copy is maybe painted red instead of green. A copy just does not have the same range of functions, stability and durability. Machines and devices out of the Schmedt range all carry the prefix Prä in front the name which generally describes the function of the machines. This also applies to the own wholesale brands described above. Our range also includes well-known brands that we have taken over and that we produce ourselves now. These are, for example, leather-care products of the brand Maroquin or the leather-paring device Schärffix. Even though these are now Schmedt products, we deliberately have not changed their brand names. Page 95

106

107 Packaging material After binding is before unpacking The best material and the most sophisticated manufacture of a product is useless, if the packaging does not protect it from damage. We therefore also offer packaging material to ensure that sensitive printing products and books are travelling safely and are well-protected during transport. Self-adhesive tapes / PP packaging tape PP packaging tape, self-adhesive 50 mm x 66 mts - brown standard quality Sold by the roll. 25 mm x 66 mts - transparent 48 mm x 66 mts - transparent Self-adhesive tapes / Tesafilm Tesafilm transparent 15 mm x 33 mts (short roll) Self-adhesive packaging tape Carrier: PVC film Thickness: 59 μm Adhesive: natural rubber Adhesion on steel: 2 N/cm Elongation at break: 75 % Tear-out force: 50 N/cm Sold by the roll. 19 mm x 33 mts (short roll) 12 mm x 66 mts 15 mm x 66 mts 19 mm x 66 mts 25 mm x 66 mts Tesafilm black 30 mm x 66 mts high-quality packaging tape, strong adhesion non-transluscent Carrier: PVC film Thickness: 67 μm Adhesive: natural rubber Adhesion on steel: 3.6 N/cm Elongation at break: 60 % Tear-out force: 60 N/cm No stock item. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit Sales units: 30 mm - 5 rolls 38 mm - 4 rolls 38 mm x 66 mts Page 97

108 Packaging material Self-adhesive tapes / Scotch Scotch Removable Tape Roll dimensions: 19 mm x 66 mts holds securely, yet can be removed and repositioned. Great for cut-and-paste and temporary holding applications. Disappears on paper. Pulls off the roll smoothly and cuts easily. Sold by the roll Scotch Magic Tape Roll dimensions: 25 mm x 66 mts mat finish, permanent adhesion disappears on paper and won't show on copies. Pulls off the roll smoothly and cuts easily. Resists splitting and tearing. Easy to handle and apply. Resists yellowing and drying out. Sold by the roll Self-adhesive tapes / Tesapack Tesapack mm x 66 mts - light brown high-quality self-adhesive packaging tape strong adhesion, even and silent unrolling very high tensile strength Carrier: PVC film Thickness: 65 μm Adhesive: natural rubber Adhesion on steel: 3,2 N/cm Elongation at break: 60 % Tear-out force: 60 N/cm Sold by the roll. 50 mm x 66 mts - light brown 25 mm x 66 mts - transparent 50 mm x 66 mts - transparent Page 98

109 Packaging material Self-adhesive tapes / Tesaband Tesaband Premium mm x 50 mts / white Self-adhesive cloth tape with acrylic coating Strong adhesion, also on coarse surfaces Flexible and resistant to abrasion Weatherproof and non-ageing Can be written on, easy to tear by hand Carrier: acrylic-coated cloth Thickness: 310 μm Adhesive: natural rubber Adhesion on steel: 3,3 N/cm Elongation at break: 13 % Tear-out force: 100 N/cm No stock item. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit Contents of sales units: 19 mm - 8 rolls 25 mm - 6 rolls 30 mm - 5 rolls 38 mm - 4 rolls 50 mm - 3 rolls 25 mm x 50 mts / white 30 mm x 50 mts / white 38 mm x 50 mts / white 50 mm x 50 mts / white 19 mm x 50 mts / black 25 mm x 50 mts / black 30 mm x 50 mts / black 38 mm x 50 mts / black 50 mm x 50 mts / black Packaging tape, gummed / Kraft paper, gummed Kraft tape, gummed 50 mm x 200 mts packaging tape for remoistening light brown Sold by the roll. Banding material / Banding paper Banding paper - brown - 20 mm x 150 mts kraft paper - 70 gsm Core Ø: 50 mm Sold by the roll. 30 mm x 150 mts 40 mm x 150 mts 50 mm x 150 mts 20 mm x 800 mts 30 mm x 800 mts 40 mm x 800 mts 50 mm x 800 mts Banding paper - white - 20 mm x 150 mts kraft paper - 70 gsm Core Ø: 50 mm Sold by the roll. 30 mm x 150 mts 40 mm x 150 mts 50 mm x 150 mts 20 mm x 800 mts 30 mm x 800 mts 40 mm x 800 mts 50 mm x 800 mts Page 99

110 Packaging material Banding material / Banding film Banding foil - polypropylene 20 mm x 200 mts Thickness: 80 μ Core Ø: 50 mm Sold by the roll. 30 mm x 200 mts 40 mm x 200 mts 50 mm x 200 mts 20 mm x 1200 mts 30 mm x 1200 mts 40 mm x 1200 mts 50 mm x 1200 mts Strapping / Rubber rings Rubber rings, red, standard quality Ø 20 mm - approx pieces Bag contents: 1 kg Thickness: approx. 1.2 x 1.2 mm Sold by the kilo. Ø 25 mm - approx pieces Ø 40 mm - approx pieces Ø 50 mm - approx pieces Ø 60 mm - approx pieces Ø 70 mm - approx pieces Ø 80 mm - approx pieces Ø 100 mm - approx pieces Rubber rings, yellowish-transparent Ø 25 mm - approx pcs Bag contents: 1 kg Thickness: 25 mm: approx. 1,2 x 1,2 mm 70 mm: approx. 1,2 x 3,0 mm Sold by the kilo. Ø 70 mm - approx pcs Rubber rings, white, standard quality Ø 60 mm / Bag contents: 1 kg - approx pcs Thickness: approx. 1.2 x 1.2 mm Sold by the kilo. Page 100

111 Fairs and exhibitions We would like to present our products in order to show that the information given in our brochures and websites is true. We want you to see and touch them or to experience them as it is called nowadays. We use, for example, the video portal YouTube to offer a first glance at our machines. You may see what they do and how they are operated. Videos may only assist but are no appropriate basis for a decision in favour of an investment. It therefore goes without saying that we present our machines to the public. The first machine out of our own production was the PräGnant which was presented at the Drupa exhibition in Ever since then, Schmedt has been exhibiting at the leading printing and paper fair in Düsseldorf, Germany, regularly. There we may present our technology to domestic as well as international prospects. There are not many trade fairs at which Schmedt has not been yet. We exhibit at book fairs (Frankfurt / Leipzig) as well as digital printing fairs (Digimedia), fairs for printing and print finishing (Druck+Form), for packaging (Pacprint) and consumables (Paperworld). We are also often represented at international fairs such as the Print in Chicago/USA, the Ipex in Birmingham, the Printech in Moscow or the China Print. We support our international agents at these shows or at their open-house exhibitions. We also share our competence with respect to bookbinding at exhibitions of other manufacturers, e. g. at the Hunkeler Innovation Days, together with Kolbus at the Finishing Days or at events with suppliers such as Papier Union. We also support bookbinders at trade conferences (BDBI) or exhibitions like the BuchDruckKunst in Hamburg or the Leipzig book fair. Moreover, our machines are installed in many schools for bookbinders and printers and training centres such as the Centro del bel libro in Switzerland. Schmedt would like to support the craft trade and demonstrate the efficiency of their machines. In 2011, we built our own demo and training centre. This permanent exhibition allows us to present all our machines and devices close to our head office. Therefore we are very flexible to show customers individual machines or systems in operation, even providing the possibility to make test runs with their own materials. Very often customers and delegations from abroad come to convince themselves of the quality of our range. We may solve individual requests independent of exhibitions and fairs, as a technician is always onsite. With our demo centre, we have created a good starting position to establish our own series of events: the Hardcover Days. Every two years, we use the time between two Drupa fairs to present new developments. In 2017, the event was well visited for the fourth time. In our demo centre, we cooperate with industrial partners. We have, for example, installed a digital production system by Ricoh in order to be able to demonstrate the complete process of a book production. At irregular intervals, technical seminars and bookbinding workshops in cooperation with bookbinders take place. Page 101

112

113 Consumables No paper, no cloth, no board... but anything else If books are made of paper and covers of board and cloth, we also require cold glue, hotmelt gelatine or maybe PUR adhesive to connect them. The choice of glue depends on the application: casing-in, fan-binding, block-making, casemaking etc. The range is enormous. So just let us know if you have any special application - our partners will surely have a solution! Dyes and cleaning agents are permanently used in the graphic industry and so you will find them here as well. Metal accessories such as binding screws, metal corners, mechanisms, rivets, eyelets belong to books as much as paper and board. Books are completed by headbands, ribbons, threads, cords etc. etc. Adhesives / Laminating glue PräTack K11 Bag-in-Box / 5 kgs Laminating glue for untreated materials Dispersion adhesive for laminating materials with untreated surfaces such as paper, cardboard, board, bookbinding materials etc. ph value: 6-8 Viscosity: 4000 ± 400 mpas To facilitate drawing off glue, we supply a metal support frame (item ) and different drain nozzles (items and -110) for Bag-in-Box. Bag-in-Box / 10 kgs Bag-in-Box / 20 kgs PräTack K11-L Laminating glue - Bag-in-Box / 20 kgs Dispersion adhesive for laminating materials with untreated surfaces such as paper, cardboard, board, bookbinding materials etc. - non-hazardous to food - To facilitate drawing off glue, we supply a metal support frame (item ) and different drain nozzles (items and -110) for Bag-in-Box. Page 103

114 Consumables Adhesives / Laminating glue PräTack K22 Bag-in-Box / 5 kgs All-pupose laminating glue Dispersion adhesive for laminating materials with untreated surfaces like paper, carton, board, bookbinding materials etc. together or with other materials with treated surfaces. Also suitable for gluing coated surfaces (e. g. English Buckram) against each other. ph value: 4-6 Viscosity: 4000 ± 400 mpas To facilitate drawing off glue, we supply a metal support frame (item ) and different drain nozzles (items and -110) for Bag-in-Box. Bag-in-Box / 10 kgs Bag-in-Box / 20 kgs PräTack X Dispersion glue - Bag-in-Box / 20 kgs with very strong adhesion for gluing non-absorbent materials such as film/film, leather/leather and versatile gluing of coated and uncoated surfaces. ph value: 6-8 Viscosity: 4000 ± 400 mpas No stock item. To facilitate drawing off glue, we supply a metal support frame (item ) and different drain nozzles (items and -110) for Bag-in-Box. Laminating glue SKG Dispersion glue - Bucket of 30 kgs - plasticized, phthalate- and solvent-free - Colour: transparent - Adhesive properties: soft, elastic, no after tack - ph value: Viscosity: mpas Application: for gluing paper, board, cloth and other uncoated materials. Also for hobby work. Planatol K Laminating glue - Bucket of 30 kgs Aqueous, solvent- and plasticiser-free dispersion glue with quick tack. Application: Gluing and lamination of paper and other absorbent materials with film-laminated surfaces and other difficult materials, in particular lamination of the inside surfaces of perfect-bound files coated with polyolefin film. Viscosity: 1500 mpas ph value: approx. 5 No stock item. Page 104

115 Consumables Adhesives / Laminating glue Planatol AD Dispersion glue - Bucket of 5 kgs solvent-free Applications: Full-service gluing of print-lacquered papers and cardboard, e. g. when producing and locking boxes, casing-in of book blocks into lacquered cases, end paper gluing, sheet gluing, gluing plastic and film such as PVC, acetate and polystyrine to absorbant substrates Viscosity: 9000 mpas ph value: approx. 5 Planatol Elasta N Tin / 1.05 kgs Starch-mix glue for laminating Starchy dispersion glue for untreated paper, board, wood, cloth etc. For flat gluing of large formats Viscosity: mpas ph value: approx. 7 Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol EM 70 Bucket / 5.5 kgs Starch-mix glue solvent-free, with plasticizer, high viscosity, for flat gluing of large formats For laminating und gluing of uncoated paper, board, cloth with absorbent materials like paper, board, natural cloth etc. Viscosity: mpas Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol E Dispersion glue - Bucket of 30 kgs plasticized, solvent-free For flat gluing of large formats, strip gluing of uncoated and coated papers and board, e. g. for producing mat board, displays etc. Viscosity: 3200 mpas Adhesives / Paste Planatol RH 8 Bucket / 5.5 kgs Starch paste solvent-free, viscid For untreated, uncoated papers, cardboard and binding cloth. Fast tacking. Viscosity: > mpas ph valuet: approx. 4 Bucket / 30 kgs Page 105

116 Consumables Adhesives / Paste Wheat starch powder for making starch paste used for restoration Contents: Bag of 12.5 kgs Sold by the kilo. Rice starch powder to make starch paste used for restoration Sales unit: Bag / 25 kgs Sold by the kilo. Glutofix - Cellulose paste powder Contents: box with 125 g Water soluble cellulose paste powder for various gluing applications and for mixing with dispersion adhesives Adhesives / Casing-in glue PräTack E40 Bag-in-Box / 5 kgs Casing-in glue Dispersion adhesive for laminating materials with untreated surfaces together or with other materials with treated (coated) surfaces. Specifically designed for casing-in books. ph value: 4-6 Viscosity: 4000 ± 400 mpas To facilitate drawing off glue, we supply a metal support frame (item ) and different drain nozzles (items and -110) for Bag-in-Box. Bag-in-Box / 10 kgs Bag-in-Box / 20 kgs Page 106

117 Consumables Adhesives / Fan-binding glue PräTack B66 Bottle with lid and nozzle / 1 litre All-pupose fan-binding glue Dispersion adhesive for fan-binding of treated and untreated paper qualities. For art paper as well as digital print paper. Also suitable for general bookbinding jobs (such as laminating) ph value: 4-6 Viscosity: 4000 ± 400 mpas To facilitate drawing off glue, we supply a metal support frame (item ) and different drain nozzles (items and -110) for Bag-in-Box. Bag-in-Box / 5 kgs Bag-in-Box / 10 kgs Bag-in-Box / 20 kgs Planaxol special synthetic resin glue transparent - Tin of 1.05 kgs contains plasticizer For PLANAX fanbinding system For manual fanbinding of standard paper qualities and also suitable for most other gluing jobs with paper, board, cloth, etc. Viscosity: mpas ph value: ca. 7 Planatol BB Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue plasticised For manual fanbinding of standard paper qualities. Versatile, also suitable for most other bookbinding applications Viscosity: mpas NOT to be used for plastics like PVC Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Glue dye We also supply special glue dye to dye dispersion glues. You will find these in section Materials / Dyes and ancillary products Planatol DK B 3040 Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue plasticized Application: for manual and automatic fanbinding of heavily coated papers used in digital printing Viscosity: 3600 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Page 107

118 Consumables Adhesives / Fan-binding glue Planatol BB superior Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue plasticized For manual and automatic fanbinding. Especially designed for art papers or papers with wrong grain. Viscosity: 6500 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol DK B 3040 A Special synthetic resin glue for Planax Perfect-Binder F also suitable for art and digital printing papers Can of 5 kgs Viscosity: 3600 mpas ph value: approx. 5 Planatol DKT 19/ Fanbinding glue - Bucket of 30 kgs contains plasticizer, solvent-free For automatic fanbinding of papers of all qualitites, especially art papers. Viscosity: mpas Adhesives / Special glues for difficult materials Planatol AD 9037 Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue solvent- and plasticizer-free, high adhesion Suitable for gluing PVC and acetate films to absorbent materials like paper and board. Viscosity: 7000 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol AD 94/5B Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue Suitable for gluing absorbent materials to coated materials such as PVC films, polystyrene, lacquered surfaces etc. Immediate tacking. Viscosity: 6000 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Page 108

119 Consumables Adhesives / Special glues for difficult materials Planatol AD Dispersion glue - Bucket of 30 kgs Suitable for gluing cellophane, PVC and acetate foil, metallized and other difficult surfaces (testing required) with absorbant substrates such as paper, board, textiles, leather etc, casing- in of PVC-coated cases, petrol-resistant gluings Viscosity: 4000 mpas Adhesives / Block binding glue Planatol Blockleim Tin / 1.05 kgs Pad-binding glue for manual block binding of non-perforated tear-off notepads and for laminating cloth and cover paper to cardboard Viscosity: mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Adhesives / Self-separating glue Planatol FF Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue for head-gluing sets of forms contains solvent and plasticizer for head and block gluing of sets of forms of standard paper qualities Viscosity: 3000 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol DK B 2100 Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue for head-gluing sets of forms plasticized, solvent-free For difficult papers and block gluing of SD papers Viscosity: 1500 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol FF 4 Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue for head-gluing sets of forms plasticized, solvent-free For block-gluing of sets of forms of non charcoal papers. Also suitable for producing desk pads and for block-gluing of hard papers. Viscosity: 4000 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Page 109

120 Consumables Adhesives / Self-separating glue Planatol FF Self-separating glue - Bottle of 1 kg Dispersion glue for self-separating head-gluing sets of forms For self-separating head-gluing sets of forms of chemically reacting charcoal papers. Especially for SM paper and SC continuation sheet. Drying time: approx. 20 min Planatol FF Self-separating glue - bottle of 1 kg Dispersion glue on synthetic resin basis For self-separating head-gluing sets of forms made of chemically reacting charcoal papers. Especially for NCP, CCP. Drying time: approx. 15 min Planatol FF 52-B spezial - main glue Self-separating glue - bottle of 1 kg for use with preparation glue FF52-1 Dispersion glue for self-separating head-gluing sets of forms of natural papers in combination with charcoal papers with white margin or bevelled corners at the edge to be glued For papers as of 70 gsm Planatol FF preparation glue Bottle of 1 kg for use with FF 52-B spezial Self-separating gluing of sets of natural papers in combination with charcoal papers with white margin Self-separating gluing of natural papers possible as of 3 sheets. Adhesives / Headbanding, backlining glue Planatol 37 Tin / 1.05 kgs Stabilizer solvent- and plasticizer-free Curing, to stabilize fan-bound books, especially with rounded backs Viscosity: mpas ph value: 4-5 Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Page 110

121 Consumables Adhesives / Headbanding, backlining glue Planatol 152 Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion glue solvent-free Multi-purpose dispersion glue for untreated, absorbent materials such as paper, cardboard, wood, cloth etc. Viscosity: 12,000 mpas Fast tacking. Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Adhesives / Side glues Planatol AD 163 Can / 5 kgs Dispersion glue solvent- and plasticizer-free Applications: Paper conversion, producing and locking bags, producing displays, end-paper gluing, side gluing etc. Viscosity: 1000 mpas food-grade quality Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol AD 165 Can / 5 kgs Dispersion glue solvent- and plasticizer-free Applications: Paper conversion, producing and locking bags, producing displays, end-paper gluing, side gluing etc. Viscosity: 400 mpas Bucket / 30 kgs Planatol AD 166 Can / 5 kgs Dispersion glue solvent- and plasticizer-free Applications: Paper conversion, producing and locking bags, producing displays, end-paper gluing, side gluing etc. Viscosity: 200 mpas Bucket / 30 kgs Adhesives / Semi-bond glues Planatol 81/20/3 - semi-bond glue Tin / 0.95 kgs Fugitive glue, standard adhesion solvent- and plasticizer-free Fugitive glue for removable gluing after drying, e. g. for envelopes, reply cards, bag locks etc. Viscosity: 1500 mpas Bucket / 5 kgs Bucket / 25 kgs Page 111

122 Consumables Adhesives / Gumming glues Planatol RW for remoist-gumming - Bucket of 30 kgs Special glue for remoist gummings of all kinds. To be used in machines. Viscosity: 3000 mpas No stock item. Planatol DK A 2070 Tin / 1.05 kgs Dextrin glue for remoist-gumming solvent-free For remoist gummings of all kinds. Ready for use in gumming machines Viscosity: approx mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Adhesives / Labelling glue Planatol E 801/ Dispersion glue - Bucket of 5.5 kgs solvent-free For automatic (machined) labelling of adresses in adressing machines or built-in adressing units including high-speed machines. Especially for coated, gravureprinted papers or coated surfaces Viscosity: 1300 mpas Planatol HW 730 Tin / 1.05 kgs Dispersion fugitive glue solvent- and plasticiser-free To glue paper and other absorbent products with plastic and PE, PP and other difficult coatings. To produce self-adhesive labels and self-adhesive items. Remains self-adhesive after drying. Viscosity: 3000 mpas Bucket / 5.5 kgs Bucket / 30 kgs Adhesives / Multi-purpose glue tesa Alleskleber versatile glue fluid - bottle of 1750 g Glues paper, photos, board, filt, cloth, leather and wood or these materials to metal, glass, porcellaine, many plastics and foam Lightfast, heat- and water-resistant and non-ageing Page 112

123 Consumables Adhesives / Multi-purpose glue PRITT - glue stick plasticizer-free - Contents: 43 gr suitable for gluing glue paper, photos, board, etc. Pattex power glue - heat-resistant contact adhesive - can of 4.5 kgs heat-resistant up to +110 C for combined gluing of of wooden substrates with docorative rubber, leather, cork, felt, hard PVC, soft foams, metal etc. Not suitable for polystyrene, soft PVC and artificial leather with solvent Adhesives / Hot animal glue Hot animal glue, granulated Modified special adhesive on animal glutin basis for neutral, non-distorting gluing of untreated materials in craft binderies and restoration workshops Colour: brown ph value: Viscosity 60 C: 100 mpas 2/20 Brookfield RVT Working temperature: C Wet time: medium - short with high tack Sales unit: bag of 25 kgs Sold by the kilo. Plakal hotmelt jelly PE bag of approx. 2.5 kgs Special gelatine for hard cover case making, especially suitable for laminated cover papers - bio-degradable - immediate high tacking - working temperature: C - ph-value: approx. 5,9 8 x approx. 2.5 kgs = 1 cardboard box Sold in full PE bags Page 113

124 Consumables Adhesives / Hot animal glue Plakal Covertack hotmelt jelly PE bag of approx. 2.5 kgs Special gelatine for hard cover case making, especially suitable for binding cloth, to a limited extend also for laminated cover papers - bio-degradable - medium wet life - immediate high tacking - Working temperature: C - ph-value: approx x approx. 2.5 kgs = 1 cardboard box Sold in full PE bags Plakal Covertack hotmelt jelly PE bag of approx. 2.5 kgs Gelatine for large-format laminating with good flat lying properties - bio-degradable - immediate high tacking - Working temperature: C - ph-value: approx x approx. 2.5 kgs = 1 cardboard box Sold in full PE bags. Plakal 830 W - protein jelly glue PE bag of approx. 2.5 kgs Jelly glue for bonding book spines and head banding, especially for use on book production lines with heatable glue tray - white, flexible drying - high tacking - high adhesion - working temperature: C - ph-value: approx x approx. 2.5 kgs = 1 cardboard box Sold in full PE bags PräMelt OT24 Digital Hotmelt jelly - PE bag of approx. 2.5 kgs - medium wet life (approx. 24 sec.) - immediate high tacking - viscosity: mpas - Working temperature: C Especially suitable for digitally printed covers and genuine photo papers. Perfect for use in our gluing machine Type PräziCoat combined with our casemakers Type PräziCase 10 x approx. 2.5 kgs = 1 cardboard box Sold in full PE bags Page 114

125 Consumables Adhesives / Hot animal glue PräMelt OT30 Universal Hotmelt jelly - PE bag of approx. 2.5 kgs - rather long open time - medium inital tack - viscosity: mpas - working temperature: C Suitable for use in casemakers and also for manual use. 10 x approx. 2.5 kgs = 1 cardboard box Sold in full PE bags Adhesives / Hotmelt glue Planatol PSA Semi-bond hotmelt glue in foiled pillows on thermoplastic rubber basis Application: for removable gluing after hardening of the glue, e. g. for gluing cards, samples etc. Viscosity: mpas Working temperatures: C, in a premelt container C. Sales unit: Box / 12 kgs Sold by the kilo. Planatol HM hotmelt glue Bucket / 3 kgs for hot-melt fanbinders Colour: white, with thin layer transparent For automatic fanbinding of catalogues, paperbacks, brochures etc. Working temperature: C Viscosity: 2500 mpas Medium wet life Sold by the bag/bucket. Bag / 25 kgs Planatol HM hotmelt glue Bucket / 3 kgs for hot-melt fanbinders Colour: white, with thin layer transparent For automatic fanbinding of catalogues, paperbacks, brochures etc., also digital print Working temperature: C Viscosity: 2500 mpas Wet time: medium Sold by the bag/bucket. Bag / 25 kgs Page 115

126 Consumables Adhesives / Hotmelt glue Planatol HM hotmelt glue for hot-melt fanbinders Box with 12 kgs (24 pillows of 0.5 kgs) Application: Side gluing on fanbinders; permanent gluing of labels on glass, PE/PP and metal tins Viscosity: 2000 mpas Very long wet time, high initial tack Sold by the box. Planatol HM hotmelt glue Side glue for hot-melt fanbinders - bag of 25 kgs on EVA basis, plasticiser-free Granulate Viscosity: mpas (Brookfield, DIN 53019, 170 C) Sofening point: C (Mettler) Wet life: very long Water curing: medium Colour: ivory Working temperature: C, in pre-melt container C less Sold by the bag. No stock item. Planamelt R - hotmelt glue Bucket / 3 kgs spine glue Solvent-free spine glue with excellent edge adhesion also of difficult materials such as papers > 200 gsm. Suitable for fan-binding books, catalogues, brochures etc. on any common fanbinder und to glue and case-in thread-stitched book blocks to brochures. Viscosity: approx mpas (170 C) approx mpas (150 C) approx mpas (130 C) Wet time: medium to long Water curing: medium Working temperature (roller): C Not to be mixed. Sold by the bag/bucket. Bag / 25 kgs Page 116

127 Consumables Adhesives / Hotmelt glue Planamelt W - hotmelt glue Bucket / 3 kgs spine glue, white Solvent-free spine glue with excellent edge adhesion also of difficult materials such as papers > 200 gsm. Suitable for fan-binding books, catalogues, brochures etc. on any common fanbinder May also be used as side glue. Viscosity: ca mpas Wet time: medium to long Water curing: medium Not to be mixed. Faster setting than Planamelt R. Sold by the bag/bucket. Bag / 25 kgs Planamelt Pro - hotmelt glue Bucket / 3 kgs spine glue Solvent-free spine glue with excellent adhesion. Suitable for fan-binding books, catalogues, brochures etc. on any common small fanbinder Viscosity: ca mpas Wet time: medium Water curing: medium Not to be mixed. Faster setting than Planamelt R and Planamelt W. Sold by the bag/bucket. Bag / 25 kgs Planamelt S - hotmelt glue Bucket / 3 kgs side glue Solvent-free side glue with excellent adhesion on various, also difficult substrates. Suitable for side gluing on any common fanbinder, endsheet gluing Viscosity: ca mpas Wet time: long Water curing: short Not to be mixed. Sold by the bag/bucket. Bag / 25 kgs Page 117

128 Consumables Adhesives / PUR glue Planatol PUR Candle / 2 kgs reactive PU hotmelt glue (PUR hotmelt) Back glue with excellent adhesion, also on difficult papers and thick brochures - labelling required - viscosity: 3700 mpas - working temperature: C - quick hardening - short wet time Sold by the candle. Planatol PUR Candle / 2 kgs Reactive PUR adhesive for perfect binders Spine glue suitable for low working temperatures for reduced energy consumption and reduced emissions - with additives requiring labelling - white, milky - Viscosity: approx mpas at 130 C - Wet life: short - Water curing: short - Hardening time: very fast - Adhesive layer: medium flexibility - Working temperature: C Sold by the candle. Plana-PUR S Candle / 2 kgs reactive PU hotmelt glue (PUR hotmelt) - VOC exempt - moisture-curing - no labelling required - monomere isocyanate content < 0.1 % - viscosity: 4800 mpas - fast solidification - short open time Page 118

129 Consumables Adhesives / Glue pots, pumps, accessories Planatol plastic glue pot with lid and wiping ring Capacity: approx. 1 kg Ø pot: approx. 17 cm Ø lid: approx. 18,5 cm Height: approx. 8 cm Plastic glue pot, red with lid and protection ring, cpl. with 1 brush Capacity: 0.7 ltr - special lid to prevent glue and brush from drying - clean working thank to wiping/protection ring Leiminator - Plastic glue pot with lid for glue and brush mouth cpl. with 1 brush Capacity: 1.2 ltr - special lid to prevent glue and brush from drying TS-Boy - Glue container 0.45 litres - small complete with brush and lid impact resistant plastic high resistance to chemicals 0.90 litres - medium 1.50 litres - large Multi-purpose glue dispenser with 5 different attachments Capacity: approx. 250 ml for clean adhesive application comes complete with: - glue roller 60 mm wide - lamella nozzle - pointed nozzle - wall plug nozzle - glue brush attachment Page 119

130 Consumables Adhesives / Glue pots, pumps, accessories Glue pump "Easypump" for 30/32 kg buckets to be screwed into the lid of glue buckets The glue is pumped up in a clean and easy way. Airtight. Metal support frame for PräTack bag-in-box to be placed on the work bench - to facilitate drawing off - suitable for bag-in-box 5 kgs and 20 kgs How to use: Open the PräTack box, pull out the plastic bag, mount the drain nozzle (optional, item no or ). Place the box upside down on to the station sliding the nozzle into the gap of the top plate. Now put a jar underneath and pour as such glue as required (using e. g. our glue pot, item no ) The accessories and glue shown in the picture are not included in delivery. Drain nozzle, small for PräTack bag-in-box - with 12 cm hose and squeezer - suitable for bag-in-box 5 kgs and 20 kgs - re-usable Drain nozzle, large for PräTack bag-in-box - with 60 cm hose and drain valve - suitable for bag-in-box 5 kgs and 20 kgs - re-usable Hand refractometer Type HRN Measuring area: % - Scale division: 0.2% Brix High-precision instrument to determine the solid contents dissolved in liquids, such as hot glue. Without temperature compensation Page 120

131 Consumables Cleaners and additives / Cleaning and separating agents PräMelt PUR Cleaner All-in-One Candle / 1.4 kgs Intensive cleaner for PUR adhesives red, solid Drum / 15 kgs PräMelt PUR Cleaner Cleaner for PUR adhesive in perfect binders May be used to rinse, clean and seal PUR nozzle systems granules, blue Bag / 20 kgs Sold by the kilo. Planatolin D Tin / 0.88 kgs Solvent for dispersion glues Cleaning agent to remove dryed stains of dispersion glues from machines, glues and brushes Dangerous goods classification: 1993 This product is not sold to countries outside the EU! Bucket / 8.5 kgs Planatolin HM Cleaning agent for hotmelt glues Solvent-free cleaning agent to remove dryed stains of hotmelt glues from machines, glues and brushes Can / 4.5 kgs Planatolin PUR Solvent for PUR adhesives Cleaning agent to remove unhardened stains of PUR glues from machines and devices Viscosity: approx. 85 mpas Can / 5 kgs Planatolin PUR Cleaner for PUR and Hotmelt adhesives Cleaning agent for melting and applying devices For changing use of reactive PUR glues and nonreactive hotmelt systems (e. g. on EVA basis) Viscosity: 6500 mpas Bag / 20 kgs Page 121

132 Consumables Cleaners and additives / Cleaning and separating agents Partinol - Separating agent for glue Vaporiser / 500 ml Prevents the settling of glue and makes it easy to remove old stains of dried glue Free of solvents and silicone 10 ltr cans are no stock item. Can / 10 ltr Melt-O-Clean - Cold-cleaning agent Vaporiser / 500 ml removes glue and other stains Dangerous goods classification: 2052 Can / 4.5 kgs Vaseline separating agent Plastic tin / 120 gr prevents the settling of cold glue in gluing units Cleaners and additives / Additives for hotmelt gelatine Aroma additive for hotmelt gelatine Aroma: lemon - bottle of 100 ml very concentrated, only add in drops Defrothing agent for warm and cold glue to reduce frothing Bottle of 250 ml Page 122

133 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Marbling dyes and accessories Set of Ascocolor marbling dyes Complete set consisting of 2 bottles of diluent, 10 pipettes and 1 bottle of each shade of dyes (à 100 ml) Ascocolor - Marbling dye special dye on oil basis for marbling papers wipeable, washable and light-fast Dangerous goods classification: 1299 black - bottle / 100 ml white - bottle / 100 ml red - bottle / 100 ml blue-violet - bottle / 100 ml green - bottle / 100 ml magenta - bottle / 100 ml cyan - bottle / 100 ml yellow - bottle / 100 ml black - bottle / 500 ml white - bottle / 500 ml red - bottle / 500 ml blue-violet - bottle / 500 ml green - bottle / 500 ml magenta - bottle / 500 ml cyan - bottle / 500 ml yellow - bottle / 500 ml Diluent (Cleaner) for marbling dyes Bottle / 100 ml Page 123

134 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Marbling dyes and accessories Spare (empty) bottles for marbling dyes Contents: 100 ml Plastic pipettes to apply marbling dyes Gelasco - Marbling primer on cellulose basis - Tin / 400 g Marbling tray 36 x 55 cm with reservoir for used dyes includung: - drain board / cover board - cedar wood skimmer Formed from a high impact plastic with separate waste tray used to receive skimmed ink from a main tray. Drain board can be used as a cover or as a support for paper when washing off ink. 48 x 63 cm Marbling comb with one row - 5 mm pin spacing with cover case - 10 mm pin spacing - 20 mm pin spacing Page 124

135 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Marbling dyes and accessories Marbling comb with two flexible rows with cover case 20 mm pin spacing Dyes and ancillaries / Book edge dyes white black grey red cyan dark ultramarine light green dark green lemon yellow brown Book-edge dye Bottle: 100 ml - water colour - miscible - suitable for absorbant papers Dyes and ancillaries / Leather dye Leather dye Bottle / 100 ml to dye smooth leather ready to use Dangerous goods classification: 1987 black dark brown light brown tan light tan maroon deep red navy blue green yellow red turquoise Page 125

136 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Leather dye dark brown medium brown light brown dark blue light blue green yellow dark red light red black Maroquin - aniline leather dye pigments in 50 ml bottles - to be filled up with water - for vegetable tanned leathers To fasten the dye, please use Maroquin fixative (item no ), as otherwise, the dye applied to the leather will bleed. Maroquin - fixative to fasten aniline leather dye Bottle of 100 ml - free of formaldehyde To be used with Maroquin aniline leather dyes (item no XXX). Page 126

137 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Glue dyes black red dark blue dark green yellow dark brown Glue dye Bottle: 100 ml - to dye dispersion glues - dyes are miscible The colour samples in the picture show a mixing ratio of 1:10 (eg. 100 ml of dye to1 litre of glue), This ratio should not be exceeded, as otherwise, the glue becomes too thin and will loose adhesive strength. Dyes and ancillaries / Leather preservatives Maroquin - leather vaseline Tin / 90 g acid free, to preserve cleaned leather and parchment Maroquin - leather balm Bottle / 250 ml Bottle / 1 litre Balm to clean and soften old or rough leather and parchment. It cleans the pores, lets the leather breathe again and makes it soft and smooth. Gildings are not affected, but are emphasized. Leather softener Type SR Bottle / 750 ml aqueous solution to improve the dilatability of rigid binding leathers or to loosen old leather covers Page 127

138 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Leather preservatives Spray nozzle for leather softener Type SR Dyes and ancillaries / Manual gilding materials Auroschnitt - Edge-gilding primer Edge-gilding Primer for gold leaf Bottle / 100 ml Aurofix Gilding primer for manual gilding Bottle / 125 ml Armenian Bole, paste Binding agent for manual gilding with gold leaf Sales unit: 1000 gr Sold per 100 grams Armenian Bole, lumps Binding agent for manual gilding with gold leaf Sales unit: 1000 gr Min. order quantity: 100 gr Page 128

139 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Manual gilding materials Gold leaf for manual gilding 20 carat citron gold Booklet with 25 sheets, size 80 x 80 mm Sold in full booklets. 22 carat orange gold 23 carat double gold Dyes and ancillaries / Edge-gilding materials Edge-gilding primer for foil gilding Bottle / 250 ml Primer for edge-gilding with an electrically heated edgegilding roll and edge-gilding foil Edge-gilding foil gold - 61 mts long for use with heated edge-gilding roll Roll width: 78 mm Sold by the roll. silver - 61 mts long gold mts long Dyes and ancillaries / Varnish spray Marabu - clear varnish spray to varnish marbled papers Spray bottle / 400 ml Page 129

140 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Spray adhesive Spray adhesive Type CreativeMount removable / refixable transparent, UV resistant Fine spray diffuser, adjustable Spray bottle / 400 ml Spray adhesive Type removable / repositionable thick application -> permanent adhesion thin application -> removable Fine spray diffuser, therefore suitable for paper Spray bottle / 500 ml Spray adhesive Type for permanent fixing Spray thickness (strips!) adjustable mm. For cardboard, board, textiles, PP and PE. Spray bottle / 500 ml Spray adhesive Type PhotoMount permanent bond, repositionable slow drying to allow a short time for pinpoint positioning before final bonding, does not bleed through porous materials and does not stain Spray bottle / 400 ml Spray adhesive Type for permanent fixing Fine spray diffuser, adjustable in Ø. For paper, cardboard, board, textiles, PP, PE and polystyrine Spray bottle / 500 ml Page 130

141 Consumables Dyes and ancillaries / Cleaning agents and additives MZ3 paste - rust remover Tin / 750 g Paste with abrasive elements for lubricating rust removal on knives and machine parts Hand cleansing tissues "Scrubs" Dispenser box with 72 pieces antibacterial, contaminant-free, non-toxic, not irritating, with nurturing substances Hand-cleaning agent P3 "manuvo" Bottle / 500 ml for gentle hand cleaning Removes oil, grease or dye stains Dr. Schnell Samoprint - hand cream Tube / 75 ml Skin protection cream for fingerprint-free work - protects the skin - dermatologically tested - non-greasy - colorant, fragrance and silicone free Printing Ancillaries / Anti oxidation and preservation spray French Chalk Tin / 450 g fine powder, prevents from undesired adhesion. Effective lubricant. Page 131

142 Consumables Printing ancillaries / Anti-oxidation and preservation spray PräFix Antiskin / Antidry spray Spray bottle / 400 ml Anti-oxidation spray for printing dyes Prevents from drying out and skin building overnight. Concentrated, therfore very efficient. PräFix Gleitquick with rust protection Silicone spray - spray bottle / 500 ml Builds a protection film against dust, dyes, rust and glue. High slippage abilities, therefore also suitable for guillotines and folding machines. Printing ancillaries / Antistatic spray PräFix Antistatik Spray bottle / 400 ml Static inhibitor spray for the graphics industry. Stops electrostatic charge on printing and folding machines as well as when using plastic foils. Bands, threads, ribbons / Sewing bands Cotton sewing band - raw white 10 mm width standard quality for sewing machines Roll length: 50 mts Sold by the roll mm width 15 mm width 20 mm width Sewing band "Koeper" - grey/white 10 mm width top quality for manual sewing with herring bone lines Roll length: 50 mts Sold by the roll. 12 mm width 16 mm width 20 mm width 24 mm width Page 132

143 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Folder band Folder band - standard quality 10 mm wide / black Roll length: 100 mts Sold by the roll. 15 mm wide / black 20 mm wide / black 10 mm wide / white Folder band - top quality 100 % cotton, with herring bone lines Roll length: 100 mts Sold by the roll white / approx. 15 mm yellow / approx. 15 mm light red / approx. 15 mm burgundy / approx. 15 mm medium blue / approx. 15 mm dark blue / approx. 15 mm light green / approx. 15 mm green / approx. 15 mm olive / approx. 15 mm cream / approx. 15 mm reddish cream / approx. 15 mm light brown / approx. 15 mm brown / approx. 15 mm dark brown / approx. 15 mm silver grey / approx. 15 mm grey / approx. 15 mm dark grey / approx. 15 mm anthracite / approx. 15 mm black / approx. 15 mm white / approx. 20 mm Bands, threads, ribbons / Sewing thread Linen sewing thread - raw white 10/3 - approx mm thick on cross-wind of 50 g 1. number of the type specification x 10 = approx. length in metres Example: Type 18/3 = approx. 180 mts Type 25/3 = approx. 250 mts Type 60/3 = approx. 600 mts 14/3 - approx mm thick 18/3 - approx mm thick 25/3 - approx mm thick 30/3 - approx mm thick 40/3 - approx mm thick 50/3 - approx mm thick 60/3 - approx mm thick Page 133

144 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Sewing thread Linen sewing thread - coloured - on rolls of approx. 25 g Type 18/3 Thickness: appox mm / Roll length: approx. 90 mts Type 30/3 Thickness: appox mm / Roll length: approx. 150 mts Sold by the roll. Other colours are available by request with a MOQ of 20 rolls per colour. 18/3-05-light red 18/3-09-dark green 18/3-10-light green 18/3-13-black 18/3-14-cream 18/3-27-dark red 18/3-32-pink 18/3-50-light yellow 18/3-51-dark blue 18/3-56-orange 30/3-05-light red 30/3-09-dark green 30/3-10-light green 30/3-13-black 30/3-14-cream 30/3-27-dark red 30/3-32-pink 30/3-50-light yellow 30/3-51-dark blue 30/3-56-orange Getafil P 80/3 - polyester thread Spool / 4000 m for sewing machines Sewing thread Type Z 85/ King spool / m for sewing machines Getacor 50/2 - sewing thread Cone / 5000 m made of polyester/cotton approx mm thick for sewing machines Page 134

145 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Sewing thread Sewing thread Type S 50/ Cone / m for sewing machines Bands, threads, ribbons / Headband Cotton headband / Master roll of 500 mts standard quality Natural fibres, finished Width: 13 mm Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 m with item no XXX blue/white green/white black/white red/white black/yellow red/green grey black white light red burgundy blue yellow red/yellow brown/yellow brown green antique gold red/black violet green/yellow Page 135

146 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Headband Cotton headband / Roll of 100 mts standard quality Natural fibres, finished Width: 13 mm Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX. Short rolls of 5 mts are available in top quality with item no XXX blue/white green/white black/white red/white black/yellow red/green grey black white light red burgundy blue yellow red/yellow brown/yellow brown green antique gold red/black violet green/yellow Page 136

147 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Headband Headband / Master roll of 500 mts strong machine quality with stronger row Width: approx ± 1 mm Material warp: spun rayon, viscose filament, cotton Material weft: viscose filament Sold by the roll. Also available as short rolls of 5 m length with item no XXX, see following page blue/white 01A - green/white black/white red/white black/yellow red/green silver grey black white light red dark blue yellow red/yellow yellow/brown grey-brown dark green antique gold black/red white/violet turquoise cream raw white lemon orange burgundy azure yellowish green dark turquoise light grey 02A - dark blue/white green/yellow light brown/yellow anthracite blackish green dark brown burgundy brown light blue blue violet green light green B41 - pink/white dark rose pink A91 - silver grey/white apricot turquoise/white Page 137

148 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Headband Headband / Short roll of 5 mts strong quality with stronger bow Width: approx ± 1 mm Material warp: spun rayon, viscose filament, cotton Material weft: viscose filament Sold by the roll. Also available as master rolls of 500 m length with item no XXX, see previous page blue/white 01A - green/white black/white red/white black/yellow red/green silver grey black white light red dark blue yellow red/yellow yellow/brown greyish brown dark green antique gold black/red white/violet turquoise cream raw white lemon orange burgundy azure yellowish green dark turquoise light grey 02A - dark blue/white green/yellow light brown/yellow anthracite blackish green dark brown burgundy brown light blue blue violet green light green B41 - pink/white dark rose pink A91 - silver grey/white apricot turquoise/white Page 138

149 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Bookmark Page-marking ribbon / Master roll of 500 mts (book mark) - standard quality Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 m with item no XXX and/or 50901XXX. approx. 5 mm wide / 001-white approx. 5 mm wide / 002-yellow approx. 5 mm wide / 003-blue approx. 5 mm wide / 004-light red approx. 5 mm wide / 005-green approx. 5 mm wide / 006-brown approx. 5 mm wide / 007-violet approx. 5 mm wide / 008-black approx. 5 mm wide / 009-silver grey approx. 5 mm wide / 010-burgundy approx. 5 mm wide / 011-antique gold approx. 5 mm wide / 012-orange approx. 8 mm wide / 001-white approx. 8 mm wide / 002-yellow approx. 8 mm wide / 003-blue approx. 8 mm wide / 004-light red approx. 8 mm wide / 005-green approx. 8 mm wide / 006-brown approx. 8 mm wide / 007-violet approx. 8 mm wide / 008-black approx. 8 mm wide / 009-silver grey approx. 8 mm wide / 010-burgundy approx. 8 mm wide / 011-antique gold Page-marking ribbon (book mark) / Roll of 100 mts standard quality Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX and 5090-XXX. approx. 5 mm wide / 001-white approx. 5 mm wide / 002-yellow approx. 5 mm wide / 003-blue approx. 5 mm wide / 004-light red approx. 5 mm wide / 005-green approx. 5 mm wide / 006-brown approx. 5 mm wide / 007-violet approx. 5 mm wide / 008-black approx. 5 mm wide / 009-silver grey approx. 5 mm wide / 010-burgundy approx. 5 mm wide / 011-antique gold approx. 5 mm wide / 012-orange approx. 8 mm wide / 001-white approx. 8 mm wide / 002-yellow approx. 8 mm wide / 003-blue approx. 8 mm wide / 004-light red approx. 8 mm wide / 005-green approx. 8 mm wide / 006-brown approx. 8 mm wide / 007-violet approx. 8 mm wide / 008-black approx. 8 mm wide / 009-silver grey approx. 8 mm wide / 010-burgundy approx. 8 mm wide / 011-antique gold Page 139

150 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Bookmark Page-marking ribbon (book mark) Colour: natural white - Width: approx. 2 mm Sales unit: on cardboard of 100 mts Sold in full sales units. Page-marking ribbon (book mark) / Roll of 1000 mts top quality - Width: approx. 4-5 mm made of viscose filament Sold by the roll. Also available as short rolls of 25 m length with item no XXX, see following page white lemon sweetcorn yellow gold antique gold orange light pink magenta red burgundy light turquoise lilac violet light blue violet steel blue kings blue blackish blue may green green light green dark green bottle green gold golden brown brown dark brown silver light grey grey dark grey black Page 140

151 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Bookmark Page-marking ribbon (book mark) / Short roll of 25 mts top quality - Width: approx. 4-5 mm Sold by the roll. Also available as master rolls of 1000 m length with item no XXX, see previous page white lemon sweetcorn yellow gold antique gold orange light pink magenta red burgundy light turquoise lilac violet light blue violet steel blue kings blue blackish blue may green green light green dark green bottle green gold golden brown brown dark brown silver light grey grey dark grey black Page 141

152 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Bookmark Page-marking ribbon, multi-coloured Page-marking ribbon (book mark) may also be manufactured two- or threecoloured according to your requirements. It is available in different widths and qualities. Minimum order quantity: 500 mts Delivery time: approx. 6-8 weeks Prices by request. Bands, threads, ribbons / Twisted cords Sewing cord (hemp cord) Roll / approx. 450 g - approx. 90 mts Ø 1,4 mm coarse, double-twisted made of pure hemp Sold by the roll. Page cord Roll / 200 g - Length: approx. 150 mts Ø 3 mm made of hemp and flax Sold by the roll. Page 142

153 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Twisted cords Satin cord, thin / Master roll of 500 mts Thickness: approx. 1 mm - triple-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 mts with item no XXX as well as in short rolls of 20 m length with item no XXX white blue orange yellow grey green light red brown burgundy black antique gold Satin cord, thinn / Roll of 100 mts Thickness: approx. 1 mm - triple-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX or short rolls of 20 mts with item no XXX white blue orange yellow grey green light red brown burgundy black antique gold Satin cord, thin / Short roll of 20 mts Thickness: approx. 1 mm - triple-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX white blue orange yellow grey green light red brown burgundy black antique gold Page 143

154 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Twisted cords Satin cord, thick / Master roll of 500 mts Thickness: approx. 2 mm - double-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 mts with item no XXX as well as in short rolls of 20 m length with item no XXX white blue orange yellow grey green light red brown burgundy black antique gold Satin cord, thick / Roll of 100 mts Thickness: approx. 2 mm - double-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX or short rolls of 20 mts with item no XXX white blue orange yellow grey green light red brown burgundy black antique gold Satin cord, thick / Short roll of 20 mts Thickness: approx. 2 mm - double-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX white blue orange yellow grey green light red brown burgundy black antique gold Page 144

155 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Twisted cords Satin cord, thick / Master roll of 500 mts top quality - Thickness: approx. 2 mm Sold by the roll white blue orange yellow grey green light red brown burgundy black antique gold red/white blue/white green/white black/red/gold blue/white/red blue/yellow black/yellow black/white Satin cord - multi-coloured / Master roll of 500 mts Thickness: approx. 2 mm - double-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 mts with item no XXX as well as in short rolls of 20 m length with item no XXX red/white blue/white green/white black/red/gold blue/white/red blue/yellow black/yellow black/white Satin cord, multi-coloured / Roll of 100 mts Thickness: approx. 2 mm - double-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX or short rolls of 20 mts with item no XXX red/white blue/white green/white black/red/gold blue/white/red blue/yellow black/yellow black/white Page 145

156 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Twisted cords red/white blue/white green/white black/red/gold blue/white/red blue/yellow black/yellow black/white Satin cord, multi-coloured / Short roll of 20 mts Thickness: approx. 2 mm - double-twisted Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX and 51601XXX. Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Rubber cord, braided / Master roll of 500 mts Thickness: approx. 1.8 mm Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 mts with item no XXX as well as in short rolls of 25 m length with item no XXX white dark blue orange yellow silver grey dark green light red brown burgundy black antique gold hellorange magenta violet light blue medium blue night blue light green Page 146

157 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Rubber cord, braided / Roll of 100 mts Thickness: approx. 1.8 mm Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX or short rolls of 25 mts with item no XXX white dark blue orange yellow silver grey dark grey light red brown burgundy black antique gold light orange magenta violet light blue medium blue night blue light green Rubber cord, braided / Short roll of 25 mts Thickness: approx. 1.8 mm Due to tensile strength occuring during re-winding the material, there might be light deviation in length. Sold by the roll. Also available in larger sales units with item no XXX white dark blue orange yellow silver grey dark grey light red brown burgundy black antique gold light orange magenta violet light blue medium blue night blue light green Rubber cord, lurex-braided silver metallic Thickness: approx. 1 mm Roll length: 1000 mts Sold by the roll gold metallic Page 147

158 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Rubber cord, thin, braided Thickness: approx. 1 mm - Colour: white Roll length: 1000 mts Sold in full rolls only Metal barbs, nickel-plated to make elastic cords for folders e.g. with rubber cord item no XXX Metal clips, nickel-plated to clip rubber cord to a ring e.g. for rubber cord item no XXX Page 148

159 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Pliers for metal barbs to close T-shaped barbs and clips to close rubber rings rolls the barb wings neatly to the inside e. g. to be used with metal barbs no , metal clips no and rubber cord no XXX. Flat rubber lace, braided / Roll of 100 mts approx. 5.5 mm wide Sold by the roll. Also available as short rolls of 10 m length with item no XXX. This product may also be supplied in precut pieces with metal barbs or clipped to a ring. Prices by request. Please state quantities and thread lengths required with your enquiry white black light grey red medium blue bottle green brown yellow burgundy magenta navy blue light orange dark orange Flat rubber lace, braided / Short roll of 10 mts approx. 5.5 mm wide Due to tensile strength occuring during re-winding the material, there might be light deviation in length. Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 mts with item no XXX white black light grey red blue bottle green brown yellow burgundy magenta dark blue light orange dark orange Page 149

160 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Flat rubber lace, braided / Roll of 100 mts approx. 7 mm wide finely ribbed This product may also be supplied in precut pieces with metal barbs or clipped to a ring. Prices by request. Please state quantities and thread lengths required with your enquiry. Sold by the roll white black silver grey red light blue dark green braun yellow burgundy magenta navy blue orange cream baby pink lilac violet turquoise royal blue green anthracite fluorescent yellow fluorescent orange fluorescent green fluorescent pink Page 150

161 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Flat rubber lace, braided / Short roll of 10 mts approx. 7 mm wide Due to tensile strength occuring during re-winding the material, there might be light deviation in length. Sold by the roll. Also available in rolls of 100 mts with item no XXX white black silver grey red light blue dark green brown yellow burgundy magenta navy blue orange cream baby pink lilac violet turquoise royal blue green anthracite fluorescent yellow fluorescent orange fluorescent green fluorescent pink Flat rubber lace may also be delivered with metal barbs or clipped to a ring. Minimum quantity per colour and length: 100 pcs Prices by request. Page 151

162 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Rubber cord with metal barbs for folders Thread length between barbs: 32 cm Elastic cord, braided, round, approx. 2 mm thick 001-white 002-dark blue 003-orange 004-yellow 005-grey 006-green 007-light red 008-brown 009-burgundy 010-black 012-light blue 013-light rose 014-pink 015-violet 107-black/yellow 108-blue/white 109-green/white 110-blue/yellow 111-red/yellow 112-yellow/white 113-black/red/gold 114-gelb/schwarz 200-silver metallic 201-gold metallic Special lengths of rubber cord with metal barbs are available from mm length. Minimum order quantities: Standard colours: 100 pcs per colour and length. Metallic colours (silver and gold) 1000 pcs per colour and length: Prices by request. Page 152

163 Consumables Bands, threads, ribbons / Rubber cords Rubber cord clipped to a ring Thread length (open): 410 mm elastic cord, braided, round - approx. 2 mm thick 001-white 002-dark blue 003-orange 004-yellow 005-grey 006-green 007-red 008-brown 009-burgundy 010-black 012-light blue 013-light rose 014-pink 015-violet 107-black/yellow 108-blue/white 109-green/white 110-blue/yellow 111-red/yellow 112-yellow/white 113-black/red/gold 114-yellow/black 200-silver metallic 201-gold metallic Special lengths of rubber cord clipped to a ring are available from mm length. Minimum order quantities: Standard colours: 100 pcs per colour and length. Metallic colours (silver and gold): 1000 pcs per colour and length: Prices by request. Page 153

164 Consumables Metal accessories / Book corners Metal corners, slim / as of 500 pcs 10 x 10 mm - nickelized slightly rounded corner for menus, pocket diaries, etc. Opening widths: 10 x 10 mm: approx. 1.5 mm 15 x 15 mm: approx. 2.0 mm 21 x 21 mm: approx. 3.0 mm MOQ: 500 pcs Also available in small packets of 25 pcs with item no XXX and of 50 pcs with item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 15 mm - nickelized 21 x 21 mm - nickelized 10 x 10 mm - golden 15 x 15 mm - golden 21 x 21 mm - golden Metal corners, slim / Small packet 10 x 10 mm - nickelized - Pck of 25 pcs slightly rounded corner for menus, pocket diaries, etc. Opening widths: 10 x 10 mm: approx. 1.5 mm 15 x 15 mm: approx. 2.0 mm 21 x 21 mm: approx. 3.0 mm For quantities as of 500 pcs, please refer to item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 15 mm - nickelized - Pck of 25 pcs 21 x 21 mm - nickelized - Pck of 25 pcs 10 x 10 mm - golden - Pck of 25 pcs 15 x 15 mm - golden - Pck of 25 pcs 21 x 21 mm - golden - Pck of 25 pcs 10 x 10 mm - nickelized - Pck of 50 pcs 15 x 15 mm - nickelized - Pck of 50 pcs 21 x 21 mm - nickelized - Pck of 50 pcs 10 x 10 mm - golden - Pck of 50 pcs 15 x 15 mm - golden - Pck of 50 pcs 21 x 21 mm - golden - Pck of 50 pcs Metal corners, straight / as of 500 pcs 16 x 16 mm - nickelized x 22 mm - nickelized Opering widths: 16 x 16 mm: approx. 3.5 mm 22 x 22 mm: approx. 3.5 mm 30 x 30 mm: approx. 4.5 mm 50 x 50 mm: approx. 4.0 mm MOQ: 500 pcs Also available in small packets of 25 pcs with item no XXX and of 50 pcs with item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 30 mm - nickelized 50 x 50 mm - nickelized 16 x 16 mm - golden 22 x 22 mm - golden 30 x 30 mm - golden 50 x 50 mm - golden Page 154

165 Consumables Metal accessories / Book corners Metal corners, straight / Small packet 16 x 16 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs Opering widths: 16 x 16 mm: approx. 3.5 mm 22 x 22 mm: approx. 3.5 mm 30 x 30 mm: approx. 4.5 mm 50 x 50 mm: approx. 4.0 mm For quantities as of 500 pcs, please refer to item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 22 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs 30 x 30 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs 50 x 50 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs 16 x 16 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 22 x 22 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 30 x 30 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 50 x 50 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 16 x 16 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 22 x 22 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 30 x 30 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 50 x 50 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 16 x 16 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs 22 x 22 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs 30 x 30 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs 50 x 50 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs Metal corners, colours / as of 500 pcs 22 x 22 mm - white straight - Opening width: approx. 3.5 mm MOQ: 500 pcs Also available in small packets of 25 pcs with item no XXX and of 50 pcs with item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 22 mm - black 22 x 22 mm - red 22 x 22 mm - green Metal corners, colours / Small packet 22 x 22 mm - white - Pck of 25 pcs straight - Opening width: approx. 3.5 mm For quantities as of 500 pcs, please see item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 22 mm - black - Pck of 25 pcs 22 x 22 mm - red - Pck of 25 pcs 22 x 22 mm - green - Pck of 25 pcs 22 x 22 mm - white - Pck of 50 pcs 22 x 22 mm - black - Pck of 50 pcs 22 x 22 mm - red - Pck of 50 pcs 22 x 22 mm - green - Pck of 50 pcs Metal corners, curved / as of 500 pcs 15 x 15 mm - nickelized x 30 mm - nickelized Opening widths: 15 x 15 mm: approx. 3.5 mm 30 x 30 mm: approx. 4.5 mm MOQ: 500 pcs Also available in small packets of 25 pcs with item no XXX and of 50 pcs with item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 15 mm - golden 30 x 30 mm - golden Page 155

166 Consumables Metal accessories / Book corners Metal corners, curved / Small packet 15 x 15 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs x 30 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs Opening widths: 15 x 15 mm: approx. 3.5 mm 30 x 30 mm: approx. 4.5 mm For quantities as of 500 pcs, please refer to item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 15 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 30 x 30 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 15 x 15 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 30 x 30 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 15 x 15 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs 30 x 30 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs Metal corners, triangular / as of 500 pcs 28 x 28 mm - nickelized Opening width: approx. 5 mm MOQ: 500 pcs Also available in small packets of 25 pcs with item no XXX and of 50 pcs with item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 28 mm - golden Metal corners, triangular / Small packet 28 x 28 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs Opening width: approx. 5 mm For quantities as of 500 pcs, please see item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 28 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 28 x 28 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 28 x 28 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs Decorative metal corne / as of 500 pcs 22 x 22 mm - nickelized curved Opening widths: 22 x 22 mm: approx. 4.5 mm 35 x 35 mm: approx. 4.0 mm MOQ: 500 pcs Also available in small packets of 25 pcs with item no XXX and of 50 pcs with item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 35 mm - nickelized 22 x 22 mm - golden 35 x 35 mm - golden Decorative metal corner / Small packet 22 x 22 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs curved Opening widths: 22 x 22 mm: approx. 4.5 mm 35 x 35 mm: approx. 4.0 mm For quantities as of 500 pcs, please refer to item no XXX. To fix the corners, we recommend our book corner press PräPremo, item no x 35 mm - nickelized - pck of 25 pcs 22 x 22 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 35 x 35 mm - golden - pck of 25 pcs 22 x 22 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 35 x 35 mm - nickelized - pck of 50 pcs 22 x 22 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs 35 x 35 mm - golden - pck of 50 pcs Page 156

167 Consumables Metal accessories / Book corners To fix book corners we recommend our book corner press PräPremo available as a manual version for book corners up to 30 mm length and as pneumatic Pro version for corners up to 50 mm length You will find further information in the Prä bookbinding machines section. Edge protector, nickel-plated 195 x 50 mm Opening width: approx. 4 mm without rivet holes Sales unit: 100 pieces. Sold by the piece. Further sizes, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. 220 x 50 mm Metal accessories / Metal frames and handles Split pins with round head Head Ø: 4.8 mm - length: 16 mm Thickness approx. 1 mm nickel-plated to fix label frames, box handles etc. Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Label frame, nickel-plated 60 x 23 mm (outer) x 25 mm (outer) Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. For fastening, we recommend our split pins with round head, item no x 30 mm (outer) Box handles, nickel-plated 70 x 30 mm (outside) x 40 mm (outside) Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece For fastening, we recommend our split pins with round head, item no Page 157

168 Consumables Metal accessories / Metal frames and handles Box handle with label frame 62 x 35 mm (outside) nickel-plated Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece For fastening, we recommend our split pins with round head, item no x 41 mm (outside) 81 x 46 mm (outside) 92 x 58 mm (outside) Loop handles, nickel-plated Dimensions: 70 x 30 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece For fastening, we recommend our split pins with round head, item no Loop handles with spikes, nickel-plated Dimensions: 65 x 25 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece For fastening, we recommend our split pins with round head, item no Grip-hole rings for ring binders steel - nickel-plated Shaft length: 4.5 mm Shaft diameter: 24 mm (outer) Head diameter: 29 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Metal accessories / Paper clamps Arch-style paper clip 100 x 30,6 mm - nickelized for clipboards Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). 100 x 32 mm - black 115 x 32 mm - nickelized+rubber corners 120 x 30,6 mm - nickelized Page 158

169 Consumables Metal accessories / Paper clamps Paper clip, nickel-plated Clamp width: 50 mm Size: 66 x 16 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Pad clamp with lever, nickel-plated 100 x 22 mm x 22 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Paper clip, nickel-plated to be fixed by rivets - Size: 120 x 54 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Paper clamp mechanism 100 x 34 mm - nickel-plated for unpunched sheets of paper Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). 202 x 34 mm - lacquered black Mechanisms for ringbinders / Lever-arch mechanisms Lever-arch mechanism for folders Total height: 45 mm - Filling hgt: 25 mm complete with pressure clip Wire thickness: approx. 4 mm Sold by the piece. For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Total height: 50 mm - Filling hgt: 35 mm Total height: 73 mm - Filling hgt: 56 mm Total height: 80 mm - Filling hgt: 63 mm Page 159

170 Consumables Mechanisms for ringbinders / Ring mechanisms Ring mechanism with 4 rings Simplex R SIR 212/04/15 (15) - Filling hgt. 11 mm Ring distance: mm [A5] Wire-type Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate Items and are no stock items. Sold in full sales units only. Sales units: : 400 pcs : 290 pcs For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). SIR 210/04/20 (21) - Filling hgt. 14 mm SIR 210/04/25 (21) - Filling hgt. 19 mm SIR 210/04/30 (21) - Filling hgt. 24 mm Ring mechanism with 4 rings Simplex R SXR 272/04/16 (15) - Filling hgt. 12 mm Ring distance: mm, bar-type open in pairs Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). SXR 290/04/20 (21) - Filling hgt. 14 mm SXR 290/04/25 (21) - Filling hgt. 19 mm SXR 290/04/30 (21) - Filling hgt. 24 mm Ring mechanism with 2 rings Standard R STR 123/02/16 (17) - Filling hgt. 12 mm Ring distance: 80 mm [A4] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). STR 123/02/20 (21) - Filling hgt. 14 mm STR 123/02/25 (21) - Filling hgt. 19 mm STR 123/02/30 (21) - Filling hgt. 24 mm STR 132/02/38 (27) - Filling hgt. 33 mm STR 132/02/50 (27) - Filling hgt. 45 mm Ring mechanism with 4 rings Standard R STR 212/04/16 (15) - Filling hgt. 12 mm Ring distance: mm [A5] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate and -025 are stock items and are sold by the piece. All other sizes are no stock items and are sold in full sales units only. For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). STR 210/04/20 (21) - Filling hgt. 14 mm STR 210/04/25 (21) - Filling hgt. 19 mm STR 210/04/29 (27) - Filling hgt. 24 mm STR 210/04/35 (27) - Filling hgt. 30 mm STR 210/04/38 (27) - Filling hgt. 33 mm Page 160

171 Consumables Mechanisms for ringbinders / Ring mechanisms Ring mechanism with 4 rings Standard R STR 272/04/16 (15) - Filling hgt. 9 mm Ring distance: mm [A4] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). STR 272/04/16 (15) - Filling hgt. 12 mm STR 290/04/20 (21) - Filling hgt. 14 mm STR 290/04/25 (21) - Filling hgt. 19 mm STR 290/04/30 (21) - Filling hgt. 24 mm STR 290/04/35 (27) - Filling hgt. 30 mm STR 290/04/38 (27) - Filling hgt. 33 mm STR 290/04/45 (27) - Filling hgt. 40 mm STR 290/04/50 (27) - Filling hgt. 45 mm Mechanisms for ringbinders / Arch-type mechanisme Arch-type mechanism Standard B STB 123/02/20 (21) with 2 arches / Arch distance: 80 mm [A4] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of arches 3. number = filling height 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). STB 123/02/25 (21) STB 132/02/30 (27) STB 132/02/35 (27) STB 132/02/40 (27) STB 132/02/45 (27) STB 132/02/52 (27) STB 132/02/65 (38) Arch-type mechanism Standard B STB 210/04/30 (27) with 4 arches with distance: mm [A5] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of arches 3. number = filling height 4. number = width of ground plate Items and are no stock items. Sold in full sales units only. Sales units: : 160 pcs : 72 pcs For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). STB 210/04/52 (27) STB 210/04/65 (38) Page 161

172 Consumables Mechanisms for ringbinders / Arch-type mechanisme Arch-type mechanism Standard B STB 290/04/20 (21) with 4 arches with distance: mm [A4] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of arches 3. number = filling height 4. number = width of ground plate and are no stock items. Minimum order quantity: 1 sales unit Sales units: : 48 pcs : 45 pcs STB 290/04/25 (21) STB 290/04/30 (27) STB 290/04/35 (27) STB 290/04/40 (27) STB 290/04/45 (27) STB 290/04/52 (27) STB 290/04/65 (38) STB 290/04/80 (38) STB 290/04/100 (38) For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Mechanisms for ringbinders / Original Combi D Mechanism with 2 rings Original Combi D OCD 123/02/10 (17) Ring distance: 80 mm [A4] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = filling height 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). OCD 123/02/16 (21) OCD 123/02/20 (21) OCD 123/02/25 (21) OCD 132/02/30 (27) OCD 132/02/35 (27) OCD 132/02/40 (27) OCD 132/02/45 (27) OCD 132/02/50 (27) OCD 132/02/55 (38) OCD 132/02/65 (38) Mechanism with 4 rings Original Combi D OCD 210/04/20 (21) Ring distance: mm [A5] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = filling height 4. number = width of ground plate Items , , -045, -050 and -065 are no stock items. Sold in full sales units only. Sales units: : 290 pcs : 160 pcs : 125 pcs : 160 pcs : 72 pcs For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). OCD 210/04/25 (21) OCD 210/04/30 (27) OCD 210/04/35 (27) OCD 210/04/40 (27) OCD 210/04/45 (27) OCD 210/04/50 (27) OCD 210/04/65 (38) Page 162

173 Consumables Mechanisms for ringbinders / Original Combi D Mechanism with 4 rings Original Combi D OCD 290/04/16 (21) Ring distance: mm [A4] Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = filling height 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). OCD 290/04/20 (21) OCD 290/04/25 (21) OCD 290/04/30 (27) OCD 290/04/35 (27) OCD 290/04/40 (27) OCD 290/04/45 (27) OCD 290/04/50 (27) OCD 290/04/55 (38) OCD 290/04/60 (38) OCD 290/04/65 (38) Mechanisms for ringbinders / Timer mechanisms Timer mechanism with 6 rings Perfekt R Type 127/06/16 (15) - Filling height: 12 mm Ring distance: 5x 19,05 mm with tilt lever incl. backplate Type RLE 16/131 Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Timer mechanism with 6 rings Perfekt R Type PUR 171/06/16 (15) - Filling height: 12 mm Ring distance: 2x19,05-50,8-2x19,05 mm with tilt lever with backplate Type RLE 16/175 Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Page 163

174 Consumables Mechanisms for ringbinders / Timer mechanisms Timer mechanism with 4 rings Perfekt R Type PER 210/04/29 (28) - Filling height: 24 mm Ring distance: mm with tilt lever with backplate Type RLE 37/221 Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Timer mechanism w/ 6 rings Concorde R COR 171/06/13 (15) - Filling hgt. 9 mm Ring distance: 2x 19,05-50,8-2x 19,05 mm for flat mounting Dimensions see Type 1. number = total length 2. number = number of rings 3. number = ring diameter 4. number = width of ground plate For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). COR 171/06/20 (21) - Filling hgt. 14 mm Mechanisms for ringbinders / Miscellaneous mechanisms End plates for multiple-bar mechanisms 15 mm wide - 1 slot mm wide - 2 slots to be used with item no mm wide - 3 slots mm wide - 4 slots Sales unit: 100 pieces 57 mm wide - 2 slots Sold by the piece 60 mm wide - 5 slots mm wide - 6 slots mm wide - 12 slots mm wide - 20 slots Steel bars for multiple-bar mechanisms Length: 310 mm for DIN A4 to be used with end plates, item no XXX Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece Page 164

175 Consumables Mechanisms for ringbinders / Wire clips for ring binders Columbus clamp, transparent PP Type A x 3.2 mm Arch holder for lever-arch mechanisms - for ring distance 80 mm - ring binder-stabilizing alternative to slit holes - is rivetted to the first inner cover page of the ring binder (NB: rivets are visible on the front page) - does not affect the filling height Sales unit: 2,000 pieces Type A: sold by the piece Type B: no stock item. Sold in full sales units of 2,000 pcs For fixing, we recommend our two-piece rivets item no (not included). Type B x 3.8 mm Pressure clip for lever-arch mechanisms for hole spacing 80 mm (Only suitable for lever-arch mechanisms, not for ringbinder mechanisms) Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Arch clip, nickel-plated for hole spacing 80 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Wire clip for ring binders short - for 65 mm spacing long - for 80 mm spacing Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. short - for 80 mm spacing Page 165

176 Consumables Hot-stamping foil / metallic Hot-stamping foil, genuine gold, mat - 10 mm wide Type 56XY60-OGG - 22 ct - Roll length: 30.5 mts Suitable for: - bookbinding materials, in general - genuine leather and leather cloth Other roll widths are available by request. No stock item. Delivery time: approx. 1 week - 15 mm wide - 20 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil, gold, mat finish - 13 mm wide Type CH-4 - roll length: 122 mts Suitable for: - bookbinding cloth - PVC (sharp marginal stamping) - genuine leather, leather cloth, textiles Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil, gold, glossy - 13 mm wide Type PV roll length: 122 mts Very easy releasing foil for all kinds of bookbinding materials, leather, UV-coated surfaces, labels, greeting cards. For fine lines/designs and also for large-size stamping Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil, gold, satin finish - 13 mm wide Type 16 B roll length: 122 mts Versatile foil for bookbinding materials in general as well as leather. Suitable for fine lines/dessins with very good opacity. Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil, silver, glossy - 13 mm wide Type 24 I 273-ALU - roll length: 122 mts Very easy releasing foil for all kinds of bookbinding materials, leather, UV-coated surfaces, labels, greeting cards. For fine lines/designs and also for large-size stamping Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Page 166

177 Consumables Hot-stamping foil / metallic Hot-stamping foil, gold, glossy - 13 mm wide Typ RG22 G2 - roll length: 122 mts Very versatile foil for bookbinding cloth, soft PVC, leather, textile ribbons, flocked materials etc. Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil, gold, satin finish - 13 mm wide Type 57 XG 273-PG - roll length: 122 mts Extremely versatile foil for materials that are difficult to emboss, UV-coated surfaces. Good opacity. Other rolls widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil, silver, satin finish - 13 mm wide Type 57 XG 273-ALU - roll length: 122 mts Extremely versatile foil for materials that are difficult to emboss, UV-coated surfaces. Good opacity. Other rolls widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil Type 71 - metallic gold high gloss / 13 mm wide Roll length: 122 mts Carrier: 12 μ polyester film Delamination: very easy Application: Bookbinding: binding cloth with open and coated surfaces, plastic PVC basis, paper/cardboard basis, leather, varnished leather, acetate, satin, finelystructured cloth, flocked materials Graphics: structured paper and cardboard Special feature: suitable for large-format surfaces and surfaces with negative Stamping temperature: approx C Other roll widths available by request. gold high gloss / 15 mm wide gold high gloss / 20 mm wide gold high gloss / 30 mm wide gold high gloss / 40 mm wide gold high gloss / 50 mm wide gold high gloss / 75 mm wide gold high gloss / 100 mm wide gold mat / 13 mm wide gold mat / 15 mm wide gold mat / 20 mm wide gold mat / 30 mm wide gold mat / 40 mm wide gold mat / 50 mm wide gold mat / 75 mm wide gold mat / 100 mm wide silver high gloss / 13 mm wide silver high gloss / 15 mm wide silver high gloss / 20 mm wide silver high gloss / 30 mm wide silver high gloss / 40 mm wide Page 167

178 Consumables continued... Hot-stamping foil Type 71 - metallic silver high gloss / 50 mm wide silver high gloss / 75 mm wide silver high gloss / 100 mm wide silver mat / 13 mm wide silver mat / 15 mm wide silver mat / 20 mm wide silver mat / 30 mm wide silver mat / 40 mm wide silver mat / 50 mm wide silver mat / 75 mm wide silver mat / 100 mm wide Starter set hot-stamping foils Size: approx. 100 x 100 mm 10x stamping foil Type 71 in gold glossy (item no XXX) 10x stamping foil Type 17 in silver mat (item no XXX) 10x stamping foil Type 20 in white (item no XXX) 10x stamping foil Type 20 in black (item no XXX) Hot-stamping foil Type 17 - metallic Roll length: 122 mts Carrier: 12 μ polyester film Delamination: medium to easy Application: Allround foil, suitable for unprinted, printed and varnished papers and cardboards, also slightly structured and binding cloth with open and coated surfaces Special feature: suitable for cast-coated as well as for PE and OPP surfaces/laminations Stamping temperature: approx C Other roll widths available by request. gold high gloss / 13 mm wide gold high gloss / 15 mm wide gold high gloss / 20 mm wide gold high gloss / 30 mm wide gold high gloss / 40 mm wide gold high gloss / 50 mm wide gold high gloss / 75 mm wide gold high gloss / 100 mm wide gold mat / 13 mm wide gold mat / 15 mm wide gold mat / 20 mm wide gold mat / 30 mm wide gold mat / 40 mm wide gold mat / 50 mm wide gold mat / 75 mm wide gold mat / 100 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 13 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 15 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 20 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 30 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 40 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 50 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 75 mm wide dark gold high gloss / 100 mm wide silver high gloss / 13 mm wide silver high gloss / 15 mm wide silver high gloss / 20 mm wide Page 168

179 Consumables continued... Hot-stamping foil Type 17 - metallic silver high gloss / 30 mm wide silver high gloss / 40 mm wide silver high gloss / 50 mm wide silver high gloss / 75 mm wide silver high gloss / 100 mm wide silver mat / 13 mm wide silver mat / 15 mm wide silver mat / 20 mm wide silver mat / 30 mm wide silver mat / 40 mm wide silver mat / 50 mm wide silver mat / 75 mm wide silver mat / 100 mm wide red / 13 mm wide red / 15 mm wide red / 20 mm wide red / 30 mm wide red / 40 mm wide red / 50 mm wide red / 75 mm wide red / 100 mm wide copper light / 13 mm wide copper light / 15 mm wide copper light / 20 mm wide copper light / 30 mm wide copper light / 40 mm wide copper light / 50 mm wide copper light / 75 mm wide copper light / 100 mm wide copper medium / 13 mm wide copper medium / 15 mm wide copper medium / 20 mm wide copper medium / 30 mm wide copper medium / 40 mm wide copper medium / 50 mm wide copper medium / 75 mm wide copper medium / 100 mm wide copper dark / 13 mm wide copper dark / 15 mm wide copper dark / 20 mm wide copper dark / 30 mm wide copper dark / 40 mm wide copper dark / 50 mm wide copper dark / 75 mm wide copper dark / 100 mm wide green / 13 mm wide green / 15 mm wide green / 20 mm wide green / 30 mm wide Page 169

180 Consumables continued... Hot-stamping foil Type 17 - metallic green / 40 mm wide green / 50 mm wide green / 75 mm wide green / 100 mm wide light blue / 13 mm wide light blue / 15 mm wide light blue / 20 mm wide light blue / 30 mm wide light blue / 40 mm wide light blue / 50 mm wide light blue / 75 mm wide light blue / 100 mm wide dark blue / 13 mm wide dark blue / 15 mm wide dark blue / 20 mm wide dark blue / 30 mm wide dark blue / 40 mm wide dark blue / 50 mm wide dark blue / 75 mm wide dark blue / 100 mm wide pink / 13 mm wide pink / 15 mm wide pink / 20 mm wide pink / 30 mm wide pink / 40 mm wide pink / 50 mm wide pink / 75 mm wide pink / 100 mm wide Hot-stamping foil / transparent Hot-stamping foil, transparent - 13 mm wide Roll length: 122 mts to fix blind embossings Versatile foil for bookbinding cloth and leather. Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil / pigmented Page 170

181 Consumables Hot-stamping foil / pigmented Hot-stamping foil, pigmented, mat Roll length: 122 mts Versatile foil for bookbinding materials in general, vinyl, leather, paper and board. Suitable for medium and thicker lines with high opacity. Other roll widths available by request. white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 13 mm wide white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 15 mm wide white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 20 mm wide white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 30 mm wide white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 40 mm wide white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 50 mm wide white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 75 mm wide white (Type PPE 90 UA) / 100 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 13 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 15 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 20 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 30 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 40 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 50 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 75 mm wide black (Type PPE 81 UA) / 100 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 13 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 15 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 20 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 30 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 40 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 50 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 75 mm wide red (Type PPE 31 UA) / 100 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 13 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 15 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 20 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 30 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 40 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 50 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 75 mm wide dark red (Type PPE 33 UA) / 100 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 13 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 15 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 20 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 30 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 40 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 50 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 75 mm wide yellow (Type PPE 41 UA) / 100 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 13 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 15 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 20 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 30 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 40 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 50 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 75 mm wide green (Type PPE 24 UA) / 100 mm wide Page 171

182 Consumables continued... Hot-stamping foil, pigmented, mat cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 13 mm wide cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 15 mm wide cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 20 mm wide cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 30 mm wide cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 40 mm wide cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 50 mm wide cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 75 mm wide cream (Type PPE 98 UA) / 100 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 13 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 15 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 20 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 30 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 40 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 50 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 75 mm wide brown (Type 57P060313) / 100 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 13 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 15 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 20 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 30 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 40 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 50 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 75 mm wide blue (Type PPE 10 UA) / 100 mm wide Hot-stamping foil, pigmented, white - 13 mm wide Type VB Roll length: 122 mts Suitable for polypropylene Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Hot-stamping foil, pigmented, black, mat - 13 mm wide Type V912 - roll length: 122 mts sharp marginal stamping for library cloth and other coated cloths and paperbased materials Other roll widths available by request mm wide - 20 mm wide - 30 mm wide - 40 mm wide - 50 mm wide - 75 mm wide mm wide Page 172

183 Consumables Hot-stamping foil / pigmented Hot-stamping foil Type 20 - pigmented, mat Roll length: 122 mts Carrier: 12 μ polyester film Delamination: easy Application: Large range of applications for book covers and other graphic applications on paper, board and plastic basis (also structured), leather cloth, leather and finely structured cloth and cloth with open and coated surface. Special feature: In graphics especially suitable for rough, structured and metallized papers and cardboards Stamping temperature: approx C Other roll widths available by request. white / 13 mm wide white / 15 mm wide white / 20 mm wide white / 30 mm wide white / 40 mm wide white / 50 mm wide white / 75 mm wide white / 100 mm wide black / 13 mm wide black / 15 mm wide black / 20 mm wide black / 30 mm wide black / 40 mm wide black / 50 mm wide black / 75 mm wide black / 100 mm wide cream / 13 mm wide cream / 15 mm wide cream / 20 mm wide cream / 30 mm wide cream / 40 mm wide cream / 50 mm wide cream / 75 mm wide cream / 100 mm wide yellow / 13 mm wide yellow / 15 mm wide yellow / 20 mm wide yellow / 30 mm wide yellow / 40 mm wide yellow / 50 mm wide yellow / 75 mm wide yellow / 100 mm wide orange / 13 mm wide orange / 15 mm wide orange / 20 mm wide orange / 30 mm wide orange / 40 mm wide orange / 50 mm wide orange / 75 mm wide orange / 100 mm wide light red / 13 mm wide light red / 15 mm wide light red / 20 mm wide light red / 30 mm wide light red / 40 mm wide light red / 50 mm wide light red / 75 mm wide light red / 100 mm wide Page 173

184 Consumables continued... Hot-stamping foil Type 20 - pigmented, mat red / 13 mm wide red / 15 mm wide red / 20 mm wide red / 30 mm wide red / 40 mm wide red / 50 mm wide red / 75 mm wide red / 100 mm wide burgundy / 13 mm wide burgundy / 15 mm wide burgundy / 20 mm wide burgundy / 30 mm wide burgundy / 40 mm wide burgundy / 50 mm wide burgundy / 75 mm wide burgundy / 100 mm wide turquoise / 13 mm wide turquoise / 15 mm wide turquoise / 20 mm wide turquoise / 30 mm wide turquoise / 40 mm wide turquoise / 50 mm wide turquoise / 75 mm wide turquoise / 100 mm wide dark blue / 13 mm wide dark blue / 15 mm wide dark blue / 20 mm wide dark blue / 30 mm wide dark blue / 40 mm wide dark blue / 50 mm wide dark blue / 75 mm wide dark blue / 100 mm wide pink / 13 mm wide pink / 15 mm wide pink / 20 mm wide pink / 30 mm wide pink / 40 mm wide pink / 50 mm wide pink / 75 mm wide pink / 100 mm wide green / 13 mm wide green / 15 mm wide green / 20 mm wide green / 30 mm wide green / 40 mm wide green / 50 mm wide green / 75 mm wide green / 100 mm wide light brown / 13 mm wide Page 174

185 Consumables continued... Hot-stamping foil Type 20 - pigmented, mat light brown / 15 mm wide light brown / 20 mm wide light brown / 30 mm wide light brown / 40 mm wide light brown / 50 mm wide light brown / 75 mm wide light brown / 100 mm wide mud / 13 mm wide mud / 15 mm wide mud / 20 mm wide mud / 30 mm wide mud / 40 mm wide mud / 50 mm wide mud / 75 mm wide mud / 100 mm wide brown / 13 mm wide brown / 15 mm wide brown / 20 mm wide brown / 30 mm wide brown / 40 mm wide brown / 50 mm wide brown / 75 mm wide brown / 100 mm wide black-brown / 13 mm wide black-brown / 15 mm wide black-brown / 20 mm wide black-brown / 30 mm wide black-brown / 40 mm wide black-brown / 50 mm wide black-brown / 75 mm wide black-brown / 100 mm wide grey / 13 mm wide grey / 15 mm wide grey / 20 mm wide grey / 30 mm wide grey / 40 mm wide grey / 50 mm wide grey / 75 mm wide grey / 100 mm wide grey-brown / 13 mm wide grey-brown / 15 mm wide grey-brown / 20 mm wide grey-brown / 30 mm wide grey-brown / 40 mm wide grey-brown / 50 mm wide grey-brown / 75 mm wide grey-brown / 100 mm wide light grey / 13 mm wide light grey / 15 mm wide Page 175

186 Consumables continued... Hot-stamping foil Type 20 - pigmented, mat light grey / 20 mm wide light grey / 30 mm wide light grey / 40 mm wide light grey / 50 mm wide light grey / 75 mm wide light grey / 100 mm wide mint / 13 mm wide mint / 15 mm wide mint / 20 mm wide mint / 30 mm wide mint / 40 mm wide mint / 50 mm wide mint / 75 mm wide mint / 100 mm wide Page 176

187

188 Glue guide What does... mean? Dispersions glue (white glue) Hotmelt jelly Hotmelt glue PUR glue (PUR hotmelt) Glue on water basis; its components are dispersed in the water, often based on polyvinyl acetate (PVAc). Becomes solid when the water evaporates. Therefore one of the components to be glued must be absorbent (e. g. paper, board, leather, cloth etc.), and both components must be pressed until the glue has set. Application: bookbinding. Protein glue. It is melted in solid condition (cake), applied to the product when melted and connects the components to be glued when cooling down. High tacking, also suitable for difficult products, remains elastic and tension-free during drying, papers do not swell or buckle. Bio-degradable natural product. Application: automatic case-making Hotmelt glues are melted in solid condition (e. g. granulate), applied to the product when melted and connect the components to be glued when cooling down. They harden very quickly, immediately after cooling down. Hotmelt glues consist of 100 % solids. Application: automatic fanbinding Reactive polyurethane (PU) hotmelt glues. Melted in solid condition (candles, granulate) and applied to the product when melted. PUR glues are still soft after application. They cure with paper fibres and the environmental humidity by means of a chemical reaction. The product remains flexible during heat and cold and is very durable. Application: automatic fanbinding of difficult products such as coated papers with more than 130 gsm, foil-laminted papers, digitally printed papers, production of photo books Tack Setting Wet life (open time) Viscosity Wetting Plasticizer Film Adhesive strength a glue has immediately after being applied The transition from fluid to a solid state. Drying by evaporation of solvent or water, setting by cooling of a melt or by chemical reaction. Only after setting the glue reaches its inner solidity. Period of time after applying the glue within which the materials to be glued have to be put together. Measure of the viscosity of fluids and melts. The higher the viscosity, the more viscous the fluid; the lower the viscosity, the thinner the fluid. When using hotmelt jellies, the correct viscosity is e. g. controlled by adding water. The ability of fluids to spread evenly on solid substances. Additives to make the glue softer and more elastic The glue layer applied on a surface. This layer may have different characteristics, e. g. elastic, transparent, opaque, after-tacking, water-resistant, thermoplastic (may be rounded) Page 178

189 Glue guide Which glue for which application? Application Remark Product Description Hobby works Own brand PräTack BB 66 Planatol BB Planatol Elasta N Planatol EM 70 Planatol AD 94/5B Planatol AD 9037 Dispersion glue, versatile for all manual works, also for art and digital print papers Dispersion glue, versatile for all manual works with absorbent materials (paper, board, cardboard, cloth etc.) Starchy dispersion glue for untreated paper and cardboard qualities; pasty Starch-mix glue, good flatness (for large formats), high viscosity Dispersion glue for coated, lacquered, laminated, calendered surface; wide range of applications. Dispersion glue, dissolvent- and plasticizer-free, very high adhesion Block gluing of tear-off blocks (not for book blocks!) manual Planatol Blockleim Planatol DK B 2100 Dispersion glue for block gluing with a brush, hard film. For note (tear-off) pads Dispersion glue for small notepads, waiter pads and similar applications, flexible film Backlining manual Planatol 152 Planatol 37 Dispersion glue, viscoplastic film Dispersion glue, extremeley hard film Spine-taping manual or with spine-taping machine Planatol 152 Planatol AD 94/5B Dispersion glue for untreated papers Dispersion glue for coated, lacquered, laminated surfaces Laminating, Case-making, manual Own brand PräTack K 11 Dispersion glue for laminating materials with untreated surfaces such as paper, cardboard, board, bookbinding materials etc. Own brand PräTack K 22 Dispersion glue for laminating materials with untreated surfaces like paper, carton, board, bookbinding materials etc. together or with other materials with treated surfaces. Also suitable for gluing coated surfaces (e. g. English Buckram) against each other. SKG Dispersion glue, solvent-free, with plasticizer, for laminationg papers, board, binding cloth and other untreated materials. Also for hobby works. Planatol Elasta N Starchy dispersion glue for restoration and laminating works, pasty. For paper and cloth cover materials. Planatol EM 70 Laminating and gluing of untreated papers, cardboard, cloth, paper- or cloth-coated films with absorbent carrier materials. Planatol AD 94/5B Dispersion glue for coated, lacquered, laminated materials, such as Efalin, elephant hide paper, PVC and similar cover materials as well as leather. Page 179

190 Glue guide Which glue for which application? Application Remark Product Description Case-making, automatic Own brand PräTack K 22 Dispersion glue for laminating materials with untreated surfaces like paper, cardboard, board, bookbinding materials etc. together or with other materials with treated surfaces. Also suitable for gluing coated surfaces (e. g. English Buckram) against each other. Own brand PräMelt OT24 Digital Hotmelt jelly, especially suitable for digitally printed covers and genuine photo papers. Immediate high tacking. Own brand PräMelt OT30 Universal Hotmelt jelly, for use in casemakers and also for manual use. Suitable for a wide range of cover materials. Rather long wet life. Plakal 371 Hotmelt jelly, especially suitable for laminated cover papers, immediate high tacking Plakal Covertack 535 Hotmelt jelly, especially suitable for binding cloth, to a limited extend also for laminated cover papers, medium wet life, very fast tack Plakal Covertack 531 Hotmelt jelly, good flatness for large format lamination fast tack Casing-in (of book blocks in hardcover cases), automatic Own brand PräTack E 40 Planatol AD 94/5B Dispersion glue for laminating materials with untreated surfaces together or with other materials with treated (coated) surfaces. Specifically designed for casing-in books. Dispersion glue for PVC covers and similar cover materials, high viscosity, after tack Headband gluing manual Planatol 152 Planatol 37 Planatol AD 94/5B Dispersion glue, viscoplastic film Dispersion glue, extremeley hard film Dispersion glue, quick tack Restoration Planatol RH 8 Planatol Elasta N Hot animal glue Starch glue (paste), water-soluble, pasty Starchy dispersion glue for restoration and laminating works, pasty. For paper and cloth cover materials. Modified special adhesive on animal glutin basis for neutral, non-distorting gluing of untreated materials in craft binderies and restoration workshops Page 180

191 Glue guide Which glue for which application? Application Remark Product Description Fanbinding, manual and with small machines (making book blocks) Own brand PräTack BB 66 Planatol BB Planatol DK B 3040 Planamelt Pro Dispersion glue for fan-binding treated and untreated paper qualities. For art paper as well as digital print paper. Dispersion glue for untreated papers Dispersion glue for difficult, heavy-coated papers, very fast setting Solvent-free hotmelt glue with excellent adhesion, also on coated surfaces. Suitable for fan-binding books, catalogues and gluing of sewn brochures on any common small fanbinder. Good rounding skills. Viscosity: approx mpas, medium wet life, faster setting than Planamelt R and W. Fanbinding, automatic (making book blocks) Own brand PräTack BB 66 Planatol BB Planatol DK B 3040 Planatol DKT 19/10 Planatol HM 9925 Planatol HM 6010 Planamelt R Planamelt W Planatol PUR 2880 Planatol PUR 1265 Plana-PUR S Dispersion glue for fanbinding treated and untreated paper qualities. For art paper as well as digital print paper. Dispersion glue for fanbinding untreated papers on small fanbinders Dispersion glue for fanbinding difficult, heavy-coated papers on small fanbinders. Very fast setting. Dispersion glue, soft and flexible film, for art papers, fast setting. Hotmelt for small fanbinders, white-transparent, flexible film, working temperature as of 140 C. Hotmelt, white-transparent, e. g. for the production of brochures. Solvent-free spine glue with excellent edge adhesion also of difficult materials such as papers > 200 gsm. Wet life: medium to long, water curing: medium Solvent-free spine glue with excellent edge adhesion also of difficult materials such as papers > 200 gsm. Wet life: medium to long, quicker setting than Planamelt R PUR hotmelt, all-purpose, suitable for roller and nozzle application also for difficult papers. Subject to labelling. Fast curing, short wet life PUR hotmelt which can be used at a working temperaturebelow 100 C saves energy and reduces emissions. Subject to labelling. Short wet time, short setting time very fast curing Non-labelled PUR hotmelt, short wet life, fast curing. VOC exempt Page 181

192 Glue guide Which glue for which application? Application Remark Product Description Side glue for fanbinders Planatol AD 163 Dispersion glue, with after tack, very fast tacking Viscosity: 1000 mpas, food-grade quality Planatol AD 165 Dispersion glue, with after tack, very fast tacking Viscosity: 400 mpas Planatol AD 166 Dispersion glue, with after tack, very fast tacking Viscosity: 200 mpas Planamelt-S Solvent-free hotmelt glue with excellent adhesion on various, also difficult substrates. Suitable for side gluing on any common fanbinder, endsheet gluing. Viscosity: mpas Gluing sets of forms, manual Form-sheet blocks made of normal papers w/ or w/o carbon paper or made of non-carbon papers Planatol FF Planatol DK B 2100 Planatol FF 4 Dispersion glue, sets of forms may be separated easily from the block without tearing apart Dispersion glue for difficult papers and block gluing of SD papers Dispersion glue, higher viscosity, w/o after tack For self-separating head-gluing sets of forms, made of carbonless copy paper Planatol FF 54 Planatol FF 60 Dispersion glue for carbonless copy papers like NCR, CCP. Dispersion glue for carbonless copy papers, especially for sets of forms with first sheet SM paper and SC continuation sheets For self-separating head-gluing sets of forms, made of normal papers of carbonless copy paper. Planatol FF 52-1 Planatol FF 52-B Spezial 2-step operation: preparation of the inner sheets with preparation glue (FF 52-1), gluing in the pile with main glue FF 52-B Spezial Labelling manual with brush or gluing machines Planatol Elasta N Starchy dispersion glue for labels on cardboard or board. Planatol HW 730 Dispersion fugitive glue for labels on lacquered metal, for varnished or laminated surfaces, for paper or cardboard on polyethylene or polypropylene as well as carbonized labels. Banding Planatol 152 Planatol AD 94/5B Dispersion glue for untreated, absorbent paper and cardboard qualities Dispersion glue for coated, lacquered, laminated, calendered surface; wide range of applications. Any information in this guide is without legal commitment and does not relieve the buyer from own testing! Page 182

193 Assembling products The colourful and versatile world of display items A book is mainly made of paper and board as well as glue and maybe cloth. But if it comes to attaching something to it, like a CD or a card, then take a look at our display products: binding screws, magnets, filing rings, pouches, rivets, eyelets, springs, chains, velcro tape, barbs,... an endless list. You will certainly find the right thing! Film pouches, rolls / Triangular pouches, self-adhesive Self-adhesive triangular pouches - 32 x 32 mm - isosceles transparent film, self-adhesive back side made of 100% polyproylene, acid-free top foil 120 μm thick, bottom foil 100 μm thick Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece x 50 mm - isosceles - 75 x 75 mm - isosceles x 100 mm - isosceles x 120 mm - isosceles x 140 mm - isosceles x 150 mm - portrait, for right side x 170 mm - isosceles x 200 mm - isosceles x 210 mm - portrait, for right side x 140 mm - portrait, for left side x 210 mm - portrait, for left side Self-adhesive triangular pouches 150 x 150 mm - for left side with extra business card pouch isosceles transparent film, self-adhesive back side made of 100% polyproylene, acid-free top foil 120 μm thick, bottom foil 100 μm thick ==> for left side = business card pouch opening on the right side ==> for right side = business card pouch opening on the left side Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. 200 x 200 mm - for left side 150 x 150 mm - for right side Page 183

194 Assembling products Film pouches, rolls / Rectangular pouches, self-adhesive Self-adhesive rectangular pouches - 80 x 114/111 mm [A7] - portrait transparent film, self-adhesive back side made of 100% polyproylene, acid-free top foil 120 μm thick, bottom foil 100 μm thick Dimensions: Width x Height* *Height: 1. number = foil front side 2. number = foil back side Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece x 60 mm - landscape, with flap x 60/55 mm - landscape x 155/150 mm [A6] - portrait x 114/109 mm [A6] - landscape x 218/213 mm [A5] - portrait x 158/153 mm (A5) - landscape x 309/304 mm [A4] - portrait Self-adhesive trapezium pouches 110/65/45 mm - for A6 inlay transparent film, self-adhesive back side made of 100% polyproylene, acid-free top foil 120 μm thick, bottom foil 100 μm thick Dimensions in mm: width / height left / height right Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece 155/90/65 mm - for A5 inlay 218/130/95 mm - for A4 inlay Film pouches, rolls / Business card pouches, self-adhesive Self-adhesive business card pouches - 95 x 60/56 mm - landscape transparent film, self-adhesive back side made of 100% polyproylene, acid-free top foil 120 μm thick, bottom foil 100 μm thick Dimensions: Width x Height* *Height: 1. number = foil front side 2. number = foil back side Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece x 95/92 mm - portrait + thumbhole x 60/56 mm - landscape Film pouches, rolls / CD/DVD pouches, self-adhesive Self-adhesive pouches with flap + adhesive dot rounded bottom x 126 mm transparent film, self-adhesive back side for CDs and DVDs made of 100% polyproylene, acid-free top foil 120 μm thick, bottom foil 100 μm thick Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. without flap Page 184

195 Assembling products Film pouches, rolls / CD/DVD pouches, self-adhesive Self-adhesive pouches with flap + adhesive dot quadrangular x 126 mm transparent film, self-adhesive back side for CDs and DVDs made of 100% polyproylene, acid-free top foil 120 μm thick, bottom foil 100 μm thick Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. without flap Film pouches, rolls / Heat-seal laminating pouches Heat-seal laminating pouches, thin - 86 x 54 mm Film thickness: 2 x mm for pocket laminators Sales unit: 100 pcs. Sold in full sales units only. Further sizes, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts x 59 mm - 95 x 65 mm x 111 mm (for DIN A6) x 154 mm (for DIN A5) x 216 mm (for DIN A4) x 303 mm (for DIN A3) Heat-seal laminating pouches, medium - 86 x 54 mm Film thickness: 2 x mm for pocket laminators Sales unit: 100 pcs. Sold in full sales units only. Further sizes, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts x 59 mm - 95 x 65 mm - 99 x 64 mm x 67 mm x 75 mm (for DIN A7) x 80 mm (for DIN A7) x 111 mm (for DIN A6) x 154 mm (for DIN A5) x 216 mm (for DIN A4) x 303 mm (for DIN A3) x 426 mm (for DIN A2) Heat-seal laminating pouches, thick - 86 x 54 mm Film thickness: 2 x mm for pocket laminators Sales unit: 100 pcs Sold in full sales units only x 59 mm - 99 x 64 mm - 99 x 67 mm x 75 mm (for DIN A7) x 111 mm (for DIN A6) x 154 mm (for DIN A5) x 216 mm (for DIN A4) x 303 mm (for DIN A3) Page 185

196 Assembling products Film pouches, rolls / Heat-seal laminating pouches Heat-seal laminating pouches, extra thick - 86 x 54 mm Film thickness: 2 x mm for pocket laminators Sales unit: 100 pcs Sold in full sales units only x 59 mm x 75 mm (für DIN A7) x 154 mm (for DIN A5) x 216 mm (for DIN A4) x 303 mm (for DIN A3) Heat-seal laminating pouches 2 x mm - thin with filing strip with universal EURO punches Outer dimensions: 303 x 228 mm Sales unit: 100 pcs Sold in full sales units only. 2 x mm - medium Carrier pockets for size A (for simple pocket laminators) for size A Film pouches, rolls / Heat-seal laminating film Heat-seal laminating film, glossy Type H μ / 305 mm x 150 mts on rolls Core Ø 25.4 mm Partially no stock item. Sold by the roll. Further dimensions, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. Type H μ / 340 mm x 150 mts Type H μ / 460 mm x 150 mts Type H μ / 305 mm x 75 mts Type H μ / 340 mm x 75 mts Type H μ / 460 mm x 75 mts Type H μ / 305 mm x 60 mts Type H μ / 340 mm x 60 mts Type H μ / 460 mm x 60 mts Type H μ / 305 mm x 30 mts Type H μ / 340 mm x 30 mts Type H μ / 460 mm x 30 mts Page 186

197 Assembling products Film pouches, rolls / Cold-laminating pouches Self-laminating pouches, glossy - 54 x 86 mm (for 44 x 76 mm) Foil thickness: mm - for laminating without machine - protect any document or photo - adhesive foil 0.1 mm made of PP - reinforcing foil 0.2 mm made of PET Sales unit: 100 pcs Sold in full sales units only x 100 mm (for 56 x 90 mm) - 86 x 117 mm (for DIN A7) x 160 mm (for DIN A6) x 222 mm (for DIN A5) x 312 mm (for DIN A4) x 438 mm (for DIN A3) Self-laminating pouches, glossy Outer dimensions: 240 x 315 mm (for DIN A4) Foil thickness: mm - with filing holes - for laminating without machine - protect any document or photo - adhesive foil 0.1 mm made of PP - reinforcing foil 0.3 mm made of PET Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold in full sales units. Self-laminating pouches, glossy 71 x 115 mm - portrait format Foil thickness: mm - with slot punch - for laminating without machine - slot for ID-Clip or luggage tag - adhesive foil 0.1 mm made of PP - reinforcing foil 0.3 mm made of PET Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold in full sales units 74 x 105 mm - landscape format Film pouches, rolls / Pouches Name badge pouch with clip punch hole Size: 95 x 75 mm transparent, smooth, used as name badge environmentally friendly PE film, 0.13 mm thick Suitable for use with ID-tag clip (item no ) Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Page 187

198 Assembling products Film pouches, rolls / Accessories for pouches Clips for ID tags chrome-plated (silver) plastic band with snap fastener Fits with name badge pouches (item no ) Sold in full sales units of 100 pieces Accessories for folders / Slide binders Slide binders plastic, with rounded back Shank width: K4 and K6: 15 mm K8: 18 mm Sales unit: 100 pcs Sold by the piece. K4 - up to 4 mm / 297 mm / white K4 - up to 4 mm / 297 mm / black K4 - up to 4 mm / 297 mm / transparent K4 - up to 4 mm / 297 mm / red K4 - up to 4 mm / 297 mm / blue K4 - up to 4 mm / 297 mm / green K4 - up to 4 mm / 297 mm / dark blue K6 - up to 6 mm / 297 mm / white K6 - up to 6 mm / 297 mm / black K6 - up to 6 mm / 297 mm / transparent K6 - up to 6 mm / 297 mm / red K6 - up to 6 mm / 297 mm / blue K6 - up to 6 mm / 297 mm / green K6 - up to 6 mm / 297 mm / dark blue K8 - up to 8 mm / 297 mm / white K8 - up to 8 mm / 297 mm / black K8 - up to 8 mm / 297 mm / transparent K8 - up to 8 mm / 297 mm / red K8 - up to 8 mm / 297 mm / blue K8 - up to 8 mm / 297 mm / green K8 - up to 8 mm / 297 mm / dark blue K4 - up to 4 mm / 210 mm / white K4 - up to 4 mm / 210 mm / black K4 - up to 4 mm / 210 mm / transparent K6 - up to 6 mm / 210 mm / white K6 - up to 6 mm / 210 mm / black K6 - up to 6 mm / 210 mm / transparent K8 - up to 8 mm / 210 mm / white K8 - up to 8 mm / 210 mm / black K8 - up to 8 mm / 210 mm / transparent Page 188

199 Assembling products Accessories for folders / Slide binders Slide binders, self-adhesive Type K4 - filling height up to 4 mm Length: 297 mm / Colour: transparent made of plastic, rounded back equipped with transparent double-sided adhesive tape Shank width: 15 mm As of 1800 pieces also available in the following colours (no stock items): white, black, red, blue and green. Prices by request. Slide binders, self-adhesive Filling height: approx. 1 mm - cuttable Length: 297 mm - transparent made of cuttable plastic equipped with transparent double-sided adhesive tape, e. g. as clip for menues Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece Poster slide binders, without hanger 420 mm - white rounded back - Filling height: up to 4 mm for bottom edge Shank width: approx. 15 mm Colours red, blue and green are no stock items. Minimum order quantity: 1000 pieces Special lengths available as of 1000 pieces per colour and length. 594 mm - white 420 mm - black 594 mm - black 420 mm - transparent 594 mm - transparent 420 mm - red 594 mm - red 420 mm - blue 594 mm - blue 420 mm - green 594 mm - green Poster slide binders, with 1 hanger 420 mm - white rounded back / Filling height: 4 mm for top edge Shank width: approx mm Colours red, blue and green are no stock items. Minimum order quantity: 1000 pieces Special lengths available as of 1000 pieces per colour and length. 594 mm - white 420 mm - black 594 mm - black 420 mm - transparent 594 mm - transparent 420 mm - red 594 mm - red 420 mm - blue 594 mm - blue 420 mm - green 594 mm - green Page 189

200 Assembling products Accessories for folders / Slide binders Poster slide binders, with 2 hangers 420 mm - white rounded back / Filling height: 4 mm for top edge Shank width: approx. 15 mm No stock item. Minimum order quantity: 1000 pieces Special lengths available as of 1000 pieces per colour and length. 594 mm - white 420 mm - black 594 mm - black 420 mm - transparent 594 mm - transparent 420 mm - red 594 mm - red 420 mm - blue 594 mm - blue 420 mm - green 594 mm - green Slide binders with filing strip K4 - up to approx. 4 mm / white (Euro punch) - Length: 297 mm Shank width: approx. 15 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece K4 - up to approx. 4 mm / black K4 - up to approx. 4 mm / transparent K6 - up to approx. 6 mm / white K6 - up to approx. 6 mm / black K6 - up to approx. 6 mm / transparent Plastic hangers, transparent to slide on to slide binders Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Slide binder applicator complete with openers for all thicknesses Accessories for folders / Lables Tag "Echtes Leder" (=genuine leather) Size: (H) 31 x (W) 28 mm / Packet of 10 pcs Sold by the packet. Page 190

201 Assembling products Accessories for folders / Linen indexes Linen indexes, pre-punched A 3 - character size: 7 mm A 4 - character size: 5 mm A10 - character size: 3 mm Linen indexes, not punched L 2 - character size: 8 mm L 6 - character size: 6 mm (2 indexes on one sheet, therefore sold in even quantities only) L10 - character size: 4 mm Letter file accessories / Filing prongs Steel filing prong brass coloured Length: 165 mm / Width: 4.5 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece lacquered white Steel filing prong, brass coloured 220 mm long Width: 4.5 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece 260 mm long Double filing prong, brass-coloured 170 mm long - 45 mm tongue for 80 mm centres Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece 200 mm long - 60 mm tongue Page 191

202 Assembling products Letter file accessories / Filing prongs Filing prong, plastic-coated, white without end caps - Length: 160 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Filing prong, plastic-coated, white with end caps - Length: 165 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Filing prong, self-adhesive lacquered white with 9 mm wide centre piece - Length: 150 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece brass coloured Letter file accessories / Compressor bars Steel compressor bar, brass coloured Length: 95 mm - Width: 12 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces. Sold by the piece. Length: 120 mm - Width: 12 mm Compressor bar, plastic, white Length: 95 mm - Width: 12 mm Length: 120 mm - Width: 12 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Page 192

203 Assembling products Letter file accessories / Compressor bars Cover bar, plastic 297 mm (for DIN A4) - black to push over the compressor bar of the filing mechanism Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. 210 mm (for DIN A5) - white 297 mm (for DIN A4) - white Letter file accessories / Filing mechanism Sliding file mechanism white with filing tongues for 80 mm centres and two slits for the filing prog Length: 120 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece black Self-adhesive filing mechanism 150 x 16 mm (ground plate) - white consisting of self-adhesive ground plate, filing prong and plastic compressor bar Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece 150 x 20 mm (ground plate) - white 132 x 14 mm (ground plate) - white 97 x 20 mm (ground plate) - white 150 x 20 mm (ground plate) - black Self-adhesive filing mechanism 150 x 16 mm (ground plate) - white with sliding file mechanism 5630XXXX consisting of self-adhesive ground plate, filing prong, sliding file mechanism and plastic compressor bar Sales unit: 250 pieces Sold by the piece. 150 x 20 mm (ground plate) - white 150 x 20 mm (ground plate) - black Self-adhesive filing mechanism mounted to transparent film consisting of transparent ground plate, 120 mm long and white filing prong and compressor bar Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. Page 193

204 Assembling products Letter file accessories / Filing mechanism Self-adhesive guide for filing strips x 40 mm - transparent for 120 mm long slides - self adhesive base - 2 pockets left and right 15 mm wide - opening to the inside - suitable e. g. for use with item no (see picture) Sales unit: 500 pieces Sold by the piece. Hook compression bar for spiral spring mechanisms No stock item. Min. order quantity: 500 pieces. Spiral springs with bead, 60 mm long for spiral spring mechanisms No stock item. Min. order quantity: 500 pieces. Spiral springs with bead, 65 mm long mounted on steel compressor bar with 80 mm hole distance Sales unit: 500 pieces Sold by the piece Quick-filing prong, plastic, white Total length: 100 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. Page 194

205 Assembling products Letter file accessories / Filing strips Self-adhesive filing strip 125 mm (for DIN A5) with universal Euro punches made of 100 μm polyester foil, transparent Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. 295 mm (for DIN A4) Self-adhesive filing strip 150 x 45 mm - 2 tongues - transparent with filing tongues for 80 mm centres Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. 120 x 38 mm - 2 tongues - white 150 x 45 mm - 2 tongues - white 280 x 45 mm - 4 tongues - white Self-adhesive filing strip 120 x 48 mm - transparent filing tongues - for 80 mm centres with D-shaped cutout Sales unit: 500 pieces Sold by the piece. 120 x 48 mm - white Filing strip with 2 filing tongues, white 120 x 25 mm + tongue 13 mm for 80 mm centres - not self-adhesive Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. 150 x 25 mm + tongue 20 mm 120 x 20 mm + tongue 25 mm Letter file accessories / Suspension file fitting Suspension file fitting white Dimensions (ground plate): 150 x 34 mm with 65/80 mm holes - base plate, coloured as specified - filing prong, brass coloured - compressing bar, white Sales unit: 250 pieces Sold by the piece. black red blue green yellow Page 195

206 Assembling products Calendar accessories / Poster stands Poster stands x 800 x 2.0 mm (for DIN A1) with loop hanger made of Kroma board, both sides white Sales units: -001: 100 pcs -002: 200 pcs -003: 300 pcs -004: 400 pcs -005 and -006: 1000 pcs Sold by the piece x 570 x 1.5 mm (for DIN A2) x 400 x 1.5 mm (for DIN A3) x 290 x 1.5 mm (for DIN A4) - 80 x 200 x 1.0 mm (for DIN A5) - 60 x 140 x 1.0 mm (for DIN A6) Calendar accessories / Poster hanger Poster hanger with brass-plated loop 30 mm - white Calico, gummed Carrying capacity 30 mm up to 1000 g 45 mm up to 1200 g depending on the base material Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. 45 mm - white Poster hanger with cord Paper, white, gummed, 24 x 31 mm Carrying capacity up to 800 gr, depending on the base material Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Poster hanger with cord Paper, white, self-adhesive, 17 x 28 mm Roll with 400 pcs Carrying capacity up to 500 gr, depending on the base material Sold by the roll. Calendar accessories / Loop clips Loop clips, brass-plated - 9 mm width Metal loop as picture hanger Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece - 11 mm width - 13 mm width - 16 mm width Page 196

207 Assembling products Calendar accessories / Date indicators Date indicators for calendars, red, not mounted three parts: window, strip and fixture for calendar widths mm I and O ==> inner and outer dimensions of the window Please state calendar width with order! Goods are made according to this specification. Prices valid up to 35 cm calendar width (max. calendar width possible: 50 cm) Pre-mounting possible at a surcharge. Sales unit: 500 pcs Min. order quantity: 100 pcs I = 10 x 12 mm / O = 16 x 18 mm (HxW) I = 16 x 18 mm / O = 24 x 26 mm (HxW) I = 23 x 30 mm / O = 31 x 38 mm (HxW) I = 30 x 35 mm / O = 40 x 45 mm (HxW) I = 14 x 20 mm / O = 20 x 26 mm (HxW) I = 20 x 30 mm / O = 28 x 38 mm (HxW) I = 19 x 26 mm / O = 28 x 35 mm (HxW) I = 27 x 42 mm / O = 35 x 50 mm (HxW) I = 17 x 38 mm / O = 25 x 46 mm (HxW) I = 14 x 24 mm / O = 22 x 34 mm (HxW) I = 12 x 25 mm / O = 18 x 31 mm (HxW) I = 22 x 45 mm / O = 32 x 55 mm (HxW) I = 16 x 25 mm / O = 24 x 33 mm (HxW) I = 30 x 20 mm / O = 40 x 30 mm (HxW) I = 22 x 35 mm / O = 30 x 43 mm (HxW) I = 16 x 27 mm / O = 24 x 35 mm (HxW) I = 12 x 15 mm / O = 16 x 20 mm (HxW) I = 22 x 33 mm / O = 30 x 41 mm (HxW) I = 21 x 28 mm / O = 28 x 35 mm (HxW) I = 13 x 8 mm / O = 20 x 15 mm (HxW) I = 27 x 35 mm / O = 35 x 43 mm (HxW) Calendar accessories / Cover flaps Cover flaps for desk pads white Size: 594 x 80 mm - self-adhesive 40 mm resting on the pad Coloured flaps (except for transparent) with 2 mm thick cardboard inlay in the flap Sold by the piece. black transparent red blue green Fittings / Adhesive circles, one-sided One-sided adhesive circles made of foil Ø 15 mm pieces per roll with permanent adhesive on rolls Upper: PP film, transparent, 50 μm thick Glue: dispersion acrylate glue, strong adhesion Adhesion: 4 N/25 mm (as per method FTM9) Covering: glassine papier, 62 g/m² Ø 20 mm pieces per roll Ø 25 mm pieces per roll Ø 30 mm pieces per roll Page 197

208 Assembling products Fittings / Adhesive circles, one-sided One-sided adhesive circles made of foil Ø 25 mm pieces per roll with removable adhesive, on rolls Ø 30 mm pieces per roll One-sided adhesive circles made of foil Ø 25 mm pieces per roll with permanent adhesive - with perforated centre on rolls with 2 rows non-hazardous for indirect contact with food Ø 30 mm pieces per roll One-sided adhesive cloth circles, grey on rolls with 2 rows Ø 30 mm pieces per roll Sold by the roll Fittings / Adhesive circles, double-sided Double-sided adhesive circles Ø 10 mm pieces per roll made of paper fleece, permanent / permanent with grip tongue on rolls with 2 rows good resistance to ageing, temperature and UV Adhesive: dispersion acrylate, modified Carrier: fleece Thickness: 0.10 mm Adhesive strength: > 25 N / 25 mm Application: self-adhesive equipping of PE and PVC materials, cloth, film, paper etc., mounting of displays and advertising materials Ø 20 mm pieces per roll Ø 25 mm pieces per roll Ø 30 mm pieces per roll Ø 15 mm pieces per roll Page 198

209 Assembling products Fittings / Adhesive circles, double-sided Double-sided adhesive circles Ø 15 mm pieces per roll made of film - permanent / permanent with grip tongue on rolls with 2 rows non-hazardous for indirect contact with food good resistance to UV Adhesive: dispersion acrylate, modified Carrier: PET film, transparent Thickness: 0.12 mm Adhesive strength: > 25 N / 25 mm Application: self-adhesive equipping of PE and PVC materials, cloth, film, paper etc., mounting of displays and advertising materials Ø 20 mm pieces per roll Ø 30 mm pieces per roll Double-sided adhesive circles Ø 10 mm pieces per roll made of film - removable / permanent with grip tongue on rolls with 2 rows - permanent adhesive on the carrier paper (bottom) side - removable adhesive on the covered (top) side Adhesive: dispersion acrylate, modified Carrier: PET film, transparent Thickness: 0.04 mm Adhesive strength: - permanent > 25 N / 25 mm - removable > 1.5 N / 25 mm Application: to attach products to be removed at a later point of time non-hazardous for indirect contact with food Ø 15 mm pieces per roll Ø 20 mm pieces per roll Ø 25 mm pieces per roll Ø 30 mm pieces per roll Double-sided adhesive circles Ø 20 mm pieces per roll made of film - removable / removable with grip tongue on rolls with 2 rows removable adhesive on both sides Adhesive: dispersion acrylate, modified Carrier: PET film, transparent Sold by the roll. Präfix Dots single applicator for dispenser rolls of 5000 dots Plastic attachment to exacly apply single dots to the desired spot. Reusable. Page 199

210 Assembling products Fittings / Adhesive circles, double-sided Präfix Dots support for dispenser rolls of 5000 dots Plastic support. Bottom side equipped with velcro. May therefore be fixed on and removed from the worktop. Keeps the roll in place so that both hands are free for working. Reusable. PräFix Dots - double-sided adhesive dots Roll of 1,000 pcs in dispenser box LOW: very low adhesion - Ø: approx. 10 mm Glue dots made of pressure-sensitive adhesive. May be rubbed off almost any surface. Suitable for extremely sensitive products that are hardly moved. No stock item. Roll of 5,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 10,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 1,500 pcs for ATG dispenser PräFix Dots - double-sided adhesive dots Roll of 1,000 pcs in dispenser box LOW-MEDIUM: removable - Ø: approx. 10 mm Glue dots made of pressure-sensitive adhesive. May be rubbed off almost any surface. Sold by the roll. Roll of 5,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 10,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 1,500 pcs for ATG dispenser PräFix Dots - double-sided adhesive dots Roll of 1,000 pcs in dispenser box MEDIUM: limited removal - Ø: approx. 10 mm Glue dots made of pressure-sensitive adhesive. May be rubbed of to a limited extend. (e.g. mailings) Sold by the roll. Roll of 5,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 10,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 1,500 pcs for ATG dispenser PräFix Dots - double-sided adhesive dots Roll of 1,000 pcs in dispenser box STRONG: permanent - Ø: approx. 10 mm Glue dots made of pressure-sensitive adhesive. Strong adhesion. Not removable. Sold by the roll. Rolls of 10,000 pcs are no stock item. Roll of 5,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 10,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 1,500 pcs for ATG dispenser Page 200

211 Assembling products Fittings / Adhesive circles, double-sided PräFix Dots - double-sided adhesive dots Roll of 1,000 pcs in dispenser box VERTICAL POWER: permanent - Ø: approx. 10 mm Glue dots made of pressure-sensitive adhesive. Strong adhesion. Not removable. Especially for vertical mounting, when the dot is under permanent tension (e. g. products hanging on a wall). No stock item. Roll of 5,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 10,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 1,500 pcs for ATG dispenser PräFix Dots - double-sided adhesive dots Roll of 1,000 pcs in dispenser box VERTICAL REMOVABLE: Ø: approx. 10 mm Glue dots made of pressure-sensitive adhesive. Removable. Especially for vertical mounting, when the dot is under permanent tension (e. g. products hanging on a wall). No stock item. Roll of 5,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 10,000 pcs in dispenser box Roll of 1,500 pcs for ATG dispenser Double-sided adhesive PE foam circles Ø 15 mm - roll with 5000 pieces very high adhesion - 1 mm thick on rolls in 2 rows - with grip tongue high tack on almost all materials incl. PE, PP, coarse and structured surfaces Adhesive: synthetic rubber Carrier: PE foam, white Thickness: 1 mm Adhesive strength: > 20 N / 25 mm (foam splitting) Application: Mounting of hooks, supports, displays, product samples Ø 20 mm - roll with 5000 pieces Ø 30 mm - roll with 2500 pieces Fittings / Velcro dots Self-adhesive velcro dots Ø 15 mm - white - roll of 1250 pcs Hook dots, round, on rolls in rows Ø 19 mm - white - roll of 1100 pcs Ø 15 mm - black - roll of 1250 pcs Ø 20 mm - black - roll of 2145 pcs Self-adhesive velvet dots Ø 15 mm - white - roll of 1250 pcs Loop dots, round, on rolls in rows Ø 19 mm - white - roll of 1100 pcs Ø 15 mm - black - roll of 1250 pcs Ø 20 mm - black - roll of 2145 pcs Page 201

212 Assembling products Fittings / Velcro dots Combined velcro dots white Sandwich dots, oval, approx. 35 x 12 mm - hook dot pressed against loop dot - back sides self-adhesive - extra thin - ideal for small boxes, folders etc. - Contents: Roll à 3,333 pcs black Fittings / Velcro tape Self-adhesive velcro tape (hook) 16 mm wide - white Roll length: 25 mts 20 mm wide - white 16 mm wide - black 20 mm wide - black Self-adhesive velvet tape (loop) 16 mm wide - white Roll length: 25 mts 20 mm wide - white 16 mm wide - black 20 mm wide - black Combined velcro/velvet tape (hook/loop) white "Back-to-Back" one side velcro (hook), other side velvet (loop) tape Roll dimensions: 16 mm x 25 mts Sold by the roll. black Fittings / CD-DVD fasteners CD fasteners, self-adhesive white made of plastic Diameter: 35 mm / Thickness: approx. 3.8 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. black transparent Page 202

213 Assembling products Fittings / CD-DVD fasteners CD fasteners, self-adhesive white made of hard plastic, round, Ø 20 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. black CD fasteners, self-adhesive white plate with star made of hard plastic Size: 40 x 40 mm / approx. 5.8 mm thick Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. black CD fasteners, self-adhesive transparent round, plate with star made of hard plastic diametre: 30 mm / thickness: ca. 5.5 mm with self-adhesive foam dot Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. red blue green orange yellow CD fasteners, self-adhesive, white made of foam, limited resistance to pressure only Diamter: 16 mm / Thickness: approx. 3 mm three rows on roll Contents pieces per roll Sold by the roll white / Sheets with 100 pcs black / Sheets with 100 pcs grey / Sheets with 100 pcs red / Sheets with 150 pcs dark blue / Sheets with 150 pcs green / Sheets with 100 pcs light blue / Sheets with 100 pcs CD fasteners, self-adhesive made of pressure-resitant foam Diameter: 15.5 mm / Thickness: approx. 3.8 mm Sold by the sheet Page 203

214 Assembling products Fittings / Pen fasteners Pen fastener, self-adhesive white Size: 20 x 25 mm / Height: 13 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. black transparent Pen fastener, self-adhesive white with rectangular base base size: 15 x 13 mm / height: 12 mm for pen diameter 10 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece. transparent red blue green orange yellow Pen fastener, self-adhesive white with loop made of flat rubber lace Flat rubber lace (open): 40 x 15 mm Adhesive surface: 45 x 30 mm, trapezium-shaped, transparent Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold in full sales units. black Pen fastener, self-adhesive metal, with spring holder, round, Ø 20 mm nickel-plated Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Fittings / Suction cups Suction cup Ø 50 mm, transparent with thumbtack to fasten cards with fixing hole etc. Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Page 204

215 Assembling products Fittings / Suction cups Suction cup Ø 40 mm, transparent with metal hook To hang cords, ballchains or cards with fixing hole Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Suction cup Ø 50 mm, transparent with slotted bar for cardboard, plastic or metal signs Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Suction cup Ø 30 mm, transparent with peg holes Peg with 5 mm through and end hole for many fastening purposes Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Suction cup, transparent with stepped knob ca. 7 mm / Ø 20 mm for attaching cards with drill hole etc. Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. with stepped knob ca. 10 mm / Ø 30 mm Fittings / Wobbler Wobbler, 150 mm long made of clear PVC with self-adhesive pad at the ends Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Page 205

216 Assembling products Fittings / Self-adhesive hanger Hangers with punch hole, self-adhesive Size: 44 x 36 mm (width x height) - Material: upper part of PET film 275 μ lower part of PP film 50 μ - transparent - flexible - suitable for weights up to 250 g - adhesive: acrylic adhesive Roll of 500 pcs Sold by the roll. No stock item. Hangers with punch hole, self-adhesive Size: 40 x 48 mm (width x height) Punched individually Transparent Foil thickness: 0,25 mm Adhesive width: 25 mm Contents: Roll of 1,500 pcs No stock item. MOQ: 3000 pcs (2 rolls) Fittings / Magnets Magnetic foil, self-adhesive Size: 500 x 615 mm mm thick - one side semi-anisotropic (magnetized lamellar-style) - one side with self-adhesive coating - colour: dark brown Sold by the sheet Magnetic tape, self-adhesive 12.7 mm x 30 mts Thickness: 1.5 mm - on rolls - one side semi-anisotropic (magnetized lamellar-style) - one side with self-adhesive coating - colour: dark brown Sold by the roll. 20 mm x 30 mts Magnetic inserts, round ca. 6 mm x 2 mm strong magnetic power made of Neodym N35 Sales unit: 100 pieces (50 pairs) Sold by the piece. ca. 9.5 mm x 2 mm ca. 15 mm x 2 mm Page 206

217 Assembling products Fittings / Magnets Magnetic discs, round one side self-adhesive - approx. 9.5 mm x 0.75 mm made of Neodym N35 Pulling force: approx. 370 g (but depending on application, product, ambient temperature etc.) To ensure correct adhesive perfomance allow 24 hours curing time between application and final product function. Sales unit: 100 pieces (50 pairs) Sold by the piece. Fittings / Name badge supports Carrier pouch for nameplates made of hard PVC Size: approx. 57 x 90 mm - with clip and safety pin Sales unit: 50 pieces Sold by the piece. Self-adhesive nameplate carrier with clip and safety pin Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece. Support for business cards made of perspex Dimensions: 40 x 100 x 52 mm Sales unit: 10 pieces Sold by the piece. Flexible fittings / Thread with metal barbs Cotton thread with metal barbs Thread length: 10/20 cm No stock item. MOQ: 1 sales unit of 500 pieces Page 207

218 Assembling products Flexible fittings / Nylon twine Nylon twine, transparent mm long, with snap-in lock 3.2 mm Sales unit: 500 pieces Sold by the piece Flexible fittings / Ball chains Ball chain, nickel-plated mm thick - reeled Rollenlänge: 200 mts For suitable catches (connectors), please see Sold by the metre. Catch (connector) mm thick for ball chains Sales unit: 200 pieces Sold by the piece Ball chains, cut lengths 100 mm long iron, nickel-plated mm thick complete with in-line connector on one end Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece 150 mm long 230 mm long Ball chains, cut lengths anthracite / 100 mm long iron, coloured mm thick complete with in-line connector on one end Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece red / 100 mm long blue / 100 mm long green / 100 mm long anthracite / 150 mm long red / 150 mm long blue / 150 mm long green / 150 mm long Page 208

219 Assembling products Assembling materials / Binding screws Binding screws, brass-plated - 2 mm filling height Shank Ø: 5 mm - pressure-cast standard quality complete, shank and male screw shank closed, male screw slotted head and foot diameter: 10 mm NB: Binding screws in standard quality are produced with cast-iron method. This means that the screw threads are not as neat as turned threads. We therefore recommend the standard quality for large-quantity jobs only. For small volumes, we recommend our binding screws in turned top quality with item no XXX. Further sizes, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts mm filling height - 5 mm filling height - 8 mm filling height - 10 mm filling height - 12 mm filling height - 15 mm filling height Binding screws, nickel-plated, silver - 2 mm filling height Shank Ø: 5 mm - pressure-cast standard quality complete, shank and male screw shank closed, male screw slotted head and foot diameter: 10 mm NB: Binding screws in standard quality are produced with cast-iron method. This means that the screw threads are not as neat as turned threads. We therefore recommend the standard quality for large-quantity jobs only. For small volumes, we recommend our binding screws in turned top quality with item no XXX mm filling height - 5 mm filling height - 8 mm filling height - 10 mm filling height - 12 mm filling height - 15 mm filling height Female screw for binding screws - 5 mm filling height (slotted) Sleeve nut Ø 5 mm - black galvanised to be used with male screw for binding screws, black Item nos and : with male screw 4 mm (item no ) Item nos and : with male screw 7.5 mm (item no ) Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece - 7 mm filling height - 10 mm filling height - 15 mm filling height Male screw for binding screws - 4 mm long Top part - Ø 5 mm - black galvanised to be used with sleeve nut (female) for binding screws, black Item no : for sleeve nuts with 5 mm (item no ) and 7 mm (item no ) length Item no : for sleeve nuts with 10 mm (item no ) and 15 mm (item no ) length Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece mm long Page 209

220 Assembling products Assembling materials / Binding screws Binding screws, brass - 2 mm filling height Shank diameter: approx. 5 mm - turned top quality complete, shank and male screw Version: 2 mm filling height and as of 25 mm : both sides slotted Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece - 3,5 mm filling height - 5 mm filling height - 6 mm filling height - 7,5 mm filling height - 10 mm filling height - 13 mm filling height - 16 mm filling height - 20 mm filling height - 25 mm filling height - 32 mm filling height - 38 mm filling height - 45 mm filling height - 50 mm filling height Binding screws, nickel-plated - 2 mm filling height Shank diameter: approx. 5 mm - turned top quality complete, shank and male screw Version: 2 mm filling height and as of 25 mm : both sides slotted Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece mm filling height - 5 mm filling height - 6 mm filling height mm filling height - 10 mm filling height - 13 mm filling height - 16 mm filling height - 20 mm filling height - 25 mm filling height - 32 mm filling height - 38 mm filling height - 45 mm filling height - 50 mm filling height Washers for binding screws brass-plated Thickness: approx. 1 mm Outer Ø: approx. 9.8 mm - inner Ø: 5.3 mm zinc-plated pure brass - top quality Page 210

221 Assembling products Assembling materials / Binding screws Binding screws, aluminium, coloured Shank diameter: 5 mm complete, shank and male screw Head and foot Ø: 10 mm Version: male screw slotted, shaft open Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece 3.5 mm filling height - gold 5.0 mm filling height - gold 3.5 mm filling height - black 5.0 mm filling height - black 3.5 mm filling height - blue 5.0 mm filling height - blue 3.5 mm filling height - red 5.0 mm filling height - red 3.5 mm filling height - green 5.0 mm filling height - green 3.5 mm filling height - light blue 5.0 mm filling height - light blue 3.5 mm filling height - dark blue 5.0 mm filling height - dark blue Extension for binding screws - 5 mm long brass-plated - Shank diameter: 5 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece - 10 mm long - 15 mm long - 20 mm long - 25 mm long - 30 mm long Extension for binding screws - 5 mm long nickel-plated - Shank diameter: 5 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece - 10 mm long - 15 mm long - 20 mm long - 25 mm long - 30 mm long Binding screws Head+foot: black / Filling height: 3.5 mm Shank brass-plated, head and foot coloured Shank diameter: 5 mm complete, shank and male screw No stock item. Sales unit: 100 pieces. Sold in full sales units only. As of 1,000 pcs also available in 15 mm length and in other colours. Prices by request. Head+foot: black / Filling height: 5 mm Head+foot: black / Filling height: 6 mm Head+foot: black / Filling height: 7 mm Head+foot: black / Filling height: 10 mm Page 211

222 Assembling products Assembling materials / Binding screws Binding screws, plastic Shank diameter: 5 mm complete, shank and male screw Sales unit: 1000 pieces. Sold by the piece. Further sizes, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. white / 5 mm filling height white / 7 mm filling height white / 10 mm filling height white / 15 mm filling height white / 20 mm filling height white / 25 mm filling height white / 30 mm filling height white / 35 mm filling height white / 40 mm filling height white / 45 mm filling height white / 50 mm filling height white / 60 mm filling height black / 5 mm filling height black / 7 mm filling height black / 10 mm filling height black / 15 mm filling height black / 20 mm filling height black / 25 mm filling height black / 30 mm filling height black / 35 mm filling height black / 40 mm filling height black / 45 mm filling height black / 50 mm filling height black / 60 mm filling height Washers for binding screws white Thickness: 2 mm / Diameter: 14 mm to mount caps and Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece black Caps for binding screws white Thickness: 3 mm / Diameter: 15 mm For fixing, the washers and are required! Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece black Page 212

223 Assembling products Assembling materials / Eyelets Eyelets Type P1 steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 4.0 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 4.5 mm Material thickness: approx. 0.2 mm Total length: approx. 3.2 mm Head-Ø: approx. 6.5 mm Packet of 10,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. For quantities < 10,000 pcs please use item no XXX. steel, nickel-plated Eyelets Type P1 / Small packet steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 4.0 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 4.5 mm Material thickness: approx. 0.2 mm Total length: approx. 3.2 mm Head-Ø: approx. 6.5 mm Sold by the packet. For quantities > 10,000 pcs please use item no XXX. steel, brass-plated Eyelets Type P1,5 steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 4.0 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 4.5 mm Material thickness: approx mm Total length: approx. 3.5 mm Head-Ø: approx. 6.5 mm Packet of 10,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Eyelets Type P2 steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 4.0 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 4.5 mm Material thickness: approx. 0.2 mm Total length: approx. 4.0 mm Head-Ø: approx. 6.5 mm Packet of 10,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Eyelets Type 8E steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 5.5 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 6.2 mm Material thickness: approx. 0.2 mm Total length: approx. 4.0 mm Head-Ø: approx. 8.0 mm Packet of 10,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Page 213

224 Assembling products Assembling materials / Eyelets Eyelets Type 8 E long steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 5.5 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 6.0 mm Material thickness: approx. 0.3 mm Total length: approx. 4.3 mm Head-Ø: approx. 8.0 mm Packet of 10,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Eyelets Type 272 steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 6 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx mm Material thickness: approx mm Total length: approx. 5.0 mm Head-Ø: approx mm Packet of 5,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Eyelets Type 271 steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 6 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx mm Material thickness: approx mm Total length: approx. 7.5 mm Head-Ø: approx mm Packet of 5,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Eyelets Type 269 steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 5 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 5,7 mm Material thickness: approx mm Total length: approx. 5.5 mm Head-Ø: approx. 9.5 mm Packet of 5,000 pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Eyelets Type 270 steel, brass-plated Inner shaft Ø: 5 mm Outer shaft Ø: approx. 5,7 mm Material thickness: approx mm Total length: approx. 7.0 mm Head-Ø: approx. 9.5 mm Packet of pcs. Sold by the packet. steel, nickel-plated Page 214

225 Assembling products Assembling materials / Rivets Plastic rivets 1.5 mm - white Shank diameter: 5.0 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece 1.5 mm - black Plastic rivets 3 mm - white Shank diameter: 5.5 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece 5 mm - white 3 mm - black 5 mm - black Ratchet fasteners, hard plastic mm filling height / small centre hole with ratchet for permanent fastening transparent Small centre hole - for nylon thread Shank Ø: 4.8 mm - head Ø: 14.8 mm Large centre hole - for 2.4 mm ball chains Shank Ø: 5.5 mm - head Ø: 12 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece mm filling height / small centre hole mm filling height / small centre hole mm filling height / large centre hole mm filling height / large centre hole mm filling height / large centre hole Male piece of two-part rivets 3 mm / 6 mm / 6 mm nickel-plated, open / as of 1000 pcs to be used with female piece XX Male and female parts cannot be combined among one another. They fit as follows only: -005 with -105, -006 with -106, -008 with -108 etc. Dimensions: => Shank diameter / Shank length / Head diameter Minimum order quantity: 1000 pcs For quantities < 1000 pcs please use item no XX. For mounting ring mechanisms, please use and mm / 8 mm / 7 mm 4 mm / 10 mm / 9 mm 4 mm / 12 mm / 12 mm 4 mm / 15 mm / 12 mm Page 215

226 Assembling products Assembling materials / Rivets Female piece of two-part rivets 3 mm / 6 mm nickel-plated, closed / as of 1000 pcs to be used with male piece XX Male and female parts cannot be combined among one another. They fit as follows only: -005 with -105, -006 with -106, -008 with -108 etc. Dimensions: => Shank diameter / Head diameter Minimum order quantity: 1000 pcs For quantities < 1000 pcs please use item no XX. For mounting ring mechanisms, please use and mm / 8 mm 4 mm / 9 mm 4 mm / 10 mm 4 mm / 13 mm Male piece of two-part rivets 3 mm / 6 mm / 6 mm nickel-plated, open / Small packet of 100 pcs to be used with female piece XX Male and female parts cannot be combined among one another. They fit as follows only: -005 with -105, -006 with -106, -008 with -108 etc. Dimensions: => Shank diameter / Shank length / Head diameter Sold by the packet. For quantities > 1000 pcs please see item no XX. For mounting ring mechanisms, please use and mm / 8 mm / 7 mm 4 mm / 10 mm / 9 mm 4 mm / 12 mm / 12 mm 4 mm / 15 mm / 12 mm Female piece of two-part rivets 3 mm / 6 mm nickel-plated, closed / Small packet of 100 pcs to be used with male piece XX Male and female parts cannot be combined among one another. They fit as follows only: -005 with -105, -006 with -106, -008 with -108 etc. Dimensions: => Shank diameter / Head diameter Sold by the packet. For quantities > 1000 pcs please see item no XX. For mounting ring mechanisms, please use and mm / 8 mm 4 mm / 9 mm 4 mm / 10 mm 4 mm / 13 mm Page 216

227 Assembling products Assembling materials / Rivets Machine rivets, nickel-plated 4 mm / 6 mm / 7 mm one piece, closed Dimensions: => Shank diameter / Shank length / Head diameter Sales unit: 5000 pcs Sold in full sales units only. 4 mm / 8 mm / 8 mm 4 mm / 11.2 mm / 8 mm 4 mm / 12 mm / 8 mm Split-shank rivets, nickel-plated Thickness/length = 5/8 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Assembling materials / Barbs Split pins with round head Head Ø: 4.8 mm - length: 16 mm Thickness approx. 1 mm nickel-plated to fix label frames, box handles etc. Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Round head pins Head Ø: 4.8 mm - length: 10 mm nickel-plated Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece Split pins with round head brass-plated Head Ø: 10 mm - length: 20 mm Thickness: approx. 2 mm Sales unit: 1000 pieces Sold by the piece nickel-plated Page 217

228 Assembling products Assembling materials / Filing rings approx. 13 mm Ø (inner) approx. 19 mm Ø (inner) approx. 25 mm Ø (inner) approx. 32 mm Ø (inner) approx. 38 mm Ø (inner) approx. 51 mm Ø (inner) approx. 63 mm Ø (inner) approx. 76 mm Ø (inner) Filing rings with hinge, nickel-plated Wire thickness: up to 25 mm Ø 2.4 mm as of 32 mm Ø 3 mm Sales unit: 100 pieces Sold by the piece Page 218

229

230 Machine trading When manufacturing machines, you obviously also want to sell them. The machines, manufactured in our factory in Bienenbüttel, Lower Saxony and packed in Hamburg, are shipped to customers around the world. When we started manufacturing machines, we already sold them on the domestic and international market. Therefore, we are not only active in the wholesale trade, but also in export trade. Good contacts to transport companies in Hamburg, competent employees for establishing export and customs documents enable us to ship our machines to any place in the world; packed in suitable and stable export packing. All machines are CE conform and are shipped with the documentation required in the country in question. By request, we also install them on-site and train the operator(s). Trading means purchase AND sales. This means to Schmedt that we also trade in used machines if new ones are bought. We might also rebuy machines if a customer is unable to find a successor for his business or if a bindery is closed. In general, machines are only bought if they are safe and ready for operation or if they may be refurbished to such a state. All machines and devices that we resell are checked and refurbished, if required. We are always pleased to see that there is a high demand in second-hand machines out of our own range. We could almost permanently resell used PräGnant machines, if only we had any. But the service life of the PräGnant is just too long. A couple of years ago, we took over the original prototype from a customer, and it is still fully functional. It has now found its place in a showcase in our demo centre. Second-hand machines are exhibited in our demo centre. In any case, you find current second-hand machine offers in our online shop ( However, you may also contact us to find out if we have what you are looking for. We receive enquires for presses and board shears almost every day. Our second-hand market includes machines of our own make and also third-party machines for the production of books. However, we also supply new third-party machines. For any process, there are special machines and different suppliers. We supply machines that are the most important to craftsmanship and may offer competent assistance. Page 220

231 Binding material To achieve durable bindings without glue Stapling and binding are pre-conditions for the durability of a book or a brochure. Besides the traditional fan-binding by bookbinders, there are many ways of mechanical binding: plastic-comb binding, ring-wire binding, wire-stitching, stapling, thread-binding, thermo-binding etc. Here you will find everything you need. Wire stitching / Staples Staples MULTINAK, zinc-coated 1st number = wire thickness (type) 2nd number = leg length S = steel quality SD = extra strong wire for digital papers Sales unit: 5000 pcs Sold in full sales units only. 24/6 24/8 24/10S 24/13S 24/15S 24/18S 26/6 26/8 26/8S 26/10S 26/12S 26/6 SD Digital 26/8 SD Digital 30/6 50/6 50/8 50/10 50/10S 50/12S 50/15S 50/18S 50/20S Loop staples MULTINAK, zinc-coated Ri 24/ Ri 24/ st number = wire thickness (type) 2nd number = leg length Sales unit: 5000 pcs Sold in full sales units only. Ri 26/ Page 221

232 Binding material Wire stitching / Staples Staples STAGO, zinc-coated 24/ / st number = wire thickness (type) 2nd number = leg length S = steel quality Sales unit: 5000 pcs Sold in full sales units only. 24/10S 26/6 26/8S 36/6 36/8S 60/6 60/8 60/10S 60/12S 60/15S 60/18S 60/20S 64/6 64/8 64/10S 64/12S 64/15S 64/17S 64/20S 69/8S 69/10S 69/12S 69/15S 69/18S 69/20S 69/22S 69/25S 69/30S 70/6 70/8 70/10 70/12S 70/15S 70/18S 70/20S 70/22S Page 222

233 Binding material Wire stitching / Stitching wire Iron stitching wire, round, galvanised # mm - approx. 268 m/reel on reels of approx. 2 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 135 mm height: 48 mm core: 16 mm Sold by the reel. # mm - approx. 380 m/reel # mm - approx. 480 m/reel # mm - approx. 547 m/reel # mm - approx. 628 m/reel # mm - approx. 855 m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel Iron stitching wire, round, galvanised # mm - approx m/reel on SD reels of approx. 15 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 300 mm height: 103 mm core: 51 mm Sold by the reel. # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel Iron stitching wire, round, galvanised # mm - approx m/reel on BB20 reels of approx. 15 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 200 mm height: 180 mm core: 32 mm Sold by the reel. # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel Iron stitching wire, round, galvanised French reel of approx. 5 kgs # mm - approx m/reel Dimensions: outer Ø: 155 mm height: 63 mm core: 17 mm Sold by the reel. Iron stitching wire, round, galvanised # mm - approx m/reel on reels of approx. 3 kgs Sold by the reel. Page 223

234 Binding material Wire stitching / Stitching wire Iron stitching wire, round, tin-plated # mm - approx. 855 m/reel on reels of approx. 2 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 135 mm height: 48 mm core: 16 mm Sold by the reel. # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel Iron stitching wire, flat, galvanised # I x 0.35 mm - appr m/reel on reels of approx. 2 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 135 mm height: 48 mm core: 16 mm Sold by the reel. # II x 0.45 mm - appr. 815 m/reel # III x 0.55 mm - appr. 686 m/reel # IV x 0.65 mm - appr. 555 m/reel # V x 0.65 mm - appr. 482 m/reel # VI x 0.78 mm - appr. 385 m/reel Steel stitching wire, round, galvanised # mm - approx. 268 m/reel on reels of approx. 2 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 135 mm height: 48 mm core: 16 mm Sold by the reel. # mm - approx. 380 m/reel # mm - approx. 480 m/reel # mm - approx. 547 m/reel # mm - approx. 628 m/reel # mm - approx. 855 m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel Steel stitching wire, round, galvanised # mm - approx m/reel on SD reels of approx. 15 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 300 mm height: 103 mm core: 51 mm Sold by the reel. # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel # mm - approx m/reel Steel stitching wire, flat, galvanised # I x 0.35 mm - appr m/reel on reels of approx. 2 kgs Dimensions: outer Ø: 135 mm height: 48 mm core: 16 mm Sold by the reel. # II x 0.45 mm - appr. 815 m/reel # III x 0.55 mm - appr. 686 mtr/reel # IV x 0.65 mm - appr. 555 mtr/reel # V x 0.65 mm - appr. 482 mtr/reel # VI x 0.78 mm - appr. 385 mtr/reel Page 224

235 Binding material Wire stitching / Stitching wire white black red blue green gold Iron stitching wire, round, nylon-coated on reels of approx. 2 kgs # mm - approx m/reel Dimensions: outer Ø: 135 mm height: 48 mm core: 16 mm Sold by the reel. Thermo-binding / Thermo-binding folders Thermo-binding folders for DIN A4 back side of white high-gloss cardboard front side of transparent foil Sales units: to -008: 100 pieces to -012: 80 pieces to -050: 50 pieces Sold by the piece mm - 2 mm - 3 mm - 4 mm - 5 mm - 6 mm - 7 mm - 8 mm - 9 mm - 10 mm - 12 mm - 14 mm - 16 mm - 18 mm - 20 mm - 25 mm - 30 mm - 35 mm - 40 mm - 45 mm - 50 mm Page 225

236 Binding material Thermo-binding / Thermo-binding strips Planax Copy Strips DIN A4 thermo binding strips for Copybinder made of 100% linen cloth, backlined with hotmelt adhevise Contents: Box with 100 strips Sold in full boxes only. Type A - 20 mm / white Type A - 20 mm / black Type A - 20 mm / grey Type A - 20 mm / red Type A - 20 mm / blue Type A - 20 mm / green Type A - 20 mm / dark blue Type B - 25 mm / white Type B - 25 mm / black Type B - 25 mm / grey Type B - 25 mm / red Type B - 25 mm / blue Type B - 25 mm / green Type B - 25 mm / dark blue Type C - 30 mm / white Type C - 30 mm / black Type C - 30 mm / grey Type C - 30 mm / red Type C - 30 mm / blue Type C - 30 mm / green Type C - 30 mm / dark blue Type D - 35 mm / white Type D - 35 mm / black Type D - 35 mm / grey Type D - 35 mm / red Type D - 35 mm / blue Type D - 35 mm / green Type D - 35 mm / dark blue Type E - 40 mm / white Type E - 40 mm / black Type E - 40 mm / grey Type E - 40 mm / red Type E - 40 mm / blue Type E - 40 mm / green Type E - 40 mm / dark blue Type F - 50 mm / white Type F - 50 mm / black Type F - 50 mm / grey Type F - 50 mm / red Type F - 50 mm / blue Type F - 50 mm / green Type F - 50 mm / dark blue Page 226

237 Binding material Thermo-binding / Thermo-binding strips FastBack binding strips Embossed special paper with thermo coating for binding machine FastBack narrow: for sheets medium: for sheets wide: for sheets Box of 100 pcs. Sold by the box. Some colours/widths are no stock item. MOQ for these is 1 sales unit. Sales units: narrow = 500 pieces medium = 400 pieces wide = 300 pieces A4 - narrow - white A4 - narrow - black A4 - narrow - dark grey A4 - narrow - red A4 - narrow - dark blue A4 - narrow - dark green A4 - narrow - light blue A4 - narrow - jade green A4 - narrow - light grey A4 - narrow - yellow A4 - medium - white A4 - medium - black A4 - medium - dark grey A4 - medium - red A4 - medium - dark blue A4 - medium - dark green A4 - medium - light blue A4 - medium - jade green A4 - medium - light grey A4 - medium - yellow A4 - wide - white A4 - wide - black A4 - wide - dark grey A4 - wide - red A4 - wide - dark blue A4 - wide - dark green A4 - wide - light blue A4 - wide - jade green A4 - wide - light grey A4 - wide - yellow Plastic-comb binding / Plastic combs Plastic-binding combs EUROP and US pitch Available in colours white and black. No stock item. Still available in many colours and diameters in our online shop While stock lasts. Page 227

238 Binding material Wire-comb binding / Wire-comb binding elements Wire comb bindings - 3:1 pitch Cut elements - 34 loops - for DIN A4 Perfect comb diameter = block thickness + 3 mm Sales units: 8601-XXX to 8606-XXX: 100 pcs 8607-XXX and 8608-XXX: 50 pcs Sold in full units only. Stock colours: 001-white, 002-black, 003-silver NC, 009-silver metal All other colours are no stock items. Diameter 16 mm may only be used in machines of the newer generation which are able to process this (e. g. RW 360, SWR 360 and SRW 360 comfort)! Special lengths available as of 1,000 pcs. Prices by request. white - 5,5 mm (3/16") black - 5,5 mm (3/16") silver NC transparent - 5,5 mm (3/16") red - 5,5 mm (3/16") blue - 5,5 mm (3/16") green - 5,5 mm (3/16") grey - 5,5 mm (3/16") bronze - 5,5 mm (3/16") silver metal - 5,5 mm (3/16") white - 6,9 mm (1/4") black - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver NC transparent - 6,9 mm (1/4") red - 6,9 mm (1/4") blue - 6,9 mm (1/4") green - 6,9 mm (1/4") grey - 6,9 mm (1/4") bronze - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver metal - 6,9 mm (1/4") white - 8,0 mm (5/16") black - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver NC transparent - 8,0 mm (5/16") red - 8,0 mm (5/16") blue - 8,0 mm (5/16") green - 8,0 mm (5/16") grey - 8,0 mm (5/16") bronze - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver metal - 8,0 mm (5/16") white - 9,5 mm (3/8") black - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver NC transparent - 9,5 mm (3/8") red - 9,5 mm (3/8") blue - 9,5 mm (3/8") green - 9,5 mm (3/8") grey - 9,5 mm (3/8") bronze - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver metal - 9,5 mm (3/8") white - 11,0 mm (7/16") black - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver NC transparent - 11,0 mm (7/16") red - 11,0 mm (7/16") blue - 11,0 mm (7/16") green - 11,0 mm (7/16") grey - 11,0 mm (7/16") bronze - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver metal - 11,0 mm (7/16") white - 12,7 mm (1/2") black - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver NC transparent - 12,7 mm (1/2") Page 228

239 Binding material continued... Wire comb bindings - 3:1 pitch red - 12,7 mm (1/2") blue - 12,7 mm (1/2") green - 12,7 mm (1/2") grey - 12,7 mm (1/2") bronze - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver metal - 12,7 mm (1/2") white - 14,3 mm (9/16") black - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver NC transparent - 14,3 mm (9/16") red - 14,3 mm (9/16") blue - 14,3 mm (9/16") green - 14,3 mm (9/16") grey - 14,3 mm (9/16") bronze - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver metal - 14,3 mm (9/16") white - 16,0 mm (5/8") black - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver NC transparent - 16,0 mm (5/8") red - 16,0 mm (5/8") blue - 16,0 mm (5/8") green - 16,0 mm (5/8") grey - 16,0 mm (5/8") bronze - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver metal - 16,0 mm (5/8") Page 229

240 Binding material Wire-comb binding / Wire-comb binding elements Wire comb bindings - 2:1 pitch Cut elements - 23 loops - for DIN A4 Perfect comb diameter = block thickness + 3 mm Sales units: 8621-XXX to 8625-XXX: 100 pcs 8626-XXX to 8630-XXX: 50 pcs 8631-XXX to 8632-XXX: 25 pcs 8633-XXX: 20 pcs Sold in full units only. Usually no stock item. Special lengths available as of 1,000 pcs. Prices by request. white - 6,9 mm (1/4") black - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver NC transparent - 6,9 mm (1/4") red - 6,9 mm (1/4") blue - 6,9 mm (1/4") green - 6,9 mm (1/4") grey - 6,9 mm (1/4") bronze - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver metal - 6,9 mm (1/4") white - 8,0 mm (5/16") black - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver NC transparent - 8,0 mm (5/16") red - 8,0 mm (5/16") blue - 8,0 mm (5/16") green - 8,0 mm (5/16") grey - 8,0 mm (5/16") bronze - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver metal - 8,0 mm (5/16") white - 9,5 mm (3/8") black - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver NC transparent - 9,5 mm (3/8") red - 9,5 mm (3/8") blue - 9,5 mm (3/8") green - 9,5 mm (3/8") grey - 9,5 mm (3/8") bronze - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver metal - 9,5 mm (3/8") white - 11,0 mm (7/16") black - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver NC transparent - 11,0 mm (7/16") red - 11,0 mm (7/16") blue - 11,0 mm (7/16") green - 11,0 mm (7/16") grey - 11,0 mm (7/16") bronze - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver metal - 11,0 mm (7/16") white - 12,7 mm (1/2") black - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver NC transparent - 12,7 mm (1/2") red - 12,7 mm (1/2") blue - 12,7 mm (1/2") green - 12,7 mm (1/2") grey - 12,7 mm (1/2") bronze - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver metal - 12,7 mm (1/2") white - 14,3 mm (9/16") black - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver NC transparent - 14,3 mm (9/16") Page 230

241 Binding material continued... Wire comb bindings - 2:1 pitch red - 14,3 mm (9/16") blue - 14,3 mm (9/16") green - 14,3 mm (9/16") grey - 14,3 mm (9/16") bronze - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver metal - 14,3 mm (9/16") white - 16,0 mm (5/8") black - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver NC transparent - 16,0 mm (5/8") red - 16,0 mm (5/8") blue - 16,0 mm (5/8") green - 16,0 mm (5/8") grey - 16,0 mm (5/8") bronze - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver metal - 16,0 mm (5/8") white - 19,0 mm (3/4") black - 19,0 mm (3/4") silver NC transparent - 19,0 mm (3/4") red - 19,0 mm (3/4") blue - 19,0 mm (3/4") green - 19,0 mm (3/4") grey - 19,0 mm (3/4") bronze - 19,0 mm (3/4") silver metal - 19,0 mm (3/4") white - 22,0 mm (7/8") black - 22,0 mm (7/8") silver NC transparent - 22,0 mm (7/8") red - 22,0 mm (7/8") blue - 22,0 mm (7/8") green - 22,0 mm (7/8") grey - 22,0 mm (7/8") bronze - 22,0 mm (7/8") silver metal - 22,0 mm (7/8") white - 25,4 mm (1") black - 25,4 mm (1") silver NC transparent - 25,4 mm (1") red - 25,4 mm (1") blue - 25,4 mm (1") green - 25,4 mm (1") grey - 25,4 mm (1") bronze - 25,4 mm (1") silver metal - 25,4 mm (1") white - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") black - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") silver NC transparent - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") red - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") blue - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") green - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") grey - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") Page 231

242 Binding material continued... Wire comb bindings - 2:1 pitch bronze - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") silver metal - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") white - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") black - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") silver NC transparent - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") red - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") blue - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") green - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") grey - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") bronze - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") silver metal - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") white - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") black - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") silver NC transparent - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") red - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") blue - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") green - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") grey - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") bronze - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") silver metal - 38,0 mm (1 1/2") Starter kit for wire-comb binding 3:1" pitch / white for DIN A4 Contents for 3:1" pitch: 20 binding combs Ø 6.9 mm, 10 pcs Ø 8 mm, 10 pcs Ø 11 mm, 10 pcs Ø 14.3 mm, 20 cover sheets, transparent, 0.15 mm thick, 20 back covers Classic mat, 20 filing strips, 1 straightedge Contents for 2:1" pitch: 20 binding combs Ø 6.9 mm, 10 pcs Ø 9.5 mm, 10 pcs Ø 12.7 mm, 5 pcs Ø 16 mm, 5 pcs Ø 25.4 mm, 20 cover sheets, transparent, 0.15 mm thick, 20 back covers Classic mat, 20 filing strips, 1 straightedge 3:1" pitch / black 3:1" pitch / silver NC transparent 3:1" pitch / red 3:1" pitch / blue 2:1" pitch / white 2:1" pitch / black 2:1" pitch / silver NC transparent 2:1" pitch / red 2:1" pitch / blue Page 232

243 Binding material Wire-comb binding / Wire-comb coils Wire-binding loops - 3:1 pitch endless on coils / standard colours Quantity indication: Total number of loops Perfect comb diameter = block thickness + 3 mm NO STOCK ITEM: Number of loops per coil: 8701-XXX: loops 8702-XXX: loops 8703-XXX: loops 8704-XXX: loops 8705-XXX: loops 8706-XXX: loops 8707-XXX: loops 8708-XXX: loops Sold by the coil. Metallic colours are available by request as of 12 coils per colour and diameter. white - 5,5 mm (3/16") black - 5,5 mm (3/16") silver NC transparent - 5,5 mm (3/16") red - 5,5 mm (3/16") blue - 5,5 mm (3/16") green - 5,5 mm (3/16") grey - 5,5 mm (3/16") bronze - 5,5 mm (3/16") silver metal - 5,5 mm (3/16") white - 6,9 mm (1/4") black - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver NC transparent - 6,9 mm (1/4") red - 6,9 mm (1/4") blue - 6,9 mm (1/4") green - 6,9 mm (1/4") grey - 6,9 mm (1/4") bronze - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver metal - 6,9 mm (1/4") white - 8,0 mm (5/16") black - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver NC transparent - 8,0 mm (5/16") red - 8,0 mm (5/16") blue - 8,0 mm (5/16") green - 8,0 mm (5/16") grey - 8,0 mm (5/16") bronze - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver metal - 8,0 mm (5/16") whitev - 9,5 mm (3/8") black - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver NC transparent - 9,5 mm (3/8") red - 9,5 mm (3/8") blue - 9,5 mm (3/8") green - 9,5 mm (3/8") grey - 9,5 mm (3/8") bronze - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver metal - 9,5 mm (3/8") white - 11,0 mm (7/16") black - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver NC transparent - 11,0 mm (7/16") red - 11,0 mm (7/16") blue - 11,0 mm (7/16") green - 11,0 mm (7/16") grey - 11,0 mm (7/16") bronze - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver metal - 11,0 mm (7/16") white - 12,7 mm (1/2") black - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver NC transparent - 12,7 mm (1/2") Page 233

244 Binding material continued... Wire-binding loops - 3:1 pitch red - 12,7 mm (1/2") blue - 12,7 mm (1/2") green - 12,7 mm (1/2") grey - 12,7 mm (1/2") bronze - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver metal - 12,7 mm (1/2") white - 14,3 mm (9/16") black - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver NC transparent - 14,3 mm (9/16") red - 14,3 mm (9/16") blue - 14,3 mm (9/16") green - 14,3 mm (9/16") grey - 14,3 mm (9/16") bronze - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver metal - 14,3 mm (9/16") white - 16,0 mm (5/8") black - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver NC transparent - 16,0 mm (5/8") red - 16,0 mm (5/8") blue - 16,0 mm (5/8") green - 16,0 mm (5/8") grey - 16,0 mm (5/8") bronze - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver metal - 16,0 mm (5/8") Page 234

245 Binding material Wire-comb binding / Wire-comb coils Wire-binding loops - 2:1 pitch endless on coils / standard colours Quantity indication: Total number of loops Perfect comb diameter = block thickness + 3 mm NO STOCK ITEM. Number of loops per coil: 8721-XXX: loops 8722-XXX: loops 8723-XXX: loops 8724-XXX: loops 8725-XXX: loops 8726-XXX: loops 8730-XXX: loops 8731-XXX: loops 8732-XXX: loops Sold by the coil. Metallic colours are available by request as of 12 coils per colour and diameter. white - 6,9 mm (1/4") black - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver NC transparent - 6,9 mm (1/4") red - 6,9 mm (1/4") blue - 6,9 mm (1/4") green - 6,9 mm (1/4") grey - 6,9 mm (1/4") bronze - 6,9 mm (1/4") silver metal - 6,9 mm (1/4") white - 8,0 mm (5/16") black - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver NC transparent - 8,0 mm (5/16") red - 8,0 mm (5/16") blue - 8,0 mm (5/16") green - 8,0 mm (5/16") grey - 8,0 mm (5/16") bronze - 8,0 mm (5/16") silver metal - 8,0 mm (5/16") white - 9,5 mm (3/8") black - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver NC transparent - 9,5 mm (3/8") red - 9,5 mm (3/8") blue - 9,5 mm (3/8") green - 9,5 mm (3/8") grey - 9,5 mm (3/8") bronze - 9,5 mm (3/8") silver metal - 9,5 mm (3/8") white - 11,0 mm (7/16") black - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver NC transparent - 11,0 mm (7/16") red - 11,0 mm (7/16") blue - 11,0 mm (7/16") green - 11,0 mm (7/16") grey - 11,0 mm (7/16") bronze - 11,0 mm (7/16") silver metal - 11,0 mm (7/16") white - 12,7 mm (1/2") black - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver NC transparent - 12,7 mm (1/2") red - 12,7 mm (1/2") blue - 12,7 mm (1/2") green - 12,7 mm (1/2") grey - 12,7 mm (1/2") bronze - 12,7 mm (1/2") silver metal - 12,7 mm (1/2") white - 14,3 mm (9/16") black - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver NC transparent - 14,3 mm (9/16") Page 235

246 Binding material continued... Wire-binding loops - 2:1 pitch red - 14,3 mm (9/16") blue - 14,3 mm (9/16") green - 14,3 mm (9/16") grey - 14,3 mm (9/16") bronze - 14,3 mm (9/16") silver metal - 14,3 mm (9/16") white - 16,0 mm (5/8") black - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver NC transparent - 16,0 mm (5/8") red - 16,0 mm (5/8") blue - 16,0 mm (5/8") green - 16,0 mm (5/8") grey - 16,0 mm (5/8") bronze - 16,0 mm (5/8") silver metal - 16,0 mm (5/8") white - 19,0 mm (3/4") black - 19,0 mm (3/4") silver NC transparent - 19,0 mm (3/4") red - 19,0 mm (3/4") blue - 19,0 mm (3/4") green - 19,0 mm (3/4") grey - 19,0 mm (3/4") bronze - 19,0 mm (3/4") silver metal - 19,0 mm (3/4") white - 22,0 mm (7/8") black - 22,0 mm (7/8") silver NC transparent - 22,0 mm (7/8") red - 22,0 mm (7/8") blue - 22,0 mm (7/8") green - 22,0 mm (7/8") grey - 22,0 mm (7/8") bronze - 22,0 mm (7/8") silver metal - 22,0 mm (7/8") white - 25,4 mm (1") black - 25,4 mm (1") silver NC transparent - 25,4 mm (1") red - 25,4 mm (1") blue - 25,4 mm (1") green - 25,4 mm (1") grey - 25,4 mm (1") bronze - 25,4 mm (1") silver metal - 25,4 mm (1") white - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") black - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") silver NC transparent - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") red - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") blue - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") green - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") grey - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") Page 236

247 Binding material continued... Wire-binding loops - 2:1 pitch bronze - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") silver metal - 28,5 mm (1 1/8") white - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") black - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") silver NC transparent - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") red - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") blue - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") green - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") grey - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") bronze - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") silver metal - 32,0 mm (1 1/4") Accessories for ring bindings / Cover sheets Cover sheets for ring bindings 0.20 mm thick - DIN A3 - glossy PVC film - transparent Packet of 100 pcs Sold by the packet mm thick - DIN A4 - glossy 0.20 mm thick - DIN A4 - glossy 0.30 mm thick - DIN A4 - glossy 0.30 mm thick - DIN A4 - mat 0.20 mm thick - DIN A5 - glossy Cover sheets for ring bindings DIN A4 - smoke PVC foil - coloured, transparent Thickness: 0.20 mm Packet of 100 pcs. Sold by the packet. No stock item. DIN A4 - red DIN A4 - blue DIN A4 - green DIN A4 - yellow Cover sheets, heat-resistant DIN A transparent film 0.17 mm thick heat-resistant up to 200 C e.g. for use in thermo-binding machines Packet of 100 pcs Sold by the packet. DIN A Page 237

248 Binding material Accessories for ring bindings / Back covers Back covers for ring bindings ivory cardboard with leather emboss - Size: DIN A4 Board thickness: 270 gsm Packet of 100 pcs Sold by the packet. black grey red blue green burgundy Chromolux - back covers for ring bindings DIN A3 - white cardboard, one side glossy gsm Packet of 100 pcs. Sold by the packet. No stock item. DIN A4 - white DIN A4 - red DIN A4 - blue DIN A4 - silver DIN A5 - white Accessories for ring bindings / Filing strips Filing strips for ring bindings DIN A4 - EUROP pitch Transparent foil - approx mm thick pre-punched with binding pitch and filing holes - EUROP and US pitch for plastic-comb bindings - 2:1"- and 3:1"-pitch for wire-comb bindings Packet of 100 pcs. Sold by the packet. DIN A4 - US pitch DIN A4-3:1" pitch - round hole DIN A4-3:1" pitch - rectangular hole DIN A4-2:1" pitch - round hole DIN A4-2:1" pitch - rectangular hole DIN A5 - EUROP pitch DIN A5 - US pitch DIN A5-3:1" pitch - round hole DIN A5-3:1" pitch - rectangular hole DIN A5-3:1" pitch - rectangular hole Page 238

249 Binding material Accessories for ring bindings / Calendar hangers Calendar hangers for wire-comb bindings Wire thickness: 2 mm - pre-shaped - profile 2 for thumb hole Ø 18 mm and larger No stock item. Sales units: 57 mm: 3000 pcs mm: 2000 pcs as of 200 mm: 1000 pcs Sold in full sales units only. Additionally, the following colours are available in full sales units: red, blue, green, grey, bronce, silver metal white - 57 mm white - 80 mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm black - 57 mm black - 80 mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm silver NC transparent - 57 mm silver NC transparent - 80 mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm Page 239

250 Binding material Accessories for ring bindings / Straight shafts Shafts for wire-comb calendar hangers Wire thickness: 2 mm - not pre-shaped for use in Autobind KAS units Sales units: mm: 2000 pcs as of 208 mm: 1000 pcs Sold in full sales units only. Additionally, the following colours are available in full sales units: red, blue, green, grey, bronce, silver metal white - 88 mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm white mm black - 88 mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm black mm silver NC transparent - 88 mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm silver NC transparent mm Page 240

251

252 Im- and export / Agents As already explained in the report on machine trade, we have long-term experience in exporting our machines. Hamburg is a traditional trade market with strong international focus. The harbour and the transport companies based there provide the necessary infrastructure. Not only do we export machines to all continents, we also supply consumables like binding cloth and adhesives to any part of the world. In many countries, there are no suppliers like Schmedt. But still there is a demand for books and therefore a demand for tools and consumables. So we very often ship tools like paring knives, our Schärffix or traditional wooden tools. We care for shipping and customs clearance and/or pass this on to a transport company of our choice. Besides export, the import of goods and machines also belongs to the international trade of a city like Hamburg. We represent, among others, the American companies GP² Technologies and Flesher Foil Lettering. We sell their machines exclusively in Europe and adjacent countries. These machines for the production of hardcover books and/or computer-controlled hot-foil stamping complete our range perfectly. But we also import from other countries. The machines are modified according to our own quality standards and to make them compatible to our machines and are branded as Schmedt machines. This means that we sell these machines under and in our own name and stand for their safe and reliable operation. This means that we are responsible for service and maintenance. It goes without saying that we care for the necessary CE conformity and operating manuals. Everybody is looking for cheap products. Nobody gets along with regional materials and substrates anymore. International ranges very often differ a lot from regional products. Therefore customers sometime enquire about exotic materials they have found online or seen abroad. Fashion and trends are our trigger to purchase abroad. We import products from different countries of which we are sure that they are environmentally safe and sound and meet our customers requirements. Despite our experience in exports, we cannot handle international machine sales on our own, as the demands and requirements of customers in the different countries are too extensive. An automized machine system may not be sold via internet just like that and installed via plug and play. Therefore Schmedt has an international network of agents who represent us in many countries and sell and install our machines there. You may find detailed information on our machine website Page 242

253 Tools Trade is the skill of craft hands working with tools Without them, working in a bindery is almost impossible: bookbinder's tools. From a simple awl and bonefolder to gilding tools, there is a wide range of special tools for making bindings, cases, designs, repairs and embossings. Besides the classic wooden tools we offer the most important traditional tools for bookbinders incl. measuring devices and even clothing. These things should not be missing in a craft workshop! Knives and accessories / Bookbinder s knives Bookbinder's knife Total length 18 cm / blade 6.5 cm high-quality blade, 2.8 mm thick, black handle Total length 24 cm / blade 11.5 cm Paper knife Total length 18 cm / blade 6.5 cm standard blade, 1.8 mm thick, unfinished handle Total length 24 cm / blade 11.5 cm Knives and accessories / Cutter knives Martor cutter "Argentax Multipos" Blade length adjustable in different steps completely made of zinc incl. 5 spare blades no. 51 (in the handle) Page 243

254 Tools Knives and accessories / Cutter knives Spare blades no. 51 Dispenser with 10 blades for Martor cutter "Argentax Multipos" Professional Soft-Cut cutter - 9 mm blade width with soft grip with safety locking mechanism - 18 mm blade width Snap-off blades no. 76 Packet with 10 blades for cutters with 9 mm blade width Martor cutter CUTTEX with snap-off blade no Blade width: 9 mm Metal cutter with snap-off blade no Blade width: 9 mm handy locking mechanism Snap-off blades no. 77 Case with 5 blades for cutters with 18 mm blade width Packet with 10 blades Page 244

255 Tools Knives and accessories / Cutter knives Martor cutter CUTTEX with snap-off blade no Blade width: 18 mm Martor cutter "Jumbo" with snap-off blade no. 77 Blade width: 18 mm Knives and accessories / Rotary cutter Rotary cutter with 60 mm blade diameter with movable blade cover Blade width: 0.35 mm for exact and clean cuts suitable for left- and righthanders Spare blade for rotary cutter mm blade diameter Knives and accessories / Leather-paring knives English leather-paring knife for righthanders with flexible blade - Total length: 21 cm for lefthanders Page 245

256 Tools Knives and accessories / Leather-paring knives French leather-paring knife with rigid blade - Total length: 19 cm Blade thickness: approx. 2 mm German leather-paring knife for righthanders with rigid blade - Total length: 21 cm for lefthanders Leipzig-style leather-paring knife with rigid blade - Total length: ca. 24 cm for righthanders Knives and accessories / Deburring knife Deburring knife with blade no. 34 with aluminium handle Total length: approx cm with rubber-coated handle and cap Blades no for deburring knife in 16 cm length Tin with 10 blades Page 246

257 Tools Knives and accessories / Scalpels Set of scalpels with 6 different blades with rubber-coated handle Scalpel Deluxe pen-shaped, with retractable blade extra sharp blade 30 Spare blades for scalpel Deluxe Blister card with 5 blades extra sharp blade 30 Scalpel with curved blade no. 24 with robust polystyrol handle with chrome-plated steel handle Spare blades no curved Packet with 10 blades Scalpel with pointed blade no. 25 with robust polystyrol handle with chrome-plated steel handle Page 247

258 Tools Knives and accessories / Scalpels Spare blades no pointed Packet with 10 blades Knives and accessories / Slitting knife Handle for slitting knife (without blade) Length: 15 cm Blade for slitting knife (without handle) Total length: 21 cm made of carbone steel Rockwell hardness: HR Knives and accessories / Dividing knives Dividing knife - standard Total length: 30 cm - blade width: 24 mm to separate glued blocks Dividing knife - with extra wide blade Total length: 33 cm - blade width: 37 mm to separate glued blocks Page 248

259 Tools Knives and accessories / Gilding knife Gilding knife with steel blade Total length: 26 cm Knives and accessories / Erasing knife Erasing knife with wooden handle Blade length: 60 mm Knives and accessories / Foil trimmer Paper and foil trimmer "Snitty" plastic - Total length: 10 cm Spare blades for paper trimmer "Snitty" Packet of 10 blades Knives and accessories / Grindstones Leather-paring stone, one side ground Dimensions: approx. 300 x 400 x 40 mm made of limestone Page 249

260 Tools Knives and accessories / Grindstones Grindstone one side fine, one side coarse Dimensions: approx. 100 x 50 x 20 mm Knives and accessories / Cutting mats Cutting mat for worktops 60 x 90 cm with 10 mm and 50 mm scale Thickness: 3 mm Colour: 1 side green, 1 side black 45 x 60 cm 30 x 45 cm Scissors / Bookbinder s scissors Bookbinder's scissors - standard quality 16 cm total length with pointed blade 18 cm total length 21 cm total length 18 cm total length (for lefthanders) Bookbinder's scissors - top quality with pointed blade - 16 cm total length Scissors / Leather scissors Leather scissors 18 cm total length with strong blades 21 cm total length Page 250

261 Tools Scissors / Cardboard scissors Heavy-duty board scissors 19 cm total length cm total length 23 cm total length 21 cm total length - for lefthanders Scissors / Multi-purpose scissors Safety scissors without anti-scratch protection with protected blade edges with anti-scratch protection Pocket scissors, pointed 11.5 cm total length nickel-plated 15 cm total length 17.8 cm total length 20.3 cm total length 15 cm total length (for lefthanders) Pocket scissors, rounded 13 cm total length nickel-plated 15 cm total length Scissors with plastic handle 16 cm total length low-priced version 21 cm total length 25.5 cm total length Page 251

262 Tools Scissors / Multi-purpose scissors Multi-purpose scissors 14 cm total length with red rubber handles for comfortable grip 15.5 cm total length 16 cm total length 21 cm total length 25.5 cm total length 16 cm total length / for lefthanders 21 cm total length / for lefthanders Multi-purpose scissors 16 cm total length with plastic handle 18 cm total length 21 cm total length Multi-purpose scissors with titanium-plated blades Total length: 10.5 mm with large handles, suitable for left- und righthanders Scissors / Paper scissors Paper scissors 23 cm total length with long, pointed blades 26 cm total length 26 cm total length Scissors / Headband scissors Headband scissors with short blade nickel-plated - 15 cm total length Page 252

263 Tools Scissors / Stitching-wire scissors Stitching-wire scissors with pliers-shaped point to hold the wire 13 cm total length Leather treatment / Paring device green - RAL 6026 black, mat - RAL Schärffix - leather-paring device to be fixed to the worktop complete with accessories in a stable plastic case With this device, leather can easily be prepared (pared) for further processing. This allows the use of the leather for book covers or other products. Spare blades for Schärffix Packet with 10 blades Blade thickness: 0.03 mm Sold by the packet. Paring roll for Schärffix Standard roll, 30 mm wide Excavating roller, 4 mm wide Excavating roller, 8 mm wide Excavating roller, 12 mm wide Excavating roller, 16 mm wide Page 253

264 Tools Measuring tools / Steel rulers Stainless steel ruler, flexible, antirust mm x 25 mm with mm scale, powder-coated yellow scale well legible Made in Germany mm x 25 mm mm x 25 mm Stainless steel ruler, flexible, antirust x 13 x 0.5 mm with mm scale made of anti-rust, hardened spring steel scale resistant to abrasion to a large extent, nonsensitive to chemicals, oil or grease x 13 x 0.5 mm x 18 x 0.8 mm x 18 x 0.8 mm Stainless steel ruler, rigid x 30 x 1.0 mm with mm scale made of anti-rust, hardened spring steel scale resistant to abrasion to a large extent, nonsensitive to chemicals, oil or grease x 30 x 1.0 mm x 30 x 1.0 mm Measuring tools / Typometer Typometer with stop Length: 30 cm Typometer without stop Length: 50 cm Page 254

265 Tools Measuring tools / Folding rules Folding rule, plastic 100 cm long cm long Measuring tools / Pocket tape measures Pocket tape measure with stop 300 cm long with belt clip Pocket tape measure with stop 200 cm long Colour: red, with black belt clip Measuring tools / Vernier calliper Vernier calliper with digital readout Accuracy: 0.1 mm scale / Max. thickness: 150 mm Total length: 220 mm to measure the thickness of paper Measuring tools / Straightedges Bevelled steel straightedge, galvanized mm long without scale, with bevel mm long mm long mm long mm long Page 255

266 Tools Measuring tools / Straightedges Bevelled steel straightedge, galvanized mm long with mm scale and bevel mm long mm long mm long Cutting ruler of anodized aluminium - 30 cm antislip, with steel-covered cutting edge especially suitable for roll cutters with grip dent printed scale, shaded black - 40 cm - 60 cm - 80 cm cm Cutting ruler of anodized aluminium - 30 cm antislip, with steel cutting edge engraved mm scale - 50 cm - 60 cm cm Square trimming straightedge 3 mm edge width light metal - Size: 320 x 40 mm to trim the board panels of French leather bindings 5 mm edge width Measuring tools / Steel squares Steel square, glossy galvanized approx. 200 x 130 mm approx. 250 x 160 mm approx. 300 x 175 mm approx. 400 x 230 mm approx. 500 x 280 mm approx. 600 x 330 mm Page 256

267 Tools Measuring tools / Steel squares Carpenter's square, glossy galvanized with double mm scale Leg length: 600 x 280 mm Measuring tools / Steel compasses Steel compasses with hardened pinpoints - Length: 150 mm Spring steel compasses 150 mm long equipped with screw with quick-acting nut 175 mm long Measuring tools / Paper stacking meter Paper stacking meter adjustable from 0-95 mm Measuring tools / Thread counter Thread counter / 5x mm biconvex lens Page 257

268 Tools Bonefolders / Bonefolders Bonefolder, pointed 10 cm long (Type "Mini") cm long 14 cm long 15 cm long 16 cm long 18 cm long 20 cm long 22 cm long Bonefolder Type "Kersten", pointed pear-shaped, 16 cm long Bone folder for leather, pointed cm long Bonefolder, rounded 12 cm long cm long 15 cm long 16 cm long 18 cm long 20 cm long 22 cm long Bonefolder, curved 16 cm - 1 pointed, 1 rounded tip banana-shaped - ergonomic 18 cm - 1 pointed, 1 L-shaped tip 20 cm - 1 pointed, 1 rounded tip Mini bonefolders with slot pointed, approx. 65 mm long used to lock cases and folders Page 258

269 Tools Bonefolders / Teflon folders Teflon folder approx. 150 x 15 x 6 mm will not glaze or mark delicate materials approx. 160 x 20 x 9.5 mm Teflon smooth burnisher will not glaze or mark delicate materials approx. 150 x 9,5 mm Teflon lifter pointed end comes to a flexible spatula-like end approx. 160 x 20 x 6 mm Teflon folding rib approx. 100 x 48 x 3 mm The 90 angle is excellent to reach the corners of boxes Teflon spatula will not glaze or mark delicate materials approx. 200 x 35 x 6 mm Page 259

270 Tools Brushes / Round brushes All-purpose brush, round Size 2 - Ø 18 mm with aluminium ferrule with bright bristles, wooden handle Size 4 - Ø 23 mm Size 6 - Ø 29 mm Size 8 - Ø 34 mm Size 12 - Ø 43 mm Cold glue brush, round Size 14 - Ø 23 mm with plastic ferrule with bright bristles, wooden handle Size 16 - Ø 28 mm Round glue brush Size 14 - Ø 26 mm with nickel-plated ferrule with bright bristles, wooden handle Size 16 - Ø 30 mm Size 20 - Ø 33 mm Hot glue brush, round, bridled with wire Size 10 - Ø 20 mm Size 14 - Ø 26 mm Size 18 - Ø 33 mm Size 22 - Ø 39 mm Size 26 - Ø 45 mm Size 30 - Ø 51 mm Paste brush, round, bridled with cord Size 8 - Ø 23 mm Size 10 - Ø 26 mm Size 12 - Ø 29 mm Size 14 - Ø 32 mm Size 18 - Ø 35 mm Size 20 - Ø 36 mm Worktop brush with short helve to stand upright, Size 16 - Ø 26 mm grey bristles, nickel-plated ferrule, natural wood Page 260

271 Tools Brushes / Round brushes Brush for dyeing book edges Size 1 - Ø 5 mm with tin ferrule - round helve - round bristles Size 4 - Ø 8 mm Size 8 - Ø 11 mm Leather brush (Wool brush) small - approx. 15 mm head Ø Packet of 10 pieces to evenly mix and apply leather dyes on the surface or edge Sold by the packet medium - approx. 25 mm head Ø large - approx. 35 mm head Ø Brushes / Flat brushes All-purpose brush, flat, with tin ferrule Size 10 - Width: 10 mm rounded helve Size 12 - Width: 12 mm Size 14 - Width: 14 mm Size 16 - Width: 16 mm da Vinci NOVA wash brush Series 18 Size 8 - Width: 6.5 mm flat, with extra-fine Toray synthetic fibres short perspex helve with bevelled end Width = Width of the brush body Size 16 - Width: 11 mm Size 18 - Width: 20 mm Size 20 - Width: 24 mm da Vinci NOVA corner brush Series 1373 Size 4 - Width: 4 mm with slanting brush edge - extra-fine synthetic fibres - solid but elastic - short green-polished helve Width = Width of the brush body Size 8 - Width: 6 mm Size 12 - Width: 12 mm Size 16 - Width: 19 mm Size 20 - Width: 25 mm Page 261

272 Tools Brushes / Flat brushes Flat brush with tin ferrule Size 0.50" - Width: 13 mm approx. 5 mm thick, flat helve Size 0.75" - Width: 19 mm Size 1.00" - Width: 25 mm Size 1.50" - Width: 38 mm Size 2.00" - Width: 50 mm Size 2.50" - Width: 63 mm Size 3.00" - Width: 75 mm da Vinci FORTE Synthetics Series 364 Size 2 - Width: 3 mm flat brush with solid, red-brown synthetic fibres - especially for rough surfaces - helve lacquered on water basis, slightly flattened at its thickest point so that it does not roll away Width = Width of the brush body Size 4 - Width: 5 mm Size 6 - Width: 7 mm Size 8 - Width: 9 mm Size 10 - Width: 10 mm Size 12 - Width: 12 mm Size 14 - Width: 14 mm da Vinci Mottler Series 2470 Size 15 - Width: 15 mm flat, with white Chinese bristles - short, plain-wood helve (as of 150 mm on plainwood ledge) - stainless steel ferrule Width = Width of the brush body Size 20 - Width: 20 mm Size 25 - Width: 25 mm Size 30 - Width: 30 mm Size 40 - Width: 40 mm Size 50 - Width: 50 mm Size 60 - Width: 60 mm Size 70 - Width: 70 mm Size 80 - Width: 80 mm Size Width: 100 mm Size Width: 120 mm Size Width: 150 mm Size Width: 200 mm Size Width: 300 mm Size Width: 400 mm Size Width: 500 mm Flat varnishing brush with tin ferrule Size 1.50" - Width: 38 mm approx. 12 mm thick, flat helve Size 2.00" - Width: 50 mm Size 2.50" - Width: 63 mm Size 3.00" - Width: 75 mm Size 3.50" - Width: 89 mm Size 4.00" - Width: 100 mm Gilder's tip (gold lifter) Size 2.5" - Width: 63 mm for leaf-gilding Size 3.5" - Width: 89 mm Size 4.0" - Width: 100 mm Page 262

273 Tools Brushes / Pointed brushes da Vinci water colour brush Series1500J Size -5 (5/0) - Ø: 0.85 mm with selected Kolinsky red sable hair - strong, rounded point - short, black-polished helve Diameter = Ø of the brush body Size -4 (4/0) - Ø: 0.9 mm Size -3 (3/0) - Ø: 0.9 mm Size -2 (2/0) - Ø: 1.1 mm Size 0 - Ø: 1.3 mm Size 1 - Ø: 1.7 mm Size 2 - Ø: 1.9 mm Size 3 - Ø: 2.1 mm Size 4 - Ø: 2.6 mm Size 5 - Ø: 2.9 mm Size 6 - Ø: 3.6 mm Size 7 - Ø: 4.4 mm Size 8 - Ø: 4.4 mm Size 9 - Ø: 5.3 mm Size 10 - Ø: 5.5 mm Size 11 - Ø: 5.7 mm Size 12 - Ø: 6.5 mm Size 16 - Ø: 7 mm da Vinci Retouching brush Series 1505 Size -5 (5/0) - Ø: 0.73 mm with slected Kolinsky red sable hair - extra short - short, black-polished helve Diameter = Ø of the brush body Size -4 (4/0) - Ø: 0.85 mm Size -3 (3/0) - Ø: 0.9 mm Size -2 (2/0) - Ø: 0.9 mm Size 0 - Ø: 1.1 mm Size 1 - Ø: 1.3 mm Size 2 - Ø: 1.7 mm Size 3 - Ø: 2.05 mm Size 4 - Ø: 2.6 mm Size 5 - Ø: 2.85 mm Size 6 - Ø: 3.6 mm Size 7 - Ø: 4.4 mm Size 8 - Ø: 5.3 mm Size 9 - Ø: 5.7 mm Size 10 - Ø: 6.5 mm Size 12 - Ø: 7.3 mm Brushes / Dusting brushes da Vinci Dusting brush white goat hair in natural lacquered wood Total length incl. handle: 23.5 cm horse hair white synthetic fibres Page 263

274 Tools Binding tools / Band nipper Band nipper Width: 40 mm Binding tools / Case-making tools Casemaking square made of aluminium 6 mm joint width T-shaped, with one joint bar 7 mm joint width 8 mm joint width Casemaking square made of aluminium with adjustable spine width with two joint bars for exact aligning of the boards and the spine hollow Joint width: 8 mm Spine gauge for book case production to calculate the correct spine width of flexible spines Scissor-like tool. The side with the narrow opening is closed around the book block. The other side shows the correct spine hollow width for this book block by its opening width. Wooden tools / Manual presses Bookbinder's wooden double-screw press 40 cm width between screws with wooden screws - Screw length: approx. 55 cm made of well-seasoned wood 60 cm width between screws Page 264

275 Tools Wooden tools / Manual presses Tightening handle for double-screw press with wooden screws made of wood Support for double-screw press Height: 90 cm made of wood Wooden tools / Bookbinder s press Wooden bookbinder's press Pressing area: 33 x 42 cm With pressing plates made of hard wood and metal guide bar Daylight: 39 cm Height: 58 cm / with moved-out spindle 95 cm Steel and cast-iron book presses are shown in the machine section. Wooden tools / Edge gilding presses Double-screw edge gilding press Width between screws: 45 cm Double-screw edge gilding press Width between screws: 35 cm Page 265

276 Tools Wooden tools / Edge gilding presses Set of binding bars for edge gilding press Width: 35 cm / (1 piece = 1 set) Attention: Gilding press requires drillings to fit the bars! Wooden tools / Trimming plane Trimming plane with circular blade Width: 25 cm incl. spare blade Spare circular blade for trimming-plane Ø 35 mm Wooden tools / Pressing boards Pressing board made of beech plywood waterproof laminated 150 x 95 mm / 15 mm thick 240 x 165 mm / 15 mm thick 320 x 240 mm / 15 mm thick 380 x 250 mm / 15 mm thick 430 x 300 mm / 15 mm thick 500 x 370 mm / 15 mm thick 600 x 450 mm / 15 mm thick 240 x 165 mm / 20 mm thick 280 x 200 mm / 20 mm thick 320 x 240 mm / 20 mm thick 380 x 250 mm / 20 mm thick 430 x 300 mm / 20 mm thick 500 x 370 mm / 20 mm thick 600 x 450 mm / 20 mm thick 430 x 300 mm / 25 mm thick 500 x 370 mm / 25 mm thick 600 x 450 mm / 25 mm thick Page 266

277 Tools Wooden tools / Pressing boards Pressing board with joint former 320 x 240 x 20 mm for parchment-bound books waterproof laminated 430 x 300 x 21 mm Wooden tools / Sewing frames and accessories Beeswax for manual sewing Piece / 100 g Sewing frame - standard version Width: 60 cm made of well-seasoned hardwood Sewing frame screws fitted to the back - Width: 60 cm made of well-seasoned hardwood Sewing hook with wing-nut for sewing frames to hold the upper band support Page 267

278 Tools Wooden tools / Sewing frames and accessories Upper band support for sewing frames Bottom band support for sewing frames Total length: 6 cm Sewing pin for sewing frame to fix the sewing cord Bookbinders' needles #18-62 x 1.2 mm / standard Packet of 25 pieces Sold by the packet #15-69 x 1.8 mm / extra Wooden tools / Rounding block Rounding block with 4 different roundings made of wood / Length: approx. 40 cm Rounding diameters: 20, 40, 60 and 80 mm Page 268

279 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Tools for gilding with gold leaf Gilding board with scale and right-angle stops for line gilding Gilding and edge gilding / Edge gilding tools Edge gilding board, conical 155 x 150 mm used for pressing during edge-gilding 240 x 150 mm Gilding cushion covered with suede and wind protection Size: 150 x 255 mm Agate burnisher, tooth-shaped approx. 20 mm approx. 30 mm Agate Burnisher, T-shaped approx. 25 mm approx. 40 mm Page 269

280 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Edge gilding tools Edge gilding roll, electrically heated 230 V / Hz for edge-gilding with edge-gilding foil Width: 50 mm to be controlled by external thermostat Recommended accessories: - Thermostat, item no for 230 V (respectively for 110 V) - Edge-gilding primer, item no Edge-gilding foil, item no (gold) or (silver) 110 V / Hz - for Japan, USA etc Spare silicone roller for edge-gilding roll Width: 50 mm Quick-acting clamp for edge gilding Daylight: 320 mm Gilding and edge gilding / Finishing rolls and pallets Single-line gilding roll not mitred Please state line width required with order. mitred 90 mitred Gilding tool "Ascona" handle with brass point Page 270

281 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Finishing rolls and pallets Curved decorative pallet made of brass Price category P with wooden handle - Length: 7.5 cm Please ask for our special catalogue for finishing tools showing all designs available. In case of order, the design number required must be stated. Price category Q Price category R Price category S Price category T Price category U Price category V Price category W Price category X Price category Y Price category Z Decorative strip made of brass Price category P to be used in typeholder - Length: 9 cm The picture shows a small selection of designs. Please ask for our special catalogue for finishing tools showing all designs available. In case of order, the design number required must be stated. Price category Q Price category R Price category S Price category T Price category U Price category V Price category W Price category X Price category Y Price category Z Decorative brass roll Price category P (without handle) Please ask for our special catalogue for finishing tools showing all designs available. In case of order, the design number required must be stated. Appropriate handles are available with item no (unheated) and item no (to be heated by external thermostat). Price category Q Price category R Price category S Price category T Price category U Price category V Price category W Price category X Price category Y Price category Z Set of decorative line pallets - brass single line with wooden handle for manual gold finishing consisting of 10 hand pallets of different lengths double line - same thickness double line - one thick, one thin line Page 271

282 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Finishing rolls and pallets Set of decorative line strips - brass single line strips for use in typeholders consisting of 10 decorative strips of different lengths double line - same thickness double line - one thick, one thin line Set of gouges - brass with wooden handle for manual gold finishing consisting of 12 gouges of different lengths Set of circle gouges - brass with wooden handle for manual gold finishing consisting of 4 circle gouges of different diameters Set of semi-circle gouges - brass with handle for manual gold finishing consisting of 5 semi-circle gouges of different radius Set of professional gouges - brass with handle for manual gold finishing consisting of 43 gouges of different lengths Set of gouges - brass strips to be used in typeholders consisting of 12 strips of different lengths Page 272

283 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Finishing rolls and pallets Set of circle gouges - brass strips to be used in typeholders consisting of 4 strips of different diameter Set of semi-circle gouges - brass strips to be used in typeholders consisting of 5 strips of different radius Set of professional gouges - brass strips to be used in typeholders consisting of 43 strips of different lengths Gilding and edge gilding / Hand finishing tools Hand tool made of brass Price category A with wooden handle for manual gold finishing Please ask for our special catalogue for finishing tools showing all designs available. In case of order, the design number required must be stated. Price category B Price category C Price category D Price category E Price category F Price category G Blocking die made of brass Price category A to be used in typeholders Please ask for our special catalogue for finishing tools showing all designs available. In case of order, the design number required must be stated. Price category B Price category C Price category D Price category E Price category F Price category G Page 273

284 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Hand finishing tools Set of "Amateur" hand tools - brass No (junior) with handle for manual gold finishing The tools of this set are also available individually. No (senior) Set of "Amateur" blocking dies - brass No (junior) to be used in typeholders The tools of this set are also available individually. No (senior) Gilding and edge gilding / Handles for gilding tools Handle for brass gilding rolls not heated (without roll) approx. 45 cm long Electric roll holder 230 V for brass gilding rolls to be operated by external thermostat For heating we recommend the use of our thermostat with item no for 230 V (respectively for 110 V) 110 V (for USA, Japan etc.) Electric pallet holder 230 V for hand pallets to be operated by external thermostat For heating we recommend the use of our thermostat with item no for 230 V (respectively for 110 V) 110 V (for USA, Japan etc.) Page 274

285 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Typeholders Hand typeholder, not heated - 50 mm non-centering No stock item. Delivery time: approx. 4-6 weeks - 75 mm mm Shortline typeholder, 90 mm wide 230 volts watts (A.C.) with quick-acting clamping device for PräGnant and PräGnant XS(-E) Also suitable for manual stamping. to be controlled by external thermostat 110 volts watts (A.C.) Typeholder, non-heated Width: 110 mm - self-centering for Prägnant XS-U and manual use Included in delivery of the PräGnant XS-U. Devices to heat up unheated typeholders and finishing tools are shown in the section "Accessories for manual stamping" in the chapter Prä bookbinding machines Gilding and edge gilding / Typestyles Haas typestyle Diethelm Antiqua - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Page 275

286 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Typestyles Haas typestyle Bodoni Antiqua - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Haas typestyle Helvetica Mager - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Haas typestyle Normal Grotesk - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Page 276

287 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Typestyles Haas typestyle Commercial Grotesk - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Haas typestyle Steinschrift - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Haas typestyle Schmale Magere Grotesk - 6 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters. - 8/10 point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Page 277

288 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Typestyles Haas typestyle Diskus Mager - 12 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No Haas typestyle Schmale Haas Gotisch - 14 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No Haas typestyle Newberry Detterer - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation The set does not includes spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Page 278

289 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Typestyles Haas typestyle Bodoni Kursiv - 8/10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters point, No point, No point, No point, No Haas typestyle Enge Latein 10 point, No made of zinc-aluminium - set of 280 characters Body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation. The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters. 12 point, No point, No point, No point, No point, No Haas typestyle - initials set 16 point, Diethelm Antiqua, No made of zinc-aluminium - Set of 59 characters Body height: mm Set consists of: - 2 each off A - Z - 1 each off Ä, Ö, Ü - 2 each off dot and hyphen - 5 spacers Please ask for our special catalogue on HAAS typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. HAAS typestyles are also available in sets of 280 pieces (consisting of upper- und lower-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters. 16 point, Helvetica Mager, No Page 279

290 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Typestyles Set of spacers, made of zinc-aluminium - 6 point for Haas typestyle Complete set consisting of 7 pcs each off 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 pcs of 12 width (combination subject to change without notice) - 8/10 point - 10 point - 12 point - 14 point - 16 point - 20 point - 24 point - 28 point - 36 point Wooden letter case for type font with divisioning inserts Dimensions: 22.4 x 11.5 mm Please state the size of the typestyle to be stored in this case. The inserts will be set according to the point size. Protective oil, acid-free for hot-stamping type / flacon to protect against oxydation Brass typestyle, engraved - 4 point complete set with 280 characters Standard body height: mm The set consists of upper-case characters, lower-case characters, numbers and punctuation The set does not include spacers (blanks). If required, please order them additionally (item no XXX). Sizes point are available by request. Please ask for our special catalogue on brass typestyles, showing all styles available, set combinations etc. Brass typestyles are also available in sets of 150 pieces (consisting of upper-case characters, numbers and interpunctuation only) and as single characters. Please state typestyle with order! - 6 point - 8 point - 10 point - 12 point - 14 point - 16 point - 18 point - 20 point - 22 point - 24 point - 26 point - 28 point - 30 point - 32 point - 36 point Page 280

291 Tools Gilding and edge gilding / Typestyles Set of spacers (blanks) - 4 point for brass typestyles Complete set consisting of spacers of 2, 3, 4, 6 and 12 width, assorted Spacers for sizes point by request. - 6 point - 8 point - 10 point - 12 point - 14 point - 16 point - 18 point - 20 point - 22 point - 24 point - 26 point - 28 point - 30 point - 32 point - 36 point Wooden type cabinet with 6 drawers Dimensions: approx x 31.5 x 32.5 cm Wooden type cabinet with 10 drawers Dimensions: approx x 31.5 x 44 cm Page 281

292 Tools General tools / Awls Awl with interchangeable pinpoint Total length: 13 cm Awl with fixed pinpoint Tips for awls Contents: Packet of 12 tips Thickness: 2 mm Length: 50 mm Sold by the packet. General tools / Tweezers Tweezers Length: 11.5 cm Width (tip): approx. 2 mm General tools / Wooden hammer Wooden hammer, round Diameter: 70 mm Page 282

293 Tools General tools / Spatula Spatula with wooden handle Width: 60 mm General tools / Rubber finger stalls Rubber finger stalls (with pins), green Type 1 - Ø 12 mm Sold by the piece Type 2 - Ø 15 mm Type 3 - Ø 17 mm Type 4 - Ø 19 mm General tools / Work wear Cotton gloves, white Size 08 - for women (units = pairs) Sold by the pair Size 13 - for men Bookbinder's apron, green "The World of Bookbinding" - approx. 75 cm wide and 100 cm high - with closed neck strap - with 2 long waist straps - 65 % cotton, 35 % polyester Breathing mask with active charcoal filter and particle filter Page 283

294 Tools General tools / Work wear Goggles (full sight) with indirect airing and non-condensing polycarbonate lenses Safety gloves made of chloroprene, black, flock-lined 31 cm long against oil, grease, acids and bases Category III, Size 9 and 10 General tools / Bookbinder s tool bag Roll-up bag for tools made of leather cloth, empty Dimensions: 540 x 320 mm Bookbinder's tool bag complete with 14 tools Contents: 1x Bookbinder's needles x Bookbinder's knife x German leather-paring knife x Martor cutter x Pocket scissors, round x Multi-purpose scissors x Steel compasses x Folding rule x Awl x Bonefolder x Bonefolder "Kersten" x Bonefolder x Pencil 1x Rubber eraser Page 284

295 Tools General tools / Sponges WISHAB sponge soft for dry cleaning of surface stains e.g. on pictures or matboard Quality soft: for sensitive and structured surfaces Quality hard: for smooth surfaces hard WISHAB paper sponge - white for dry cleaning of paper consisting of a blue lever with a foamed white cleaning sponge mounted to it. The material of the paper sponge is chlorine-free and reduced sulphur and is therefore particularly suitable for cleaning paper General tools / Needles for thread-binding machines Sewing needles no for Brehmer sewing machine / Packet of 10 needles Shank-Ø: 1,90 mm Shank length: 12,0 mm Shaft-Ø: 1,50 mm Needle length: 41,20 mm Sold by the packet. Pricking needles no for Brehmer sewing machine / Packet of 10 needles Shank-Ø: 1,83 mm Shaft-Ø: 1,83 mm Needle length: 66,50 mm Sold by the packet. Bearded needles no for Brehmer sewing machine / Packet of 10 needles Shank-Ø: 1,65mm Shaft-Ø: 1,65 mm Needle length: 51,60 mm Thread gap: 0,40 mm Sold by the packet. Page 285

296 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Hole-punching pliers Revolving hollow punch with punching tools Ø 2-4 mm Total length: 22 cm Slothole pliers for ID tag clips to punch ID tags Punching: slothole 16 x 3 mm (especially when using laminating pouches) Eyeletting and punching tools / Eyeletting pliers Hand punching and eyeletting pliers for eyelets with 4.5 mm outer Ø top quality with return spring and adjustable stop Total length: 16 cm Colour: black Eyeletting and punching tools / Manual paper drilling device Manual paper drilling device (handle) for drill bits of 3.0 / 4.0 / 5.5 mm Ø (Handle without drill bits) Drill bit Ø 3.0 mm - Total length: 9.5 mm for manual paper drilling device Sold by the piece Ø 4.0 mm - Total length: 9.5 mm Ø 5.5 mm - Total length: 17 mm Page 286

297 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Manual paper drilling device Support to hold a paper drill for drills of 3.0 / 4.0 / 5.5 mm Ø to be used with a hammer Eyeletting and punching tools / Hollow punches Punching tool for manual hollow punching made of steel - 2 mm Ø - 3 mm Ø - 4 mm Ø - 5 mm Ø - 6 mm Ø - 7 mm Ø - 8 mm Ø - 9 mm Ø - 10 mm Ø - 12 mm Ø - 15 mm Ø - 16 mm Ø - 20 mm Ø - 24 mm Ø - 30 mm Ø - 35 mm Ø Page 287

298 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Drill bits for paper drilling machines Drill bit STANDARD - uncoated Standard length - for European drilling machines uncoated tool steel Vickers hardness: > Suitable for standard papers (offset, copy, recycled papers) Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø mm = TL 58 mm / DL 24 mm Drill Ø 3,0-3.5 mm = TL 75 mm / DL 30 mm Drill Ø 4,0-4.5 mm = TL 85 mm / DL 40 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 50 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 75 mm / DL 60 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 2.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 2.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 9.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 9.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 10.5 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 11.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 11.5 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 12.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 13.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 13.5 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 14.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 15.0 mm 24 mm shank / Ø 15.0 mm 24 mm shank / Ø 16.0 mm 24 mm shank / Ø 18.0 mm 24 mm shank / Ø 20.0 mm 24 mm shank / 22.0 mm Drill bit STANDARD 11 mm shank / Ø 4.0 mm EXTRA LONG - for European drilling machines uncoated tool steel Vickers hardness: > Suitable for standard papers (offset, copy, recycled papers) Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø 4.0 mm = TL 100 mm / DL 50 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 100 mm / DL 65 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 9.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm Page 288

299 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Drill bits for paper drilling machines Drill bit - TUNGSTEN CARBIDE Standard length - for European drilling machines rough, hard surface, mills itself free Vickers hardness: > Application: cardboard/board, manifold paper, aluminium foil 11 mm shank / Ø 2.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 2.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 9.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 12.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 13.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 14.0 mm 16 mm shank / Ø 15.0 mm Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø mm = TL 58 mm / DL 24 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 75 mm / DL 30 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 40 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 50 mm Drill bit - TUNGSTEN CARBIDE 11 mm shank / Ø 4.0 mm EXTRA LONG - for European drilling machines rough, hard surface, mills itself free Vickers hardness: > Application: cardboard/board, manifold paper, aluminium foil Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø mm = TL 100 mm / DL 50 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 100 mm / DL 65 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 9.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm Page 289

300 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Drill bits for paper drilling machines 11 mm shank / Ø 2.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 2.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 9.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm Drill bit - HARD CHROME Standard length - for European drilling machines The hard-chrome coating reduces friction resistance and increases the durability of the drill bit Vickers hardness: > Application: offset, copy, recycled paper, coated paper, manifold paper, cardboard/board (limited) Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø mm = TL 58 mm / DL 24 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 75 mm / DL 30 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 40 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 50 mm Drill bit - HARD CHROME 11 mm shank / Ø 4.0 mm EXTRA LONG - for European drilling machines The hard-chrome coating reduces friction resistance and increases the durability of the drill bit Vickers hardness: > Application: offset, copy, recycled paper, coated paper, manifold paper, cardboard/board (limited) Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø mm = TL 100 mm / DL 50 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 100 mm / DL 65 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 9.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm Page 290

301 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Drill bits for paper drilling machines Drill bit GLEITSCHICHT (lubricant coating) Standard length - for European drilling machines - nano lubricating particles in galvanic nickel reduces friction resistance - Vickers hardness: > Application: coated papers, plastic films (soft PVC, PE) Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø 2.0 and 2.5 mm = TL 58 mm / DL 24 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 75 mm / DL 30 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 40 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 50 mm Further diameters, which are no longer produced, may still be available in our online shop While stock lasts. 11 mm shank / Ø 2.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 2.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 3.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 4.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 5.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 6.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 7.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 8.5 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 9.0 mm 11 mm shank / Ø 10.0 mm Drill bit KERMA - uncoated for machines with 10 mm shank - standard length Standard degree of hardness for standard papers Total length (TL) and drilling length (DL) for the following drill diameters: Drill Ø mm = TL 58 mm / DL 24 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 75 mm / DL 30 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 40 mm Drill Ø mm = TL 85 mm / DL 50 mm 2.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 2.5 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 3.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 3.5 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 4.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 4.5 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 5.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 5.5 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 6.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 6.5 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 7.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 7.5 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 8.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 8.5 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) 9.0 mm (10 mm shank for Kerma) Page 291

302 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Hollow punch Blow hole Ø 3.0 mm (10 mm shank) for manual punching devices Punch thickness: approx. 25 mm Ø 3.5 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 4.0 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 4.5 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 5.0 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 5.5 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 6.0 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 6.5 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 7.0 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 8.0 mm (10 mm shank) Ø 9.0 mm (12 mm shank) Ø 10.0 mm (16 mm shank) Ø 11.0 mm (16 mm shank) Ø 12.0 mm (16 mm shank) Eyeletting and punching tools / Lubricants Special wax paper for drill bits Packet with 100 sheets in size 300 x 60 mm Drilling through the wax paper greases the drill bits inside and outside and reduces friction as well as corrosion and plugging Sold by the packet. Drill-Ease - Lubricant stick for drill bits to improve the gliding quality of drill bits Sold by the piece Eyeletting and punching tools / Drill sharpener Drill sharpener complete with sintered carbide insert and grindstone - stable position - additional pusher to remove paper waste inside the drill bit - grindstone to smoothen the outer drill bit edges after sharpening Page 292

303 Tools Eyeletting and punching tools / Drill sharpener Spare sintered carbide insert for drill sharpener Spare grindstone for drill sharpener Page 293

304 Tools Any good craftsman knows that high-quality, professional tools are very important. Therefore tools are the third large product group in our range besides consumables and machines. This becomes obvious in this catalogue: after consumables, tools take second most space. We distinguish tools that we develop and manufacture ourselves from ready tools from other suppliers. The tools we manufacture were created according to requirements from the craft trade - their ideas turned into our products. These products include, for example, our case-making squares, spine gauge, edge-gilding clamps and also the well-known leather-paring device Schärffix. Typical products are knives and scissors for manual jobs, e. g. leather-paring knives or headband scissors. Measuring devices such as paper-stacking meters, straightedges or steel squares and paper drill bits are also part of our tools range. Moreover, we supply traditional tools which are still used today in everyday work, e. g. bonefolders. Nowadays, these are not only made of bone, but also available in Teflon quality. Anything but commonplace are our traditional wooden tools like double-scew presses or edge-gilding presses. We also supply a wide range of brass finishing tools (e. g. gilding rolls and pallets). A special catalogue is available showing all the designs. Page 294

305

306 Miscellaneous...there must be more than that! True. To find the right products from our range or to learn more about their correct use, you may find the appropriate guides here. Find more information in our books and special catalogues. In addition to our videos on YouTube, you may also see it on our DVD's. Furthermore you may buy shopping vouchers for our webshop as a gift for familiy and friends. Guides / Books "Buchbinden Schritt für Schritt" Guideline for manual binding Size: DIN A5, approx. 130 pages Language: German 2009 Schmedt GmbH & Co. KG das binderbuch bound copy "Printdesign spürbar verbessern" available as bound copy or as book block with endsheets for own casing-in Language: German book block with endsheets Guides / DVDs PräGnant DVD Creative finishing with the PräGnant blocking press Language: German Page 296

307 Miscellaneous Vouchers / Vouchers Voucher Value: EUR for online shopping on schmedt24.de The voucher with the code will be sent by as a PDF file. The voucher is valid for online orders only. Value: EUR Value: EUR Special catalogues / Haas typestyles Catalogue: Haas Typestyles Typestyles made of zinc-aluminium Special catalogues / Brass typestyles Catalogue: Brass Typestyles Special catalogues / Finishing tools Catalogue: Finishing tools made of brass Hand tools, decorative pallets, blocking dies, finishing rolls Page 297

308 Miscellaneous Special catalogues / Catalogue of coloured papers Catalogue: Coloured papers Language: German For Englisch, French or Spanish, please use item no Catalogue: Coloured papers Foreign languages Languages availabe: Englisch, French or Spanish - please state! Samples / Sample book Sample book, complete with sample cards of papers, cardboard, cloth, leather etc. Samples / Sample cards / Papers Sample cards S-A1a for end and deckle-edge papers Types: S-A1a End papers A-A1b End papers S-A2 Writing and real deckle-edge paper S-A3 Deckle-edge papers Ingres S-A4 Deckle-edge papers Bugra and hand-made S-A2 S-A3 S-A4 S-A1b Page 298

309 Miscellaneous Samples / Sample cards / Papers Sample cards for cover papers S-B S-B Types: S-B1 Efalin S-B2 Elephant hide, cloudy marbled, rope and velours paper S-B3 Rainbow LX - Vicuna, Mattone S-B4 Rainbow LX - Sedona, Palermo, Cordoba, Loredo S-B5 Rainbow LX - Mohave, Cheyenne, Dakota S-B6 Nebelhorn cover paper, leatherette paper S-B7 Madera, Kork S-B3 S-B4 S-B5 S-B6 S-B Sample cards for Japanese papers S-C Type: S-C4 Japanese paper, wood veneer, glassine paper Samples / Sample cards / Cardboards Sample cards for cardboard S-D S-D Types: S-D1 Folder and cover board S-D2 Photo / Mat board S-D3 Museum, blotting, display board S-D Samples / Sample cards / Cloth Sample cards for binding cloths S-E with open (uncoated) surface Types: S-E3 Imperial S-E5 Regency S-E6 Alsace N + G S-E7 Savanna S-E5 S-E6 S-E Page 299

310 Miscellaneous Samples / Sample cards / Cloth Sample card for raw and natural linen S-E Type: S-E4 Raw, jute, natural linen Sample cards for binding cloth S-F1a with coated surface Types: S-F1a Englisch Buckram (1) S-F1b Englisch Buckram (2) S-F1c Englisch Buckram Sparkle, Neon, Metallic S-F1d Englisch Buckram Matt S-F2 Buckingham, Chelsea, Balmoral S-F1b S-F1c S-F2 S-F1d Sample card for leather cloth S-F Type: S-F3 Leather cloth Samples / Sample cards / Techn. materials Sample cards for technical materials S-G S-G Types: S-G1 Calico, map cloth, filter fleece, crepe paper S-G2 Mull, backliner, Molton Samples / Sample cards / Leather Sample card for binding leather S-H Type: S-H1 Capra goat skin Page 300

311 Miscellaneous Samples / Sample cards / Hot-stamping foils Sample card for hot-stamping foils S-J S-J Types: S-J1 Hot-stamping foils metallic S-J2 Hot-stamping foils mat Page 301

312 Special catalogues / Samples Even though we have added a lot of information to our catalogue, not all items may be presented sufficiently. Therefore, we have several special catalogues and documents available by request.* Special catalogues - Coloured papers - Haas typestyles made of zinc-aluminium - Brass typestyles - Brass finishing tools Individual brochures - Prä bookbinding machines - Third-party machines - Work benches and paper shelves... and many more Data sheets - Technical data sheets on adhesives, self-adhesive products, cloth, paper etc. - Safety data sheets on adhesives and other products Sample cards - Papers - Binding cloths - Cardboards - Leather - Technical materials Sample book - Complete range of sample cards in a folder DVD - Prä bookbinding machines - Kreatives Prägen mit der Prägepresse PräGnant (German) Literature - Buchbinden Schritt für Schritt (German) - das binderbuch (German) * partly subject to a fee Page 302

313

314 Prä Bookbinding machines A synthesis of manual and mechanical production Schmedt s Prä machines are the result of the needs of hand bookbinders. In 1967, the PräGnant blocking press was developed, because bookbinders asked for a simple and efficient press. During the years, a wide range of machines was put on the market, which in the meantime covers all processes involved in the production of hardcover books. Thereby always keeping in mind: format changes must be simple and nearly without setup times, small and medium volumes in library quality have to be feasible and investment must be manageable. Block-making / Fanbinder PräColl Fanbinder With built-in gluing machine, jogging plate + rounding blocks Delivery includes 2 drying clamps. Max. book block thickness: approx. 80 mm Max. book block height: 345 mm Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Radii of the rounding blocks: 1 - R 0 (flat) 2 - R 20 mm 3 - R 30 mm 4 - R 40 mm 5 - R 65 mm PräGlu Manual fan-binder Working width: 65 cm incl. (1) gluing clamp (with large glue plates) and (1) drying clamp Page 304

315 Prä Bookbinding machines Block-making / Add-ons PräziGard - Endsheet gluing machine ideal for sewn book blocks Book block sizes: Min.: 110 x 148 mm Max.: 225 x 320 mm Block thickness: 1-50 mm Max. output: 360 cycles / hour Power supply: V - 50/60 Hz (A.C.) - 0,1 kw Dimensions (LxWxH): 1540 x 390 x 365 mm PräziBand - Headbanding machine to easily attach headband to the book block Book block sizes: Width: mm Height: mm Thickness: 3-79 mm Max. output: 360 cycles / hour Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz (A.C.) Air pressure: 6 bar Machine dimensions: 690 x 290 x 420 mm Packing included. The headband length required is set on the control panel. The headband is then applied automatically to the book block inserted using a double-sided adhesive tape. Recommended consumables: PräFix 700 double-sided adhesive tape in 9 mm width (item no ) Machine headband (item no XXX) PräSeco Infra-red heated drying device for glued book blocks including 6 drying clamps Option: Extension frame, approx. 100 cm PräPress Pressing clamp for adhesive-bound book blocks incl. 2 guide rods to be used in a manual book press or hydraulic press Pressing are: 35 x 25 cm Opening width: 32 cm Option: Opening width: 80 cm Page 305

316 Prä Bookbinding machines Block-making / Add-ons PräFalz Preparing device with rotary cutter Device to prepare magazines. Enables to accurately attach a paper strip to the cover sheet (mostly cardboard) prior to fan-binding. Uses PräPlast strips with self-adhesive coating of 6 mm width. Cutting length: 34 cm PräPara Book back heating plate to heat up bound book blocks prior to block rounding. Desktop model. Inclination of table adjustable. Temperature controlled by built-in thermostat. Size: 65 x 41 cm Size of heated area: 65 x 11 cm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw PräLomo Book back rounding machine with tilting table plate and heated rounding plate controlled by thermostat Block height: mm Block thickness: 8-80 mm Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) PräLomo Pro Pneumatic book-back rounding machine with tilting table and heated rounding plate. Incl. heating plate Block height: mm Block thickness: 8-80 mm Power supply: 230 Volt (A. C.) Air pressure supply: 6 bar Page 306

317 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / manual PräDeka Case-making combination consisting of the following components: A) PräziCoat XS - gluing machine B) PräDeck - casemaker C) PräKant - turning-in machine D) System base, consisting of 2 stands and material support All machines from this system may be used as standalone machines. PräziCoat XS Two-roller gluing machine - Roller width: 350 mm - for hot glue (and cold glue) / for PräDeka - speed continuously adjustable - sheet reversing device included - heated glue tray with temperature control - glue film is adjusted by roller distance - Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) PräDeck Manual casemaker desktop model with built-in illuminated case and centre lines to align pre-printed cover materials. Contents: - joint bars 8 mm (set) - tools - power supply for illuminated case. PräKant Turning-in machine for book cases posters and calendar backs with a finished size between 120 x 120 mm and 664 x 664 mm Power supply: 230 V / 50/60 Hz / 0,2 kw (A.C.) Air pressure required: 6 bar PräDeka system base to build-up a case-making combination consists of two combined tables with bottom intermediate shelves, a shelf for pre-cut boards, cover material etc., a drawer and a lateral storage space adjustable in height for the gluing machine. The complete system base is adjustable in height. Dimensions (WxDxH): 2400 x 780 x 600 (to 800) mm Page 307

318 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / semi-automatic PräziCase Pro Semi-automatic casemaker for hardcover cases Incl. single-board guide With central control unit PowerTower incl. touchscreen, therefore upgradable to the Cover 1 system Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz Pneumatic: 6 bar - 54 l/m Finished case sizes: Without corner cutter: - Height: mm - Width: mm With corner cutter: - Height: mm - Width: mm Also available as XL version for the following finished case sizes (open): w/o corner cutter: width up to 711 mm w/ corner cutter: width up to 787 mm PräziCase Semi-automatic casemaker for hardcover cases incl. guide to align single board products Finished case sizes: - Height: mm - Width: mm (Minimum panel size: 100 x 100 mm single sheet, front or rear panel) - Board thickness: mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 10 Amp Pneumatic: 6 bar - 20 l/m Optional extras: - Asymmetrical book cover support for one-piece cases and three-piece cases with front and rear panels of different dimensions Also available as XL version for the following finished case sizes (open): - Height: mm - Width: mm Page 308

319 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / semi-automatic PräDeka XL Semi-automatic casemaker for hardcover cases, also large formats Besides book cases almost any turned-edge product with single-, multi-part or asymmetric cases may be processed. Trimmed case sizes: - Height: mm - Width: mm (Min. size of each cover board: 70 x 150 mm) - Board thickness: mm - Spine width: 8-85 mm Power supply: 230 Volt - 50 Hz kw Air supply: 6 bar - 6 ltr/min. The following standard accessories are available: - Centre joint bars in different widths - Side joint bars for special cases (multi-part and asymetric) - Set of stops for 15 mm turn-in overlap - Set of rollers for sensitive materials (for processing products which are succeptible to scratching with board thickness up to 3 mm) - Drawer to be mounted unterneath the suction table along the full machine width. Page 309

320 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / barcode-controlled with Cover 1 system Cover 1-System Case-making sytem, constisting of A. PräziCase Pro C1 - Casemaker B. PräziTrim C1 - Board trimmer C. PräziSpine C1 - Flexible spine cutter D. PräziCoat Pro C1 - Gluing machine for hotmelt gelatine E. Stand for PräziCoat Pro C1 PräziCase Pro C Semi-automatic casemaker for hardcover cases within the Cover 1 system incl. corner cutter, barcode reader and single-board guide With automatic side guides and gage arms The machine is controlled by the PowerTower unit Finished case sizes: - Height: mm - Width: mm PräziSpine C Automatic trimmer for fast and accurate trimming of flexible spine hollows To be used in the barcode-controlled Cover 1 system The machine is controlled by the central control unit PowerTower. PräziSheet C Automatic machine to trim printed and laminated or unlaminated cover papers To be used as part of the Cover1 systems or as standalone machine. The machine is controlled by a tablet PC included in delivery. Material height: mm Material width: mm Air supply: 6 bar Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 10 A Output: up to 300 cycles / h Page 310

321 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / barcode-controlled with Cover 1 system PräziCoat Pro Gluing machine for hotmelt gelatine (protein glue) with automatic viscosity control and timer The machine is controlled by the central control unit PowerTower of the PräziCase Pro or the PräziCase Pro C1 Roller width: 530 mm Air: approx. 3,8 l/min at 2,4-8,2 bar Water: 1/4"line, bar Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) The picture shows the machine with optional stand with built-in water pump and water container Also available as stand-alone machine. PräziTrim C Automatic trimmer for fast and accurate trimming of boards and spines for case-making To be used in the barcode-controlled Cover-1 system The machine is controlled by the central control unit PowerTower. Trim width: 6 mm mm Trim height: 127 mm mm Blank width: 250 mm mm Blank height: 150 mm- 400 mm Board thickness: 1,5-3,5 mm Air supply: 8 bar Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz / 15 A (A.C.) Output of the whole Cover-1 system:approx. 240 pcs./h Also available as stand-alone machine. Page 311

322 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / Gluing machines PräziCoat XS Two-roller gluing machine - Roller width: 350 mm - for hot glue (and cold glue) / for PräDeka - speed continuously adjustable - sheet reversing device included - heated glue tray with temperature control - glue film is adjusted by roller distance - Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) PräziCoat 500 mm roller width Two-roller gluing machine for hot glue (and cold glue) especially for hotmelt gelatine (required e.g. for gluing laminated cover papers) with water feed Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Optional extras: - Stand with 2 drawers, on castors and with jackscrews (see picture) - Automatic water feed PräVis (see picture) - Sheet-reversing device to release the cover material with the glued side on top - Temperature control with built-in timer for weekdays and hours 650 mm roller width (XL) 800 mm roller width (XXL) PräziCoat Pro Touchscreen Gluing machine for hotmelt gelatine (protein glue) Temperature, speed, viscosity and timer are controlled by tablet PC. Roller width: 530 mm Air: approx. 3,8 l/min at 2,4-8,2 bar Water: 1/4"line, bar Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) The picture shows the machine with optional stand with built-in water pump and water container Case-making / Add-ons PräPremo - book corner press manual to fix book corners up to 30 mm length in a handy case incl. an assortment of metal corners Page 312

323 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / Add-ons PräPremo Pro - book corner press pneumatic suitable for fixing book corners up to 50 mm length - air pressure adjustable - pressure stroke adjustable (to avoid too much pressure on the corners) - Fixture for the corners on the left angle guide for quick positioning - Finger protection is also activation switch for the pressing process Device requires compressed air. PräziCorner Corner-punching machine with combined jogging devic to quickly align and cut the corners of the cover sheets Punching power: max. 40 mm with straight knive 50 mm manual desktop model PräZis Pro 58 cm cutting length Cover material shears for full-bound cases with pneumatic corner cutter Requires 4 bar compressed air 71 cm cutting length (XL) PräZis Pneumatic corner cutter for the cover material of full-bound cases. Desktop model with rubber feet for individual positioning. Requires compressed air of 4 bar. PräKasch 40 x 60 cm pressing area toggle-lever case press - desktop model to press down book cases, posters, calendar backs etc. after turning-in. Equipped with flexible rubber plate with thicker centre to press book cases. (May also be equipped with flat rubber plate for posters.) Thickness: 0-30 mm Also available with stand w/ or w/o castors 52 x 85 cm pressing area (XL) Page 313

324 Prä Bookbinding machines Case-making / Add-ons PräRund up to 45 cm spine length Case-hollow rounding machine with electrically heated rounding bar controlled by thermostat Spine width: mm Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) up to 60 cm spine length (XL) Finishing / Casing-in PräLeg up to 340 mm block height Book casing-in machine Block sizes: Block thickness: approx mm Block width: mm Block height: as of 80 mm Power supply: 1 Phase V Air supply: 6 bar With optional special support block width as of 60 mm up to 450 mm block height (XL) Finishing / Pressing / Joint-setting PräForm XS Book press / joint-setting machine Book sizes: Thickness: 2-75 mm Width: mm Height: mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz (A.C.) Dimensions (WxHxD): 600 x 430 x 550 mm PräForm Book press / joint-setting machine Book sizes: Thickness: mm Width: mm Height: mm Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz / 2,0 kw (A. C.) PräForm Pro Multi-station book press / joint-setting machine with piling unit Book sizes: Thickness: up to 70 mm Width: mm Height: up to 315 mm Output: approx. 250 pcs/h Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz / 0,8 kw Page 314

325 Prä Bookbinding machines Finishing / Add-ons Barcode extension Type incl. interface for customer's data processing consists of: - bar code reader with cable and stand - license key for PräLeg software - network software module "ScanMaster" Functions of this extension: - comparison of bar codes on book block and case - activating the casing-in process when the codes match - transmission of success or failure information into the"scanmaster" module Hot-foil stamping / Manual stamping PräGnant Titling press with manual foil feed Basic machine without accessories. Table size: 430 x 500 mm inclination of table variable for product thicknesses up to approx. 40 mm Basic machine without accessories image incl. accessories PräGnant XS-E - manual blocking press with electrically heated typeholder for one-off titles and name embossings - Tilting table 300 x 200 mm - adjustable support by lateral scales - Pressure: ca. 250 kp V (A.C.) Standard delivery includes: 1 electrically heated typeholder ( ) 1 thermostat ( ) 1 starter set stamping foils ( ) 1 pair of tweezers ( ) 1 steel ruler, 30 cm ( ) 1 angled plate, 30 mm ( ) 1 magnet ( ) 1 die-holding plate ( ) 2 sample cards foils ) Dimensions: H43 x D36 x W25 cm Also available for 110 V power supply (e. g. for USA, Japan). Page 315

326 Prä Bookbinding machines Hot-foil stamping / Manual stamping PräGnant XS-U - manual blocking press with unheated typeholder for one-off titles and name embossings - Tilting table 300 x 200 mm - adjustable support by lateral scales - Pressure: ca. 250 kp Standard delivery includes: 1 unheated typeholder ( ) 1x starter set stamping foils ( ) 1x pair of tweezers ( ) 1x steel ruler, 30 cm ( ) 1x angled plate, 30 mm ( ) 1x magnet ( ) 1 die-holding plate ( ) 2x sample cards foils ) Dimensions: H43 x D36 x W25 cm Hot-foil stamping / Accessories for manual stamping Thermostat 230 V / Hz (A.C.) with single shock-proof socket 110 V / Hz (A.C.) Shortline typeholder, 90 mm wide 230 volts watts (A.C.) with quick-acting clamping device for PräGnant and PräGnant XS(-E) Also suitable for manual stamping. to be controlled by external thermostat 110 volts watts (A.C.) Longline typeholder, 200 mm wide 230 V W (A. C.) with quick-acting clamping device / for PräGnant to be controlled by external thermostat Not suitable for PräGnant XS (-E) 110 V W (A. C.) Blockholder 230 volts - 80 watts (A. C.) for PräGnant for stamping small blocks (clichés) up to 60 x 60 mm Not suitable for PräGnant XS (-E) 110 V - 80 W (A. C.) Page 316

327 Prä Bookbinding machines Hot-foil stamping / Accessories for manual stamping Thermostat, large, with 3 sockets 230 volts (AC) separately adjustable, 1 non-adjustable for different accessories 110 volts (AC) Set of extension arms, left for PräGnant Holds the sample card. Not suitable for PräGnant XS (-E) Centraliser for PräGnant to centralise the spine of a book case to block the title Not suitable for PräGnant XS (-E) Angled plate support for DIN A4 / up to 30 mm thickness to stamp on ready books / for PräGnant for DIN A4 / up to 50 mm thickness Angled plate support for DIN A5 / up to 30 mm thickness to stamp on ready books / for PräGnant XS Included in delivery of the PräGnant XS. Round-blocking plate for PräGnant Ground plate with graduated scale, octagonal rotatable disk with line partitioning Not suitable for PräGnant XS (-E) Page 317

328 Prä Bookbinding machines Hot-foil stamping / Accessories for manual stamping Grooving tool 2 mm thick for PräGnant 2 pt grooving line in 200 mm length angle support with 2 adjustment screws Not suitable for PräGnant XS (-E) 4 mm thick 6 mm thick Strong magnet Size 1: 20 x 30 x 12 mm for PräGnant and PräGnant XS - with grip holes to fix the book cover on the round-blocking plate Size 2: 20 x 120 x 12 mm Typeholder, non-heated Width: 110 mm - self-centering for Prägnant XS-U and manual use Included in delivery of the PräGnant XS-U. PräDor Heating station for finishing tools and unheated typeholders Temperature range: approx C Dimensions (WxDxH): 510 x 375 x 145 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 1,5-2 kw ( A. C.) Heating plate for Prägnant XS-U to heat up the non-heated typeholder Temperature range: approx C Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 1,5-2 kw ( A. C.) Dimensions: 250 mm x 290 mm x 90 mm Transport case for PräGnant XS with extra case for accessories and trolley handle Dimensions (int.): 360 x 250 x 80 mm bottom x 410 mm top Page 318

329 Prä Bookbinding machines Hot-foil stamping / Automatic stamping PräziMark - for book titles Type 203: 2-row printwheels 10-36pt Computer-controlled hot-foil stamping machine Especially for single and multiple-line stamping of book titles on open book cases. With split table and standard front clamp for book cases and special support for vertical titles. Insert size: ca. 340 x 600 mm Material thickness: 0-18 mm Incl. all standard accessories and software package for use with a Windows PC. Power supply: 230 volts - single phase Basic machine w/o printwheel. Option (factory-installed): Version with dynamic depth control and heavy frame to stamp soft (e. g. foamed) products and for large typestyles (recommended as of 24 pt) Type 404: 2-4-row printwheels 10-44pt PräziMark - for personalization Type 213: 2-row printwheels 10-36pt Computer-controlled hot-foil stamping machine for single and multiple-line personalization With bevelled book block supports on both sides of the stamping table and pneumatic clamp. Stamping table size: 28 x 28 cm Material thickness: 0 - ca. 8 mm Incl. all standard accessories and software package for use with a Windows PC. Power supply: 230 volts (AC) Basic machine w/o printwheel. Option (factory-installed): Version with dynamic depth control and heavy frame to stamp soft (e. g. foamed) products and for large typestyles (recommended as of 24 pt) Type 414: 2-4-row printwheels 10-44pt Hot-foil stamping / Add-ons for automatic stamping Thermo transfer printer Type DMX M-4206 MK II TT - Print width: max. 104 mm - strong metal housing - Windows Printer Driver - print resolution 203 dpi - up to 152mm/sec print speed - for labels, continuous run, fanfold Ports: RS232, USB, Centronics Hand scanner Touch TD PRO D Imager, reading width 65 mm, extendible decoder multi-interface, black, incl. table/wall fixture with connecting cable CAB 321-SZ keyboard connection mini DIN, black Page 319

330 Machine manufacture For more than 50 years, Schmedt have been wholesalers for bookbinding materials. Even in former times, the range already included tools necessary to make and treat books by hand. Schmedt s good contacts to binders and their wishes resulted in developping the first machines in the early 1960ies. Hanns-Heinrich Schmedt, the father of the current owner, tried to find solutions to simplify the manual work. His first idea was to develop a blocking press on which the product to be stamped as well as the stamping result were visible straight away. With presses available in those days, this was not possible. The blocking press, equipped with a knee-lever, was named PräGnant. It was presented at the Drupa fair in 1967 and was the headstone for a large range of Prä bookbinding machines. The PräGnant was developped in a garage and a small workshop in a private home. But still, the first prototypes were fully operational. With the increasing demand, the workshop was enlarged and staff was employed. Nowadays, a PräGnant may be found in almost any well-equipped bookbindery. In the growing machine section, the casing-in machine PräLeg and the press and joint-setting machine PräForm followed quickly. With these three machines, Schmedt supplied the perfect solutions to facilitate manual work and helped craftsmen to produce small volumes more efficiently. At any time, Schmedt considered the demands of binders with respect to changing formats. Until now, the demand on developers is to avoid and/or minimize set-up times. Nowadays, Schmedt have a large new building in Bienenbüttel near Lüneburg in Lower Saxony in which a modern factory was installed. We have always been trying to reach a large production depth. From the first idea in our development department to handing the machines over to the customer we work with our own employees. By means of modern CAD systems, projects are developed and the manufacture of prototypes realized. This is followed by in-house tests which might require some adaptations to the machine. Then the machines are tested by some selected customers for everyday use. Possible problems will be solved together with the customer. After the machine has passed all these tests, it goes into series production. At the same time, it is presented at exhibitions and/or in our demo centre. To us, the quality label Made in Germany still plays an important roll. Page 320

331

332 Machines and devices Stories about drilling, grooving, pressing, jogging, cutting, stitching etc. Manufacturing books is too manifold to realize it with few machines only. Prior to the actual binding process many other devices are required. During the book-making process, presses or cutting machines are vital. The post-press process includes much more than "just" bookbinding. We therefore offer a wide range of pre- and post-press equipment from several well-known manufacturers. Gluing machines / Single-roller gluing machines ENANO - Single roller gluing machine 150 mm roller width for cold glue Glue film controlled by adjustable doctor blade Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Optional extras: - special device to glue cardboard, postcards etc. - motor with speed control 250 mm roller width 350 mm roller width Gluing machines / Two-roller gluing machines ROLAND - Two-roller gluing machine 200 mm roller width for cold glue Glue film is adjusted by roller distance Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Optional extra: - special device to glue thick materials up to 15 mm - heated glue tray, controlled by thermostat 250 mm roller width 350 mm roller width HEROLD - Two-roller gluing machine 500 mm roller width for cold glue Glue film is adjusted by distance between rollers With electronic speec control. Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Optional extras: - heat control and glue tray - special device to glue thick materials up to 15 mm 650 mm roller width 800 mm roller width Page 322

333 Machines and devices Gluing machines / Edge-gluing machines with one roller PERKEO - Edge-gluing machine 1-60 mm width for cold glue Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Optional extra: - adjustable speed 1-90 mm width mm width MERCUR - Edge-gluing machine 3-60 mm width for cold glue for top gluing with 5 ltr glue pot max. material thickness: 25 mm Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) 3-90 mm width Gluing machines / Edge-gluing machines with two rollers CORONEL - Edge-gluing machine 1-60 mm width for cold glue, two-roller system Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Optional extra: - Heat control and glue tray 1-90 mm width mm width Gluing machines / Label-gluing machines CORONA/2 - Label gluing machine 150 mm roller width for cold glue, with automatic label feed incl. single label feed adjustable speed Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) 250 mm roller width Gluing machines / Pressing-down machines REGENT - Rotary pressing-down machine mm roller width to press down laminated products for book cases, posters, folders, displays up to 30 mm of thickness Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) mm roller width mm roller width mm roller width Page 323

334 Machines and devices Presses / Manual presses Bookbinder's press Type I made of steel Pressing area: 320 x 440 cm Daylight: 320 cm Ø handwheel: 250 mm Thickness of pressing plate: 10 mm Max. pressure: approx. 800 kgs Bookbinder's press Type II made of steel Pressing area: 320 x 440 cm Daylight: 310 cm Ø handwheel: 250 mm Thickness of pressing plate: 12 mm Max. pressure: approx kgs Book press Type Pressing area: 40 x 50 cm Daylight: 50 cm Max. pressure: N Weight: 96 kgs net Colour: RAL 6011, green Book press Type Pressing area: 30 x 40 cm Daylight: 40 cm Max. pressure N Weight: 55 kgs net Stand for book press Type 50 - Dim.: 53 x 70 x 65 cm Colour: RAL 6011, green Type 40 - Dim.: 44 x 59 x 65 cm Smoothing/Baling press Type (striking wheel press) Pressing area: 49 x 56 cm Daylight: 80 cm Colour: RAL 6011, green Option: Stand Page 324

335 Machines and devices Presses / Manual presses Smoothing/Baling press Type (striking wheel press) Pressing area: 60 x 70 cm Daylight: 100 cm Colour: RAL 6011, green Option: Stand Bookbinder's press Type B Ground plate with swivel press Pressing area: 43 x 12 cm Daylight: 21 cm Packed. Pair of fan-binding plates for bookbinder's press Type B 500 The image shows the press with the plates mounted. Bookbinder's multi-purpose press Type II - Daylight: 430 mm Solid swivelling press with mobile stand Insert height: 240 mm Standard jaw width: 125 mm Type I - Daylight: 500 mm Set of tapered jaws for Type II for multi-purpose press to increase pressure on the joint area for Type I Adjustable bottom stop for Type II for multi-purpose press serves as stop for loose sheets during fan-binding for Type I Page 325

336 Machines and devices Presses / Manual presses Trimming plane for Type II for multi-purpose press for Type I Set of additional jaws for thread-binding for Type II for multi-purpose press for Type I Wooden cabinet for Type II for multi-purpose press for Type I Presses / Hydraulic presses Hydraulic single-plate press SL I A pressure up to 7500 kgs Pressing area: 700 x 500 mm Daylight: 600 mm Stroke: 250 mm Power supply: 400 V three-phase, 50 Hz Optional extra: Timer, adjustable from 1.2 secs to 300 h to automatically open the pressing plates after the pre-set time Hydraulic twin press SL II B pressure up to 6000 kgs Pressing area: 2x 440 x 280 mm Daylight: 600 mm Stroke: 250 mm Power supply: 400 V - three-phase, 50 Hz Optional extras: - Timer, adjustable from 1.2 secs to 300 h to automatically open the pressing plates after the pre-set time - Steel plate to use the presse as a single-plate press with pressing area 580 x 440 mm SL II A pressure up to 3000 kgs Page 326

337 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Rotary cutters Precision cutter Cutter with rotary cutting head Cutting length: 340 mm for paper and cardboard IDEAL Rotary cutter Large format manual rotary cutter smooth running safety cutting head with self sharpening rotary blade made from special hardened steel, counter blade made of stainless knife steel, automatic clamping system with transparent clamp bar, collecting tray for trimmings, complete with sturdy metal stand Dimensions (W x D x H): 1540 x 480 x 940 mm Table height: 865 mm Table depth: 295 mm Cutting length: 1350 mm Cutting height: 0.8 mm max. Weight 32 kg IDEAL Rotary cutter Large-format rotary cutter smooth running safety cutting head with self sharpening rotary blade made from special hardened steel, counter blade made of stainless knife steel, automatic clamping system with transparent clamp bar, collecting tray for trimmings, complete with sturdy metal stand Dimensions (W x D x H): 1740 x 480 x 940 mm Table height: 865 mm Table depth: 295 mm Cutting length: 1550 mm Cutting height: 0.8 mm max. Weight 35 kg Trimming machines / Office trimmers IDEAL Paper trimmer with with high-quality knife made of special steel manual pressing, adjustable back stop, adjustable front gauge (knob with scale) with additional paper supports, strip-cutting device for strips 1-10 mm Capacity: max. 50 sheets 70 gsm Cutting length: 385 mm Page 327

338 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Office trimmers IDEAL Paper trimmer with with high-quality knife made of special steel manual pressing, adjustable back stop, adjustable front gauge (knob with scale) with additional paper supports, strip-cutting device for strips 1-10 mm Capacity: max. 40 sheets 70 gsm Cutting length: 580 mm IDEAL Paper trimmer with with high-quality knife made of special steel manual pressing, adjustable back stop, adjustable front gauge (knob with scale) with additional paper supports, strip-cutting device for strips 1-10 mm Capacity: max. 40 sheets 70 gsm Cutting length: 710 mm IDEAL Hobby trimmer with laser-cut knife and teflon-coated cutting bar, transparent clamp bar with finger guard and cutting line indicator for exact alignment of the material to be cut. With two stops front and back), two scales (mm/cm) and back gauge. Capacity: up to 15 sheets of paper 70 gsm Cutting length: 340 mm Table size: 250 x 340 mm IDEAL Paper trimmer with resharpenable, high-quality blade set made of "Solingen steel", strong blade mounting bracket, manual clamp bar with stationary, transparent safety guard and cutting line indicator for exact alignment of the material to be cut, precision metal side lay and adjustable back gauge, measuring scale in mm/inches, various angle indications printed on the table Capacity: up to 25 sheets of paper 70 gsm Cutting length: 350 mm Table size: 304 x 385 mm IDEAL Paper trimmer with resharpenable, high-quality blade set Automatic pressing, EASY-LIFT release lever lifting the automatic clamp, transparent safety guard with integrated cutting line indicator, precision metal side lay and adjustable back gauge, measuring scale in mm/inches, various angle indications printed on the table Capacity: up to 25 sheets of paper 70 gsm Cutting length: 350 mm Table size: 304 x 385 mm Page 328

339 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Office trimmers IDEAL Paper trimmer with laser-cut knife and teflon-coated cutting bar, transparent clamp bar with finger guard and cutting line indicator for exact alignment of the material to be cut. With two stops front and back), two scales (mm/cm) and back gauge. Capacity: up to 15 sheets of paper 70 gsm Cutting length: 430 mm Table size: 250 x 430 mm IDEAL Office trimmer with resharpenable, high-quality blade set Automatic pressing, EASY-LIFT release lever lifting the automatic clamp, transparent safety guard with integrated cutting line indicator, precision metal side lay and adjustable back gauge, measuring scale in mm/inches, various angle indications printed on the table Capacity: up to 30 sheets of paper 70 gsm Cutting length: 460 mm Table size: 356 x 510 mm IDEAL Paper trimmer cardboard blade made of special steel Cutting length: 800 mm stand with foot-pedal clamp, adjustable back stop and front gauge, folding-down extension table Capacity: up to 4 mm (depending on material) paper blade made of special steel IDEAL Paper trimmer cardboard blade made of special steel Cutting length: 1100 mm stand with foot-pedal clamp, adjustable back stop and front gauge, folding-down extension table Capacity: up to 3 mm (depending on material) paper blade made of special steel Trimming machines / Board shears Desktop board shears Type 70: 70 cm cutting length with automatic self-pressing Solid cast-iron table, front gauge and narrow-cut device, movable angle support, mm scales, adjustable bottom knife, knife protection Table height: 180 mm Type 85: 85 cm cutting length Page 329

340 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Board shears Stand for desktop board shears for Type Height: 61 cm for Type Foot pressing for desktop board shears Type NB: only in combination with stand! Board shears Type mm cutting length with 720 mm table width with solid cast-iron table, with stand, front gauge and narrow-cut device, movable angle support, mm scales, adjustable bottom knife, knife protection. Lacquering: RAL 6011, green Options: - Adjustable cross and lateral angle support - Digital readout - Unwinding unit 1200 mm cutting length 1300 mm cutting length 1400 mm cutting length 1500 mm cutting length 1600 mm cutting length 1800 mm cutting length 2000 mm cutting length 2200 mm cutting length 2400 mm cutting length 2600 mm cutting length Board shears Type mm cutting length with 1000 mm table width with solid cast-iron table, with stand, front gauge and narrow-cut device, movable angle support, mm scales, adjustable bottom knife, knife protection. Lacquering: RAL 6011, green Options: - Adjustable cross and lateral angle support - Digital readout - Unwinding unit 1200 mm cutting length 1300 mm cutting length 1400 mm cutting length 1500 mm cutting length 1600 mm cutting length 1800 mm cutting length 2000 mm cutting length 2200 mm cutting length 2400 mm cutting length 2600 mm cutting length Page 330

341 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Board shears Board shears Type mm cutting length with 800 mm table width with 3 mm steel table, with stand, front gauge and narrow-cut device, movable angle support, mm scales, adjustable bottom knife, knife protection. Lacquering: RAL 6011, green Larger cutting lengths by request. Options: - Angle support with horizontal angle - Unwinding unit 1200 mm cutting length Board shears Type mm cutting length with 1000 mm table width with 3 mm steel table, with stand, front gauge and narrow-cut device, movable angle support, mm scales, adjustable bottom knife, knife protection. Lacquering: RAL 6011, green Larger cutting lengths by request. Options: - Angle support with horizontal angle - Unwinding unit 1200 mm cutting length Trimming machines / Guillotines, manual IDEAL Guillotine Portable desktop model transparent safety flap in cutting area, LED cut indicator, snap-in back stop (DIN A5, B5, A4), mm scale, anti-slip rubber feet, carrying handle Cutting length: 300 mm Cutting height: up to 5.5 mm (up to 55 sheets 70 gsm) Narrow cut: 45 mm Table depth: 300 mm IDEAL Guillotine Manual desktop model Entry-level model. With SCS (Safety Cutting System) package Fast-flick action clamp, side stop, fixable back gauge and cm/inch scale Cutting length: 430 mm Cutting height: up to 20 mm Narrow cut: 47 mm Table depth: 340 mm Option: Stand Page 331

342 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Guillotines, manual IDEAL Guillotine Manual desktop model With SCS (Safety Cutting System) package Fast-flick action clamp, spindle-guided back gauge, side stop with scale, fine adjustement on calibrated hand crank. Cutting length: 430 mm Capacity: stacks up to 40 mm Narrow cut: 34 mm Table depth: 435 mm The picture shows the machine with stand (optionally available) IDEAL Guillotine Manual desktop model With SCS (Safety Cutting System) package Fast-flick action clamp, spindle-guided back gauge, side stop with scale, fine adjustement on calibrated hand crank. Cutting length: 475 mm Capacity: stacks up to 70 mm Narrow cut: 30 mm Table depth: 455 mm The picture shows the machine with stand (optionally available) Trimming machines / Guillotines, electric IDEAL Guillotine with electric blade drive and manual clamping With SCS (Safety Cutting System) package, spindle-guided back gauge, side stop with scale, fine adjustement on calibrated hand crank. Optical cut indicator. Incl. wooden pile bracket. Desktop model. Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Cutting length: 430 mm Capacity: stacks up to 40 mm Narrow cut: 35 mm Table depth: 435 mm Options: - Stand - Cabinet with shelf The picture shows the machine with cabinet Page 332

343 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Guillotines, electric IDEAL Guillotine with electric blade drive and automatic clamping with spindle-guided back gauge, side stop with scale, fine adjustement on calibrated hand crank. Optical cut indicator Desktop model. Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Cutting length: 430 mm Capacity: stacks up to 40 mm Narrow cut: 35 mm Table depth: 435 mm Options: - Stand - Cabinet with shelf The picture shows the machine with cabinet IDEAL Guillotine electr. blade drive + manual clamping by spindle spindle-guided back gauge, 2 side stops each on front and rear table, measuring scale on front table, digital measurement readout and optical cutting line. Complete with stand. Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Cutting length: 475 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 30 mm Table depth: 458 mm IDEAL Guillotine electric blade drive + automatic paper clamping Back gauge positioned by spindle and precise scale, digital measurement readout and optical cutting line. EASY-CUT. Complete with stand. Cutting length: 475 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 30 mm Table depth: 458 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Trimming machines / Guillotines with programme control IDEAL Guillotine with electric blade drive and automatic pressing Digital readout, electronic back gauge with touchpad, direct measure pre-set, programme control, electronic hand wheel. Cutting length: 475 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 35 mm Table depth: 450 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Page 333

344 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Guillotines with programme control IDEAL Guillotine with electric blade drive and automatic pressing Digital readout, electronic back gauge with touchpad, direct measure pre-set, programme control, electronic hand wheel. Cutting length: 520 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 35 mm Table depth: 520 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw IDEAL Guillotine with electric blade drive and automatic pressing Digital readout, electronic back gauge with touchpad, direct measure pre-set, programme control, electronic hand wheel. Cutting length: 520 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 35 mm Table depth: 520 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 1,42 kw IDEAL Guillotine electric blade and clamp drive with touchpad, EASY-CUT cut release, IR safety light barrier, digital readout, electronic back gauge, direct measure pre-set, programme control, electronic hand wheel. Cutting length: 475 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 35 mm Table depth: 450 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw IDEAL Guillotine electric blade drive + automatic pressing optical cut indicator, digital readout, back gauge with touchpad, direct measure preset, programme control, electronic handwheel. Cutting length: 520 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 35 mm Table depth: 520 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw IDEAL Guillotine electric blade drive + automatic pressing optical cut indicator, digital readout, back gauge with touchpad, direct measure preset, programme control, electronic handwheel. Cutting length: 650 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80 mm Narrow cut: 25 mm Table depth: 610 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Page 334

345 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Guillotines, hydraulic IDEAL Guillotine hydraulic drive for blade and pressing bar Pressure progressively adjustable, pre-pressing by foot pedal, optical cut indicator, digital readout, electric back gauge with touchpad, direct measure preset, programme control, "memory" function, EASY-CUT cut release, electronic handwheel. Cutting length: 550 mm Capacity: stacks up to 92/92* mm Narrow cut: 32/60 mm* (*= with pressing bar cover) Table depth: 570 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Option: Additional side tables IDEAL 5560 LT - Paper guillotine with air table hydraulic drive for blade and pressing bar Pressure progressively adjustable, pre-pressing by foot pedal, optical cut indicator, digital readout, electric back gauge with touchpad, direct measure preset, programme control, "memory" function, EASY-CUT cut release, electronic handwheel. Cutting length: 550 mm Capacity: stacks up to 92/92* mm Narrow cut: 32/60 mm* (*= with pressing bar cover) Table depth: 570 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz kw Option: Additional side tables IDEAL Guillotine hydraulic drive for blade and pressing bar Pressure progressively adjustable, pre-pressing by foot pedal, optical cut indicator, digital readout, electric back gauge, direct measure preset, programme control, "memory" function, electronic handwheel. EASY-CUT cut release Cutting length: 720 mm Capacity: stacks up to 80/78* mm Narrow cut: 20/90 mm* (*= with pressing bar cover) Table depth: 720 mm Power supply: 400 V - 50 Hz kw (three-phase) Option: - Additional side tables Page 335

346 Machines and devices Trimming machines / Accessories for guillotines Pile bracket made of wood W 25 x H 3.5 cm W 30 x H 7.5 cm For all IDEAL guillotines we supply suitable spare knives and cutting bars Eyeletting machines / manual, fixed eyelet size PICCOLO - manual eyeletting device Type III - for eyelets 4,0 mm Ø (P1) Type III - for eyelets 5.5 mm Ø (8E) With material support and stops as well as 1 hardwood (bottom) plate. Throat depth: 80 mm Weight: 6 kgs Ø = inner diameter Type S - for 1 eyelet size 3-6 mm Ø Scaled table for Piccolo III with adjustable back and side stop for exact positioning for Piccolo S PICCOLO D manual double-eyeletting device for 1 eyelet size in 3-6 mm inner Ø to set 2 eyelets with fixed eyelet distance: 80 mm With material support and stops and 1 hardwood (bottom) plate. Throat depth: 80 mm Weight: 16 kgs Page 336

347 Machines and devices Eyeletting machines / manual, variable eyelet size Eyeletting device Type manual incl. 1 automatic, easily exchangeable eyelet feed. With stop and bottom plate. Throat depth: 200 mm Equipped for 1 eyelet size, selectively for Type P1, P2, 8E, 8E long, no. 269, no. 270, no. 271 or no. 272 Option: Exchange kit for one further eyelet size, consisting of eyelet feed, container and eyeletting tool Double-eyeletting device Type manual Eyelet spacing adjustable from mm incl. 2 automatic, easily exchangeable eyelet feeds. With stop and bottom plate. Throat depth: 200 mm Equipped for 1 eyelet size, selectively for Type P1, P2, 8E, 8E long, no. 269, no. 270, no. 271 or no. 272 Option: Exchange kit for one further eyelet size, consisting of eyelet feed, container and eyeletting tool Eyeletting machines / Eyeletting machines, electric Piccostar activation by push-button electric eyeletting machine For one eyelet size within 3-6 mm inner diameter Throat depth: 60 mm with motor, hardwood (bottom) plate and stops Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz (A. C.) Weight: 36 kgs activation by foot-pedal Piccostar activation by push-button electric double-eyeletting machine to set 2 eyelets with fixed spacing 80 mm For one eyelet size withing 3-6 mm inner diameter. With hardwood (bottom) plate and stops. Throat depth: 60 mm Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz (A. C.) Weight: 48 kgs activation by foot-pedal Page 337

348 Machines and devices Staplers and folding machines / Block staplers, mechanical Bench-type stapler Type ENAK 50/ for staples 50/6 to 50/20S Manual stapler for blocks up to 17 mm thickness Throat depth: 130 mm Progressively adjustable back stop Heavy-duty bench-type stapler Type H with table for staples Type 70/6-70/22S or 69/8S-69/22S With front plate, back and side stops. Throat depth: 150 mm Max. stapling thickness: 18 mm (approx sheets) Weight: 13.5 kgs Packing included. Staplers and folding machines / Saddle staplers, mechanical Combined flat and saddle stapler Type H18 BSS - foot-operated Lateral stapling Throat depth: 300 mm Max. stapling thickness: 18 mm For staples Type 69/6 to 69/22S or 70/6 to 70/22S Packing included. Staplers and folding machines / Saddle staplers, electric RINAK Electric flat and saddle stapler for staples 26/6, 26/8S, Ri26/6 Flat stapling up to approx. 40 sheets, saddle stapling up to approx. 30 sheets Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Stand, adjustable in height for RINAK flat and saddle stapler min. 72 cm, max. 98 cm Page 338

349 Machines and devices Staplers and folding machines / Saddle staplers, electric Electric flat and saddle stapler Type HM6 BS - 1 stapling head for staples Type (Ri)24/6, 24/8, 26/6, 26/8 Stapling power progressively adjustable Throat depth: 220 mm Max. stapling thickness: 6 mm Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz Type HM6-2 BS - 2 stapling heads Adjustable stand for HM 6 staplers Electric flat and saddle stapler Type HM 15 desktop model For staples Type 64/6-64/20 Flat pressing by mechanical clinchers. Throat depth: 225 mm Max. stapling thickness: 15 mm for flat stapling, 4 mm for saddle stapling Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz / 0.1 kw Packing included. Electric flat and saddle stapler Type HM15/2 with 2 stapling heads - desktop model Staple head distance (fixed): 80 mm For staples Type 64/6-64/20 Flat pressing by mechanical clinchers. Throat depth: 225 mm Max. stapling thickness: 15 mm for block stapling, 4 mm for saddle stapling Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz / 0.2 kw Packing included. Page 339

350 Machines and devices Staplers and folding machines / Folding and stapling machines IDEAL Booklet Maker to produce professional booklets Automatic folding and stapling in one working cycle Formats: up to A3 plus (max. 330,2 x 468 mm, min. 110 x 210 mm) Paper qualities: gsm Output: up to 800 booklets / hour Capacity: up to 16 sheets 80 gsm Adjustments via control panel LED display with 3-digit counter for addition (total counter) or subtraction (pre-counter) Direct buttons for standard paper sizes A5, A4, A3, B5 and B4 Paper length may also be programmed individually Staplers and folding machines / Folding machines IDEAL Folding machine for letter, zigzag, double and single foldout Suitable for paper sizes A4 or 12" (smallest paper size 100 x 105 mm), paper weights gsm, fold-out feeding table for 150 sheets of paper, fold speed 115 sheets per minute, automatic shut off with display, counter for addition (total counter) Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 57 W IDEAL Folding machine for letter, zigzag, double and single foldout For A4 format / for paper weights gsm (up to 150 gsm with single fold) / high fold speed of up to 7,000 folds / h (with single fold) / fold-away feeding table with slant adjustment and up to 350 sheets stacking capacity (with 65 gsm paper) / dependably working three-roller friction paper feed system / extensible destacking tray with a capacity of sheets (depending on fold type) / 4 digit addition / subtraction digital counter with LED display / automatic stop when folding job is completed IDEAL Folding machine single, letter, zigzag, double, parallel and cross foldout Paper size: A6 - A3, paper qualities: gsm (210 gsm with single fold), folding speed up to sheets per hour (with A4 single fold), LED display, friction paper guide system with 3 rubber rollers, foldaway feeding tray for up to 500 sheets of paper with 2 side stops Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 50 W Page 340

351 Machines and devices Staplers and folding machines / Folding machines IDEAL Folding machine single, letter, zigzag, double parallel,cross and zigzag fold with filing margin Operation and settings via touchsceen, automatic adjustment of the folding position, automatic format recognition of the 6 DIN formats (A3, B4, B5, A5, B6), memory function for 36 automatic folding positions Fold speed: per hour (with A4 single fold), three-roller friction paper feed system, fold-away feeding table for up to 500 sheets of paper with 2 side stops Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz - 50 W Laminating machines / Pouch laminators RENZ HT 330 L Pouch laminator with 330 mm working width - for foil thicknesses up to 2x 125 mic. - Heating plate technique, 4 roller system - automatic temperature control - temperature adjustable by regulator - Reverse function - Cold laminating function - Laminating temperature adjustable - No carrier required - Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz W (A. C.) RENZ HT 330 P (professional) Pouch laminator with 330 mm working width - for foil thicknesses up to 2x 250 mic. - Heating plate technique - 6 roller system - Automatic temperature control - Temperature adjustable by regulator - Adjustable working speed - Stand-by function - Reverse function - Cold lamination possible. - Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz W (A. C.) RENZ HT 330 Dual Pouch laminator with 330 mm working width - for foil thicknesses up to 2x 250 mic. - Dual heating system. Heating plate and hot shoe technique - 4 roller system - Automatic temperature control - Temperature adjustable by regulator - Adjustable working speed - Cold lamination possible - Stand-by-fuction - Reverse function - Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz W (A. C.) Page 341

352 Machines and devices Laminating machines / Pouch laminators RENZ Lamigo A4-230 mm working width Pouch laminating machine - for film thickness 2x 75 up to 2x 125 mic. - max. laminating thickness: 0.5 mm - 2 rollers hot, 2 rollers cold - Laminating speed: 450 mm / min. - Anti-jam-release lever - Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz W A3-330 mm working width RENZ Lamigo A3 PRO Pouch laminating machine - working width: 330 mm - A3 - for film thickness 2x 75 up to 2x 125 mic. - max. laminating thickness: 0.5 mm - 2 rollers hot, 2 rollers cold - Laminating speed: 480 mm / min. - Reverse motor - Cold lamination possible - Power supply: 230 V - 50 Hz W Laminating machines / Foliating machines Book laminating station BLS-Professional for professional and quick foliating of books - built-in scales to measure the protection film - easy mounting of the Filmolux films - suitable for Filmolux, Filmolux 609, Filmolux 610 und Filmolux libre up to 41 cm roll width - effective squeegee system - Dimensions (W x D x H): 70 x 65 x 40 cm Paper Joggers / Paper joggers, desktop models Paper jogger PR 4 - up to DIN A4 (210 x 297 mm) desktop model jogging power progressively adjustable Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) PR 3 - up to DIN A3 (297 x 420 mm) Stand, adjustable in height for paper jogger Type PR for paper jogger Type PR Page 342

353 Machines and devices Paper Joggers / Paper joggers, with stand Paper jogger PR 43 S - up to DIN A3 (297 x 420 mm) on solid stand max. 700 sheets adjustable in height inclination of table electronic jogging power adjustment (progressively) Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) PR 432 S - up to DIN A2 (420 x 594 mm) Binding machines / Thermo-binding machines CopyBinder Semi-automatic thermo-binding machine for high-quality bindings with Planax Strips Binding length: up to DIN A4 Binding thickness: up to 33 mm (5-330 sheets without front and back cover) Output: 200 pcs / hour Electronic display of correct strip width Machine incl. storage square Dimensions: 355 x 588 x 283 mm Power supply: 230 v - 50 Hz W Binding machines / Plastic-comb binding machines RENZ private bind Plastic-comb binding machine manual punching and binding machine for A4 - US pitch - 21 rings - number of punches not adjustable - fixed margin depth - max. block thickness: 15 mm - max. punching thickness: 1 mm (10 sheets 70/80 gsm) - combi lever for punching and binding RENZ Combinette Plastic-comb binding machine Manual punching and binding machine for A4 - US pitch - 21 rings - number of punches not adjustable - fixed margin depth - for all binding thicknesses - max. punching thickness: 2.5 mm (25 sheets gsm) - separate levers for punching and binding Page 343

354 Machines and devices Binding machines / Plastic-comb binding machines RENZ Combi S Plastic-comb binding machine Manual punching and binding machine for sizes up to 34 cm US pitch - up to 24 rings - Number of punches adjustable - adjustable margin spacing - for all binding thicknesses - max. punching thickness: 2.5 mm (25 sheets gsm) - separate levers for punching and binding RENZ Combi comfortplus Plastic-comb binding machine Electric punching and binding machine for sizes up to 34 cm - US pitch - up to 24 rings - Number of punches adjustable - adjustable margin spacing - specially hardened punches - block thickness: up to 48 mm - max. punching thickness: 2.5 mm (25 sheets gsm) - Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Binding machines / Wire-comb binding machines Renz RW home Ring-wire binding machine 3:1" pitch Low-cost manual punching and binding machine for A4 and A5-34 rectanguar punches, 4 x 4 mm not disengageable - fixed margin spacing - 3:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 3/16" (5.5 mm) - 9/16 (14.3 mm) - max. binding thickness: 12 mm - max. punching thickness: 10 sheets gsm - with built-in binding table RENZ eco home Ring-wire binding machine 2:1" pitch Low-cost manual punching and binding machine for A4 and A5-23 rectanguar punches, 5.5 x 3.5 mm not disengageable - fixed margin spacing - 2:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 1/4" (6.9 mm) - 9/16 (14.3 mm) - max. binding thickness: 12 mm - max. punching thickness: 10 sheets gsm - with built-in binding table Page 344

355 Machines and devices Binding machines / Wire-comb binding machines RENZ RW Ring-wire binding machine 3:1" pitch Manual punching and binding machine for A4-34 square punches, 4 x 4 mm, not disengageable - fixed margin spacing - 3:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 3/16" (5.5 mm) to 5/8" (16 mm) - max. binding thickness: 13,5 mm - max. punching thickness: 2.2 mm (22 sheets gsm) - with built-in binding table Renz eco C Ring-wire binding machine 2:1" pitch Manual punching and binding machine for A4-23 rectanguar punches, 5.5 x 3.5 mm not disengageable - fixed margin spacing - 2:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 1/4" (6.9 mm) - 1 1/2 (38 mm) - max. binding thickness: 34 mm - max. punching thickness: 2.5 mm (25 sheets gsm) - with built-in binding table RENZ SRW Ring-wire binding machine 3:1" pitch Manual punching and binding machine Working width: up to 36 cm - 42 square punches 4 x 4 mm - Number of punches adjustable - adjustable margin spacing - 3:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 3/16" (5.5 mm) to 5/8" (16 mm) - max. binding thickness: 13.5 mm - max. punching thickness: 2.2 mm (22 sheets gsm) - with built-in binding table RENZ eco S Ring-wire Binding machine 2:1" pitch Manual punching and binding machine Working width: 36 cm - 28 rectanguar punches, 5.5 x 3.5 mm - number of punches adjustable - adjustable margin spacing - 2:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 1/4" (6.9 mm) - 1 1/2 (38 mm) - max. binding thickness: 34 mm - max. punching thickness: 2.5 mm (25 sheets gsm) - with built-in binding table Page 345

356 Machines and devices Binding machines / Wire-comb binding machines RENZ calendar set white complete Ring-Wire binding package consisting of: - RENZ SRW 360 Ring-Wire binding machine (3:1 pitch) with adjustable punch no. and adjustable punch depth - Thumb hole punching device TC pcs. calender hangers 200 mm long pcs.binding elements Ø 8.0 mm black NC silver transparent RENZ SRW 360 comfortplus Ring-wire binding machine 3:1" pitch Electric punching and binding machine - Working width: up to 360 mm - square punches 4 x 4 mm - Number of punches adjustable - adjustable margin spacing - 3:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 3/16" (5.5 mm) to 5/8" (16 mm) - max. binding thickness: 13.5 mm - max. punching thickness: 2.2 mm (22 sheets gsm) - with built-in binding table - Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) RENZ eco 360 comfortplus Ring-wire binding machine 2:1" pitch Electric punching and binding machine - Working width: up to 360 mm - rectangular punches 5.5 x 3.5 mm - Number of punches adjustable - adjustable margin spacing - 2:1 pitch for binding diameters from Ø 1/4" (6.9 mm) to 1 1/2" (38 mm) - max. binding thickness: 34 mm - max. punching thickness: 2.5 mm (25 sheets gsm) - with built-in binding table - Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Ring Wire Opener Tool to simply open 3:1 and 2:1 pitch bound wire-comb binding elements without damaging the paper of the product Page 346

357 Machines and devices Punching machines / Desktop punching machines, semi-automatic RENZ DTP 340 M Semi-automatic punching machine Basic machine, without punching tools - working width: 340 mm - for wire-comb, plastic-comb and spiral binding - punching tools exchangeable - fast tool exchange within < 1 minute - max. punching thickness: 35 sheets gsm - Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) - Desktop model RENZ DTP 340 A Semi-automatic punching machine Basic machine, without punching tools - output: approx cycles / h - working width: 340 mm - automatic or manual operation (with footswitch) - fast, trouble-free tool change (less than 2 min.) - semiautomatic adjustable paper guide - adjustable paper output tray with front unloading of punched paper - number of punches adjustable - adjustable margin distance of the tools - max. punching thickness: 35 sheets gsm - Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Punching tools for DTP 340 M A All tools with adjustable margin spacing except for tools for ring-wire binding with thumbhole Wire-comb binding: 3:1" pitch (available with and without thumbhole) Square punch 4.0 x 4.0 mm Round punch Ø 4 mm 2:1" pitch (without thumbhole) Rectangular punch 5.5 x 3.5 mm Square punch 6.0 x 6.0 Round punch Ø 6 mm Spiral binding (no thumbhole available): Oval punch 5 x 4 mm mm pitch Oval punch 4.5 x 3.6 mm - 6 mm pitch Round punch Ø 3.6 mm - 5 mm pitch Round punch Ø 4.0 mm - 6 mm pitch Plastic-comb binding: Rectangular punch 7 x 3 mm / EURO pitch 12 mm Rectangular punch 8 x 3 mm / US pitch mm (9/16") Filing hole: 4x filing hole Ø 6 mm, 80 mm pitch Detailed information by request. Page 347

358 Machines and devices Punching machines / Desktop punching machines, semi-automatic RENZ Punch Electric punching machine Basic machine without punching tools - fixed pull arms - for standard tools only - horizontal material insert - Working width: 500 mm - punching tools can be exchanged quickly - max. punching thickness: 2-4 mm (depending on paper) - Power supply: 230/400 V - 50 Hz - 3 phases RENZ Punch 500 ES Electric punching machine Basic machine without punching tools - off-centre pull arms for high-performance tools - micro switch for automatic activation of punch stroke - horizontal material insert - Working width: 500 mm - punching tools can be exchanged quickly - max. punching thickness: 2-4 mm (depending on the paper) - Power supply: 230/400 V - 50 Hz - 3 phases RENZ Punch 500 HD Electric punching machine on stable stand Basic machine without punching tools - off-centre pull arms for high-performance tools - micro switch for automatic activation of punch stroke - horizontal material insert - Working width: 500 mm - punching tools can be exchanged quickly - max. punching thickness: 2-4 mm (depending on the paper) - Power supply: 230/400 V - 50 Hz - 3 phases Page 348

359 Machines and devices Punching machines / Desktop punching machines, semi-automatic Punching tools for Punch 500, Punch 500 ES and Punch 500 HD for wire-comb and plastic-comb binding with QSA=quick size adjustment = number of punches may be adjusted Wire-comb binding: 3:1" pitch Round punch Ø 4.5 mm, 2-piece tool with thumb hole Square punch 4.0 x 4.0 mm, 2-piece tool with thumb hole 2:1" pitch (without thumbhole) Rectangular punch 5.5 x 3.5 mm, 2-piece tool with thumb hole Round punch Ø 6.5 mm,1 piece w/o thumb hole Square punch 6.0 x 6.0, 1 piece w/o thumb hole Spiral binding (no thumbhole available): Round punch Ø 3.6 mm - 5 mm pitch Round punch Ø 4.0 mm - 6 mm pitch Oval punch Ø 4.5 x 3.6 mm - 6 mm pitch Oval punch Ø 5 x 4 mm mm pitch Plastic-comb binding: Rectangular punch 7 x 3 mm / EURO pitch 12 mm Rectangular punch 8 x 3 mm / US pitch mm (9/16") Detailed information by request. Page 349

360 Machines and devices Punching machines / Desktop punching machines, semi-automatic High-performance tools for Punch 500 ES and Punch 500 HD Wire-comb binding: 3:1" pitch: Round punch Ø 4.0 or 4.5 mm Rectangular punch 4.0 x 4.0 mm 2:1" pitch: Round punch Ø 6.0 mm x 6.5 mm Rectangular punch 6.0 x 6.0 mm or 6.5 x 6.4 mm Rectangular punch 5.5 x 3.5 mm Option: QSA = punches may be switched off individually Spiral binding: Round punch Ø 3.2 mm or 3.6 mm - 5 mm pitch Oval punch 4.0 x 3.2 mm - 5 mm pitch Round punch Ø 4.0 mm or 3.6 mm - 1/4"pitch = 6.35 mm or 6 mm Oval punch 4.5 x 3.6 mm - 1/4" pitch = 6.35 mm or 6 mm Round punch Ø 5.5 mm - 5/16" pitch or 8 mm Oval punch 5 x 4 mm mm pitch = 0,2475" Plastic-comb binding: EURO pitch 12 mm / Rectangular punch 7.5 x 3.0 mm US pitch 14,28 mm (9/16") / RE-Loch 8,0 x 3,0 mm Tear-off perforation, Ø 1.1 mm x 1.9 mm pitch Grooving tool with 2 grooves mm OR mm Additional equipment for punching tools: Adjustable stop Thumb hole, round Thumb hole, round, 2-piece tool (not for spiral binding with 5 mm pitch) Punching machines / Closing machines RENZ PBS Manual binding machine for plastic-comb bindings - for US pitch - up to 24 rings - for plastic combs in Ø 5-52 mm - Working width: 340 mm - If used as stand-alone machine, a module support is required (item no ) Module support for RENZ PBS required if used as stand-alone machine Page 350

361 Machines and devices Punching machines / Closing machines RENZ WBS Manual closing machine for wire-comb bindings - max. diameter: 38 mm - block thickness: up to 34 mm - independant of pitch - with built-in binding support - working width: 360 mm - If used as stand-alone machine, a module support is required (item no ) Module support for closing machine RENZ WBS 360 required, when WBS 360 is used as a stand-alone device RENZ ECL Type working width 360 mm Electric closing machine for ring-wire bindings - max. diameter: 38 mm - with safety hand protection - built-in binding station - Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Type working width 500 mm Type working width 700 mm Punching machines / Electric dispenser for wire-comb elements RENZ WP Electric dispenser for wire-comb binding elements Takes wire-comb binding elements directly from the Wire Pack For all binding elements of Ø 3/16" (5.5 mm) - 1" (25.4 mm). Working width: 300 mm. Max. binding width for 3:1 pitch 34 loops, for 2:1 pitch 23 loops. May be used as a single machine or in combination with closing machines WBS 340 and ECL Binding capacity in combination with ECL closing machine (depends on diameter and operator): up to 400 pieces / hour Power supply: 230 V / 50 Hz (A.C.) Page 351

362 Machines and devices Grooving and perforating machines / manual Grooving device Type RM33 vary Manual desktop model - Working width: 33 cm parallel and side and/or 45 angled stop Equipped with 2 grooving widths (1.2 mm and 1.8 mm) Options: - Multiple stop - Perforating tool sets (standard perforation 3:4 pt and fine perforation 2:2 pt) - Thumbhole cutting tool (for calendars) Multiple stop for RM33 vary consisting of a three-part stop set with scale, to extend the parallel stop for quadruple grooving e.g. for grooving soft covers Perforating tool set for RM33 vary No. 1 standard perforation, 3:4 pt No. 2 fine perforation, 2:2 pt Perforation measures: No. 1 standard: 3:4 pt = Gap: 1.05 mm / Cut: 1.42 mm No. 2 fine: 2:2 pt = Gap: 0.71 mm / Cut: 0.71 mm Thumb-hole tool set for RM33 vary Ø 20 mm - for paper stacks up to 6 mm consisting of: - Thumb-hole knife - Cutting bar with bottom stop - Side stop - Scraper - Punchging board Perforating knife set for RM 33 vary No. 1 standard perforation, 3:4 pt each off knife line 305, 210 and 150 mm For using these knife lines (as spare lines or alternative pitch) a perforating tool set (item no or ) is required!!! Perforation measures: No. 1 standard: 3:4 pt = Gap: 1.05 mm / Cut: 1.42 mm No. 2 fine: 2:2 pt = Gap: 0.71 mm / Cut: 0.71 mm No. 2 fine perforation 2:2 pt Page 352

363 Machines and devices Corner-punching machines / Corner-punching machines Corner-rounding machine Type UER manual incl. (1) set of corner-rounding tools with 7 mm radius, (1) pair of stops 45, auto-pressing device and set of tools Corner-rounding machine Type UER/F foot-operated including (1) set of corner-rounding tools with 7 mm radius, stop, pressing device, 2 storage tables and tool box in stand Tools for UER, UER/F and UER/M - Angle supports - Corner-rounding knives - Straight corner cuts - Angle cuts - Index card cuts - Thumb hole cut - Band-slot cuts - Hole cuts - Multiple hole cuts - Clawing devices to draw in the corners Detailed information by request. Corner-punching machine Type ESM Type 20/50mm - straight knive 50 mm Type 20/70mm - straight knive 70 mm to cut the corners of the cover sheets for material sizes up to DIN A3 Punching power: max. 40 mm progressively adjustable side stops easily exchangeable knives made of hardened and ground high quality steel manual desktop model Packing included. Corner-punching machine Type ESM manual desktop model - basic model without knives for material sizes up to DIN A3 Punching power: max. 40 mm (400 sheets 80 gsm standard paper) progressively adjustable side stops easily exchangeable knives made of hardened and ground high quality steel Packing included. Page 353

364 Machines and devices Corner-punching machines / Corner-punching machines Corner-punching machine Type ESM-A electric desktop model - basic model without knives für material sizes up to DIN A4 Punching power: max. 40 mm (400 sheets 80 gsm standard paper) progressively adjustable side stops easily exchangeable knives made of hardened and ground high quality steel Packing included. Set of corner-rounding knife and matrix for Type ESM 20 + A Selectively available in the following radii: R 3,5 mm, R 7 mm, R 10 mm, R 12 mm, R 15 mm or R 20 mm Please state radius required with order!!! Set of knife and matrix for angular cuts for Type ESM 20 + A Corner-punching machines / Manual hollow punches Manual punching device Type HS for paper punches Ø 3-12 mm Capacity: max. 25 mm for one- and two-hole punching Max. hole distance: 80 mm Paper punch - 3 mm/3.5 mm/4 mm for manual punching device HS 50 Please state diameter required! - 5 mm/5.5 mm/6 mm/6.5 mm/7 mm - 8 mm/9 mm - 10 mm/10.5 mm/11 mm/12 mm Page 354

365 Machines and devices Corner-punching machines / Manual hollow punches Manual thumb-hole punch Type TC with adjustable side stop - max. punching thickness: 20 sheets (2 mm) - max. size: A4 / 12" - incl. waste container - Dimensions: 25 x 5 x 17 cm Paper-drilling machines / One-spindle paper-drilling machines Paper drilling machine PB 1006 Type F with one spindle - desktop model Drill Ø: mm Drill depth: up to 40 mm Margin width: up to 48 mm Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Packing included. Type F = with fixed table Type S = with sliding table and angle programme bar Type SP = with sliding table and 6-times programmed bar Type S Type SP Paper drilling machine PB 1010 Type F with one spindle - desktop model Drill Ø: mm Drill depth: up to 60 mm Margin width: up to 85 mm Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Packing included. Type F = with fixed table and mobile stop Type S = with sliding table with 6-times programmed bar Option: stand for foot-operation Type S Paper drilling machine PB 1015 S with one spindle - desktop model with sliding table with 6-times programmed bar Drill Ø: mm Drill depth: up to 60 mm Margin width: up to 85 mm Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Packing included. Option: stand for foot-operation Page 355

366 Machines and devices Paper-drilling machines / Multiple-spindle paper-drilling machines Two-spindle paper drilling machine Type S PB desktop model with sliding table and programmed rail Drill-Ø: mm Max. drill depth: 60 mm Margin width: up to 110 mm Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Packing included. Type S1 - spindle spacing 80 mm (fix) Type S2 - spindle spacing mm Type S Two-spindle paper drilling machine PB 2015 S4 - foot-operated with stand spindle spacing variable mm with sliding table with 6-times programmed bar Drill-Ø: mm Max. drill depth: 60 mm Margin width: up to 110 mm Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) Two-spindle paper drilling machine PB 2015 S6 - automatic stand model with sliding table and automatic power stroke Spindle spacing: mm Drill-Ø: mm Max. drill depth: 60 mm Margin width: up to 110 mm Power supply: 400 V - three-phase Four-spindle paper drilling machine Type 4 AF PB with automatic power stroke Spindle spacing: adjustable mm Drill-Ø: 2-10 mm Max. drill depth: 60 mm Margin width: up to 75 mm Power supply: 400V - three-phase Type 4 AF - fixed table Type 4 AS - sliding table+programmed bar Type 4 AS Four-spindle paper drilling machine Type 4 FF PB foot-operated Spindle distance: variable mm Drill-Ø: 2-10 mm Max. drill depth: 60 mm Margin width: up to 75 mm Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Packing included. Type 4 FF - fixed table Type 4 FS - sliding table+programmed bar Type 4 FS Page 356

367 Machines and devices Banding machines / Banding machines Desktop banding machine Type TB Type 26/I Type 26/II for all kinds of products using coated kraft paper or PP foil with electronic temperature control Output: cycles / min. Max. dimensions of the products to band: - Length: unlimited - Width: 260 mm for kraft paper, 180 mm for PP foil banding - Height: 170 mm Power supply: 230 V (A. C.) Type 26/I - for tape width 20 and 30 mm Type 26/II - for tape width 40 and 50 mm Page 357

368 Service / Repairs Consulting, sales and delivery In order to learn more about your requirements, we may consult you on-site in our own demo and training centre. After that we recommend suitable machines for your demands. We may also assist you in planning the installation, connection and maybe networking in your workshop. Once you have ordered the machines, we take care of the handling. Together with our partners, we may also assist you with the financing or leasing of machines. We also arrange the delivery together with our logistics partners. Not only do we ship within Germany, we also ship worldwide. For export deliveries, we choose the safest and cheapest way. We also provide all the necessary export and import documents. If requested, we may also arrange unloading and installation on your premises. Installation and training Once the machines have arrived at your premises, we may install them and teach you how to operate them. This may not only be a technical training in the operation of the machine, but if requested, we may also assist you with your production and recommend suitable materials. Moreover, we may offer bookbinding trainings by our experts. This may take place at your premises with your machines or in our demo centre in Hamburg. Service and repairs For a first aid, you may call our service hotline ( ). For some machines, a telemaintenance service (PräView) is optionally available. In case of severe technical problems, our service technicians repair your machine in our factory or at your premises. We may also repair third-party machines by request. During the repair period (e. g. in case of production peaks) you may rent replacement machines. Make use of our service and maintenance contracts so that your Prä machines are always ready for use and your production flow is guaranteed. During production After installation, we may assist you in choosing suitable consumables and tools. Our sales team is ready to assist you during our office opening hours. For ordering consumables, you may also use our online shop For fast and easy production, we offer a cutting service for ready-cut grey board panels for book cases, spine hollows or combined endsheets, especially for hardcover production. By request, we may also pre-cut and/or slit other materials, e. g. hot-stamping foil to the roll width required. Page 358

369

370 Workshop equipment The World of Bookbinding does not start with machines and ends with consumables. For us, it covers a lot more. To equip a bookbinder's workshop, we not only offer functional furniture but also small devices to facilitate the daily work within a bookbinding workshop. Especially designed for the needs and requirements for manufacturing books, they help to keep work easy and efficient. Worktop equipment / Tape dispensers Electric desktop dispenser for self-adhesive circles and labels Label width: mm Label length: mm Max. speed: 130 mm / second Max. Ø of label roll: 250 mm Carrier paper wind-up: yes Dimensions: 280 x 136 x 174 mm for one-sided adhesive circles (also perforated) with item nos XXX and 52782XXX. Electric desktop dispenser for PräFix Glue Dots The product is pressed against the exposed glue dot which sticks to the product. The roll is forwarded and the next dot is exposed. Suitable for PräFix Glue Dots rolls of 10,000 pieces. Electric desktop dispenser for double-sided foam circles The product is pressed against the exposed adhesive circle which sticks to the product. The roll is forwarded and the next circle is exposed. Suitable for double-sided adhesive foam circles with item no XXX. Page 360

371 Workshop equipment Worktop equipment / Tape dispensers TESA Easy Cut - desktop tape dispenser Type Type for 33 m rolls up to 19 mm width Type for 66 m rolls up to 25 mm width Type TESA Type Tape dispenser for rolls up to 50 mm or 2x 25 mm width TESA Type Hand tape dispenser for 66 m rolls up to 50 mm of width blade disappears automatically Hand dispenser for double-sided tapes (e.g. PräFix 600/700) - Tape width: up to 25 mm width (depending on material) - Roll diameter: max. 140 mm - Core diameter: 76 mm The carrier paper is rolled up. Tape dispenser Type TA with cutting edge - for up to 2 rolls of self-adhesive tapes with lining paper - tape width: mm (right side up to 80, left side up to 60 mm) - roll diameter: up to 120 mm - backing paper is removed automatically Spare blade for desktop dispenser Type TA3 Sold by the piece. Page 361

372 Workshop equipment Worktop equipment / Tape dispensers Universal tape dispenser Type A for self-adhesive cloth or foil tapes Tape width: 6-60 mm Tape length: mm 6 strip lengths may be preset 2 rolls may be processed simultaneously Tape transport: 200 mm / sec. Finger protection Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) To be supplied either with standard roll for standard tapes or rubber roll for thin or removable tapes. For tapes with strongt adhesion, a special coated transport roll is required. Worktop equipment / Electric glue pot Electric glue pot Capacity: 0.25 ltr with adjustable heat control V (A.C.) with plastic insert Water-jacketed for careful heating. A built-in thermostat keeps temperature constant within +/- 3 C. Nickel-plated brass housing with heatresistant plastic handles and slip-proof bases. Maximum temperature: approx. 85 C. Electric glue pot Capacity: 1.0 ltr with adjustable heat control V (A.C.) Plastic glue container with 1/3 partition and lid Water-jacketed for careful heating. A built-in thermostat keeps the temperature constant within +/- 3 C. Nickel-plated brass housing with heatresistant plastic handles and slip-proof bases. Maximum temperature: approx. 85 C. Ceramic insert for electric glue pot 0.25 ltr Stainless steel insert for electric glue pot 0.25 ltr Page 362

373 Workshop equipment Worktop equipment / Electric glue pot Laboratory glassware insert for electric glue pot 0.25 ltr Laboratory glassware lid with brush hole for electric glue pot 0.25 ltr Polypropylene insert with divider 0.25 ltr for electric glue pot 1.00 ltr Polypropylene lid with brush hole 0.25 ltr for electric glue pot 1.00 ltr Worktop equipment / Polishing iron Electric handle for polishing iron incl. iron # 0 - rectangular, curved, 19 x 24 mm - with temperature control - 60 watts - with screwed connection M6 - Power supply: 230 V - in handy plastic case for easy storage Page 363

374 Workshop equipment Worktop equipment / Polishing iron Polishing iron for electric holder # for screwed connection M6 # 0 - rectangular, curved, 19 x 24 mm # 1 - oval pointed, flat, tip bent up, 22 x 51 mm # 2 - oval pointed, slightly curbed surface, 21 x 63 mm # 3 - oval pointed, flat, tip bent up, 15 x 30 mm # 4 - oval pointed, flat, bevelled tip, 9 x 20 mm # 5 - oval pointed, arched, 8 x 17 mm, on 30 mm shaft # 6 - strip with rounded tip, curved, 10 x 60 mm # 1 # 2 # 3 # 4 # 5 # Worktop equipment / Manual gluing device Manual gluing device Type Gupfo with glue container and sponge-rubber roller Roller width: 150 mm Spare sponge rubber roller 150 mm for manual gluing device Type Gupfo Worktop equipment / Page-numbering devices Page-numbering device Type B mm / "Serif" metal casing - with 6 numbers 4.5 mm / "Sans Serif" 5.5 mm / "Serif" 5.5 mm / "Sans Serif" Page-numbering device Type B mm / "Serif" plastic casing - 6 numbers 4.5 mm / "Sans Serif" 5.5 mm / "Serif" 5.5 mm / "Sans Serif" Page 364

375 Workshop equipment Worktop equipment / Page-numbering devices Ink reservoir, size 2, colour: black for manual numbering devices B6 and B6K Special ink for page-numbering devices Colour: black - Tube with 5 ml Worktop equipment / Staple pliers Manual staple pliers Type RAPID K for standard staples 24/6 and 24/8 - made of chrome-plated steel - simple filling - adjustable anvil - staples up to 50 sheets Worktop equipment / Matboard cutter Matboard cutter Type DEXTER Manual device for bevelled mat cutting bevel adjustable to any required angle incl. 5 spare blades Spare blades for DEXTER Packet with 5 blades Page 365

376 Workshop equipment Workshop equipment / Compressor Compressor Type Kaeser Premium silent Max. gauge working pressure: 10 bar - Air receiver capacity: 10 ltr - Displacement: 130 ltr / min. - Filling volume: 100 ltr/min - Sound pressure level: 66 db(a) - Power supply: 230 V (A.C.) - Dimensions: 370 x 410 x 645 mm Workshop equipment / Workbenches Work bench Type STM-1-P Plate 36 mm thick, with melamine surface coating Size (W x H x D): 132 x 90 x 94 cm - with 1 intermediate shelf Picture shows optional tools drawer. Work bench Type STM-1-SS/ Plate 36 mm thick, with melamine surface coating Size (WxHxD): 132 x 90 x 94 cm with drawer cabinet - 8 drawers inner drawer size: 110 x 3.5 x 78 cm and cover plate Picture shows optional tools drawer. Work bench Type STM-2-P Plate 36 mm thick, with melamine surface coating Size (WxHxD): 258 x 90 x 94 cm Equipped with 2 intermediate bottoms Picture shows optional tools drawer and optional paper drawer cabinet Work bench Type STM-2-SS/ Plate 36 mm thick, with melamine surface coating Size (WxHxD): 258 x 90 x94 cm with drawer cabinet - 8 drawers inner drawer size: 110 x 3,5 x 78 cm cover board 18 mm and 1 intermediate bottom Picture shows optional tools drawer. Page 366

377 Workshop equipment Workshop equipment / Paper shelves Support for 6 rolls of binding cloth to be mounted to a wall Height: 160 cm (1 support = 2 carrying frames) Paper shelf with 8 steel drawers Type SS-B1/8 - with powder-coated surface - Dimensions (HxWxD): 422 x 1200 x 820 mm - Drawer size (inner): 35 x 1080 x 780 mm - Modules stackable up to max. 4 units (max. 32 drawers) Combining several of these modules to form a drawer cabinet requires one plinth per cabinet. Paper shelf with 5 steel drawers Type SS-B1/5 - with powder-coated surface - Dimensions (HxWxD): 422 x 1200 x 820 mm - Drawer size (inner): 55 x 1080 x 780 mm - Modules stackable up to max. 4 units (max. 32 drawers) Combining several of these modules to form a drawer cabinet requires one plinth per cabinet. Shelf module for pre-cut cover material Type RP/9 - made of flake board with melamine-coated surface - Module with 9 compartments. - Dimensions (HxWxD): 422 x 1200 x 1100 mm - Compartment size (HxWxD): 114 x 353 x 1080 mm Combining several of these modules to form a cloth cabinet requires one plinth per cabinet. Shelf module for pre-cut cover material Type RP/18 - made of flake board with melamine-coated surface - Module with 18 compartments. - Dimensions (HxWxD): 844 x 1200 x 1100 mm - Compartment size (HxWxD): 114 x 353 x 1080 mm Combining several of these modules to form a cloth cabinet requires one plinth per cabinet. Page 367

378 Workshop equipment Workshop equipment / Stands Stand with extra storage plate Dimensions: H 60 x W 82 x D 50 cm Other dimensions by request. Stand on castors with extra storage plate Dimensions: H 60 x W 82 x D 50 cm Other dimensions by request. Workshop equipment / Chairs Chair Type Smart GPT steel base - continuously adjustable seat height - upholstered seat and back made of faux leather colour: dark green (Skai V13) - ergonomically shaped back rest - back rest adjustable in tilt angle and height - fixed arm rests - metal foot ring adjustable in height - max. carrying capacity: 110 kgs Stool Type Goliat TS steel base, black, with plastic caps - continuously adjustable seat height with a lift - upholstered seat made of faux leather colour: dark green (Skai V13) - self-braking castors for carpets or hard surfaces - max. carrying capacity: 110 kgs Stool Type Goliat TS12 with ring base steel base, black, with plastic caps - continuously adjustable seat height with a lift - upholstered seat made of faux leather colour: dark green (Skai V13) - on feet (not available on castors) - metal foot ring adjustable in height - max. carrying capacity: 110 kgs Page 368

379 Workshop equipment / Chairs Workshop equipment Chair Type Werek continuously adjustable seat height - seat and back made of beech plywood - back rest with grip hole for carrying - anti-slip foot rest, adjustable in height - metal parts: black - max. carrying capacity: 110 kgs Chair Type Worker TS02 with ring base continuously adjustable seat height - anti-slip seat and back made of soft plastic - base: black, nylon, with feet (not available on castors) - metal parts: black - max. carrying capacity: 110 kgs Page 369

380

381 Alphabetical index of goods A Adhesive circles Adhesive dots Adhesive tape Adhesives Agate burnisher All-purpose brush Alsace G binding cloth Alsace N binding cloth Anti-statics spray Antique deckle-edge paper Apron Arbetex leather cloth Arch clip Arch-style paper clip Arch-type mechanisms Armenian Bole Aroma additive for hotmelt gelatine Ascocolor diluent Ascocolor marbling dyes Ascona gilding tool ATG 700 hand tape dispenser Aurofix - gilding primer Auroschnitt - edge-gilding primer Avon spine-binding cloth Awl tips Awls B Back covers for ring bindings Backing board Backliner Ball chain Ball chain catch (connector) Balmoral binding cloth Band nipper Banding foil Banding paper Barb pliers Barbs Barcode extension Bearded needles for Brehmer Beeswax Bench-type staplers Bib. Tengujo paper Binding bars for edge gilding press Binding cloth Binding folders Binding leather Binding screws Blades for cutters Blades for DEXTER matboard cutter Blades for scalpels Block-making machines Blocking die for gold finishing Blocking press PräGnant Blotting board Blotting paper BLS-Professional book laminator Board Board scissors Board shears Board trimmer PräziTrim Bonefolders Book Buchbinden Schritt für Schritt Book das binderbuch Book back re-inforcer Book back rounding machine Book cloth with coated surface Book cloth with uncoated surface Book corner press PräPremo Book corners Book cover materials Book laminating station Book mark Book press, light Book presses, heavy Book presses, hydraulic Book screws Book-edge dye Bookbinder s knife Bookbinder s press Bookbinder s press, wood Bookbinder s scissors Bookbinder s tool bag Bookbinders needles Bookbinding cloth Bookbinding leather Bookbinding machines, Prä Bookmark Bottle (empty) for marbling dyes Box handle with label frame Box handles Brass binding screws Brass rolls Page 371

382 Alphabetical index of goods Brass typestyles Breathing mask Brush for dyeing book edges Brushes Büchertuch binding cloth Buckingham binding cloth Bugra deckle-edge paper Business card support C Calendar frames Calendar hangers for Ring Wire Calf parchment Calico Calico, self-adhesive Capra goatskin Caps for plastic binding screws Carpenter s square Carrier pockets f. laminating pouches Case press PräKasch Case-making squares Case-rounding machine PräRund Casemakers, Prä Casing-in glue Casing-in machine PräLeg Catalogues Catches for ball chains CD fasteners CD pouches,self-adhesive Chairs Chelsea binding cloth Chipboard Chromolux board Chromolux cover sheets Circle gouges Circular blade for trimming-plane Cleaner for adhesives Cleaner for PUR adhesives Cleaning sponge Clear varnish spray Clips for ID tags Closing machines Cloth strips Cloth, self-adhesive Cloudy marbled paper Cold glue brush Coloured glue Coloured papers Coloured stitching wire Columbus clamp Combi D mechanisms Combined endsheets, PräziCover Compasses Compressor Compressor bars Contact adhesive CopyBinder Cord Cork Corner brush Corner-punching machines CORONA/2 - Label gluing machine CORONEL - Edge-gluing machine Cotton gloves Cotton thread with metal barbs Cover 1 casemaking system Cover bars Cover board Cover flaps for desk pads Cover material trimmer PräziSheet Cover papers Cover sheets for ring bindings Cowskin CreativeMount Crepe paper Cutter blades Cutter knives Cutting mat D Da Vinci brushes Date indicators Deburring knife Deckle-edge paper Decorative brass strips Decorative pallets Decorative strips Defrothing agent for hot and cold glue Dexter matboard cutter Diluent for marbling dyes Dispersion glue Display board Dividing knife DK3 double-sided adhesive film Page 372

383 Alphabetical index of goods Double-screw edge gilding press Double-sided adhesive circles Double-sided adhesive film Double-sided adhesive paper Double-sided adhesive tape Drain nozzle Drill bits for manual paper drill Drill bits for paper-drilling machines Drill sharpener Drill-Ease lubricant stick Drilling board Drying device PräSeco Dusting brush DVD DVD pouches, self-adhesive DX1 double-sided adhesive film DX2 double-sided adhesive film E Easy bind tyvex Easy hold Easy wings Easypump glue pump Edge gilding board Edge gilding roll Edge protector Edge-dye Edge-gilding brushes Edge-gilding clamp Edge-gilding foil Edge-gilding press Edge-gilding primer Edge-gluing machine Efalin board Efalin paper Elastic cord Electric desktop dispenser Electric glue pot Elephant hide paper ENANO - Gluing machine End paper Endsheet gluer PräziGard English Buckram Metallic English Buckram Neon English Buckram library cloth English Buckram Matt English Buckram Sparkle Erasing knife Eterno Board Extension for binding screws Extreme Graphic White Eyelets Eyeletting machines Eyeletting pliers F Fan-binding glue Fanbinder PräColl FastBack binding strips Faux wood paper Filing mechanism, self-adhesive Filing prongs Filing strips Filing strips for ring bindings Filmolux - self-adhesive films, glossy Filmolux bookcover Filmomatt - self-adhesive films, mat Filmoplast P, P90, P90 plus Filmoplast R Filmoplast SH Filmoplast T Filter fleece Finger stalls Finishing stove Finishing tools Fixative for leather dyes Fixing tape for blocking dies Flat brushes Flat rubber lace Fleece Florentine paper Foam board Foam board hangers Foam-padded board Foamboard cutter Foil-blocking machines, Prä Folder band Folder board Folder mechanisms Folding machines Folding rib Folding rule FORTE Synthetics brushes French Chalk Page 373

384 Alphabetical index of goods French marbled paper Fugitive glue Full leather Full sight goggles G Gampi paper Gauze Gelasco - marbling primer Getacor sewing thread Getafil sewing thread Gilder s tip Gilding board Gilding cushion Gilding knife Gilding primer Gilding roll Gilding tool Glassine paper Gloves Glue dispenser Glue dye Glue pot Glue pot, electric Glue pump Easypump Glue stick Glues Gluing device, manual Gluing machines Gluing machines, Prä Glutofix Goat parchment Goggles Gold leaf Gold lifter Gouges Grey board Grey board (chipboard) Grindstone Grip-hole rings for ring binders Grooving machine Gudy double-sided adhesive film Gudy double-sided adhesive paper Guide for filing strips, self-adhesive Guillotines Gumming glue Gupfo manual gluing device H Haas typestyles Hammer Hand cleaner Hand cream Hand dispenser for double-sided tapes Hand refractometer Hand tools for gold finishing Hand typeholders Handle for decorative pallets Handle for gilding rolls Hangers Hangers for foamboard Hangers with punch hole Hardboard Headband Headband scissors Headbanding machine PräziBand Heat-seal coated Japanese paper Heat-seal laminating film Heat-seal laminating pouches Heating plate for book blocks Heating plates for finishing tools Hemp cord Hermafix transfer Hermafix vario HEROLD - Gluing maching Hollow punches Hollow punches for punching devices Hook compression bar Hook dots Hook tape Hot animal glue, granulated Hot glue brushes Hot protein glue Hot-stamping foil Hotmelt glue Hotmelt jelly Hydraulic presses I IDEAL Booklet Maker IDEAL Folding machines IDEAL Guillotines IDEAL Paper trimmers IDEAL Rotary cutters Imperial binding cloth Page 374

385 Alphabetical index of goods Ingres deckle-edge paper Ink for page-numbering device Iron stitching wire J Japanese end paper Japanese paper Joint cambric Joint-setting machine PräForm Jute linen K KAESER compressor Kashmir paper Knives Koeper sewing band Kraft paper Kraft tape L Label frames Label-gluing machine Laminating film Laminating glue Laminating pouches Laminators Latex-saturated paper Leather Leather balm Leather brush Leather cloth Leather dye Leather scissors Leather softener Leather vaseline Leather-paring device Schärffix Leather-paring knife Leather-paring stone Leatherette paper Leiminator glue pot Leipziger Vorsatz Letter case for type font Lever-arch mechanisms Library cloth Linen indexes Lizard paper Longrano paper Loop clips Loop dots Loop handles Loop staples Loop tape Lubricant stick M Machine rivets Madera faux wood cover paper Magazine re-inforcer Magnetic foil, self-adhesive Magnetic tape, self-adhesive Manual punching device Marabu varnish spray Marbled hardboard Marbled paper Marbling combs Marbling dyes Marbling primer Marbling tray Maroquin fixative Maroquin leather balm Maroquin leather vaseline Martor cutters Mat board Matboard cutter Melt-O-Clean cold cleaner Metal barbs Metal binding screws Metal clips Metal corners Metal hangers Moleskin Molton Mottlers Mounting board Mull Multi-layer boards Multi-purpose press Multi-purpose scissors Museum board MZ3 paste Page 375

386 Alphabetical index of goods N Nameplate carrier Natural linen Nebelhorn paper Nipping press Nonwoven NOVA brushes Numbering device Nylon twine O Oase goatskin Offset board P P3 manuvo - hand cleaner Packaging tape Pad clamp with lever Pad-binding glue Page cord Page-marking ribbon (bookmark) Page-numbering device Pallet holder Paper clamp mechanism Paper clip Paper drilling device, manual Paper joggers Paper knives Paper scissors Paper shelf with drawers Paper stacking meter Paper strips Paper trimmers Paraprint Parchment Paring knives Paring rolls for Schärffix Paring stone Partinol Paste Paste brushes Pattex Kraftkleber Pen fastener PERKEO - Edge-gluing machine Photo board PhotoMount PICCOLO eyeletting devices PICCOSTAR eyeletting machine Pigskin Pile bracket Pipettes for marbling dyes Plakal hotmelt jelly Plana-PUR glue Planamelt hotmelt glue Planatol 37 stabilizer Planatol adhesives Planatol glue pot Planatol hotmelt glue Planatol PUR glue Planatolin Planax Strips Planaxol Plastic binding screws Plastic hangers for slide binders Plastic rivets Plastic-binding combs Plastic-comb binding machines Pliers for metal barbs Pocket scissors Polishing iron - electric handle Polishing irons Polyester fleece Post-It labels Poster hangers Poster slide binders Poster stands Pouches, self-adhesive, rectangular Pouches, self-adhesive, triangular PräColl Fanbinder PräDeck Casemaker PräDeka Case-making combination PräDeka XL Casemaker PräDor Finishing stove PräFalz Preparing device PräFix Antiskin/Antidry spray PräFix Antistatik spray PräFix Gleitquick silicone spray Präfix Dots dispensing machine Präfix Dots applicator Präfix Dots support PräFix double-sided adhesive film PräFix double-sided film for ATG PräFix double-sided fleece for ATG PräFix double-sided adhesive foam Page 376

387 Alphabetical index of goods PräFix double-sided adhesive fleece PräFix Glue Dots PräForm joint-setting machine PräGlu fanbinder PräGnant blocking press PräKant turning-in machine PräKasch case press PräLeg casing-in machine PräLomo back rounding machine PräMelt hotmelt gelatine PräMelt PUR cleaner PräPara book back heating plate PräPlast strips PräPremo book corner press es PräPress pressing clamp PräRund Case-rounding machine PräSeco Ddying device PräTack adhesives PräTack support frame PräziBand headbanding machine PräziCase casemakers PräziCoat gluing machines PräziCorner corner cutter PräziCover combined endsheets PräziGard endsheet gluing machine PräziMark hot-foil stamping machine PräZis corner cutters PräziSheet Cover material trimmer PräziSpine spine hollow trimmer PräziTrim board and spine trimmer Precision cutter Preparing device PräFalz Press board Press board for folders Pressing boards Pressing clamp PräPress Pressing-down roller Pressure clip f. lever-arch mechanism Pricking needles für Brehmer PRITT glue stick Professional Soft-Cut cutter Protection film for paperbacks Protection film, glossy Protection film, mat Protective oil for hot-stamping type Punching and eyeletting pliers Punching board Punching machines Punching tool for hollow punching PUR adhesives Q Quadrangular pouches Quick-filing prongs R Rag Mat board Rainbow LX paper Ratchet fasteners Raw linen Rectangular pockets Red sable brushes Refractometer Regency REGENT - Pressing-down machine Regudux RX spine-binding tape Regutaf H3 spine-binding tape Regutex R spine-binding tape RENZ binding machines RENZ Closing machines RENZ Pouch laminors RENZ punching machines RENZ punching tools RENZ Wire-comb dispensing machine Repair paper Repair tapes Retouching brush Revolving hollow punch Rice starch Ring mechanisms Ring Wire bindings Ring wire opener Rivets RM33 vary - Grooving machine ROLAND - Gluing machine Roll holder Roll-up bag for tools Rope paper Rotary cutter Rotary cutters Round head pins Rounding block Rubber cord clipped to a ring Rubber cord with metal barbs Rubber cord, braided Page 377

388 Alphabetical index of goods Rubber lace, braided Rubber rings Rubber roller Rulers Rust remover S Saddle stapler Safety gloves Safety scissors Samoprint - hand cream Sample book Satin cord Scalpel blades Scalpels Schärffix leather-paring device Schärffix paring rolls Schärffix spare blades Schattendruck paper Scissors Scotch Magic Tape 810 Scotch paper tape for ATG Scotch Removable Tape 811 Scotch transfer tapes for ATG Scrubs - hand cleansing tissues Self-adhesive circles Self-adhesive pouches Self-laminating pouches Self-separating glues Semi-circle gouges Separating agent for adhesives Sewing band Sewing frame Sewing hook with wing-nut Sewing needles Sewing needles for Brehmer Sewing thread Shelf for pre-cut cover material Shirting Silicone paper Silicone roller for edge-gilding roll Silicone spray PräFix Silk paper Single-layer boards Sintered carbide insert f. drill sharpener SKG laminating glue Slide binder applicator Slide binders Sliding file mechanism Slitting knife - blade Slitting knife - handle Slothole pliers Smooth burnisher Smoothing/Baling press Snap-off blades for cutters Snitty - Paper and foil trimmer Spacers (blanks), brass Spacers (blanks), zinc-aluminium Spare blades Spatula Spine binding tape Spine gauge Spine hollows Spine tape, gummed Spine-binding cloth Spine-hollow trimmer PräziSpine Spiral springs with bead Split pins with round head Split pins with round head Split shank rivets Spray adhesive Spring steel compasses Square Square trimming straightedge Squeegee Stabilizer Stacking meter Stamping foil Stamping machines Stands Staple pliers Staplers Staples Steel compasses Steel rulers Steel square Steel stitching wire Stitching wire Stitching-wire scissors Stools Suction cups Support for binding cloth rolls Support for double-screw press Support to hold a paper drill Suspension file fitting Synthetic resin glue Page 378

389 Alphabetical index of goods T TA3 Tape dispenser Tag Echtes Leder (=genuine leather) Tape dispenser Tape dispensers, electric Tape measure Technical materials Teflon folders Teflon folding rib Teflon smooth burnisher Teflon spatula Tengujo paper tesa Alleskleber TESA Desktop tape dispenser TESA Hand tape dispenser Tesaband Premium Tesafilm Tesafix 4964 Tesapack Tesaprint Thermo-binding folders Thermo-binding machine Thermo-binding strips Thermostat Thread counter Thumb-hole punch Tightening handle Tilt lever mechanisms Timer mechanisms Tips for awls Tool bag for binders Trapezium pouches, self-adhesive Trimming plane with circular blade TS-Boy Turning-in machine PräKant Tweezers Two-part rivets Type cabinet Typeholders, electrically heated Typeholders, unheated Typestyle catalogues Typestyles Typometer Tyvex tape U Unbleached cloth V Varnish spray Vaseline separating agent Velcro dots, self-adhesive Velcro tape Velcro/velvet dots, combined Velours paper Velvet tape Vernier calliper Voucher W Wash brushes Washers for metal binding screws Washers for plastic binding screws Wax paper for drill bits Wheat starch Wire clip for ring binders Wire comb bindings Wire-binding loops (on coils) Wire-comb binding machines WISHAB sponge Wobbler Wood board Wood veneer paper Wooden double-screw press Wooden hammer Wooden letter case for type font Wooden type cabinet Work benches Worktop brush Wrapping paper Writing paper Y Yuki paper Page 379

390 Sites and contact details Hamburg Head office Wholesale trade Warehouse DTC Demo and training centre Dwengerkamp 1 D Hamburg GERMANY Phone: / Fax: / info@schmedt.de URL: Business hours: Mon - Thu h Fri h Bienenbüttel Machine production Repairs Service Am Klaepenberg D Bienenbüttel GERMANY Service hotline: / Fax: / URL: technic@schmedt.de Business hours: Mon - Thu h Fri h Page 380

391 Order sheet by post: Schmedt GmbH & Co. KG Dwengerkamp 1 D Hamburg by fax: / Address (Please state customer code!) Customer code: Company: Contact person: Street: Postal code/town: Telephone: Telefax: Delivery address (if different) Company: Contact person: Street: Postal code/town: Telephone: Telefax: Item no. Description Colour Quantity Unit price Total price Minimum order amount: EU countries: EUR 25,00 Non EU countries: EUR 50,00 Date Signature/ Stamp Page 381

392 General terms and conditions 1 Scope of Terms Our goods deliveries, services and offers are all made solely on the basis of these terms of sale. Our terms of sale shall be regarded as accepted with acceptance of the goods or services at the latest. Our terms of sale also apply to all future business transactions, even if they are not again explicitly agreed to in the future. We do not recognize any terms of the buyer contradicting or deviating from our own terms of sale. Our terms of sale shall apply even if we make delivery without reservation, in the knowledge of contradictory or deviating terms of the customer. 2 Offers and Conclusion of Contract With the placement of an order, the customer makes a binding declaration of intent to purchase the goods in question. Orders and assignments, if they are to be valid, require our written confirmation, which we shall be entitled to declare within a period of 2 weeks. Alternatively, acceptance may be made by means of delivery of the goods. Drawings, illustrations, dimensions, weights and other performance data shall only be binding if this has been explicitly agreed to in writing. We reserve the right to make technical alterations or alterations in form, colour or weight, provided such alterations remain within the bounds of what is reasonable. All significant agreements relating to an order are contained in our confirmation of order or in these terms of sale. Our employees are not authorized to make oral ancillary agreements or to give verbal assurances extending beyond the contents of the written agreement. 3 Prices (1) The prices contained in our offers are binding for a period of 30 days, as from the day of the offer; otherwise the prices indicated in the confirmation of order shall apply. (2) The statutory VAT is not included in our prices; this will be indicated on the invoice at the statutory amount applicable on the date of the invoice. (3) Unless otherwise explicitly agreed to in writing, the prices indicated shall apply ex Hamburg. The forwarding and packaging costs shall be borne by the buyer and will be separately charged. In the case of inland orders for merchandise worth more than EUR 500 (before VAT), we shall meet the freight and packaging costs; the same shall apply for deliveries to other European countries where the value of the goods exceeds EUR 1,000 (before VAT). Exceptions to carriage-paid goods are made for heavy goods, e.g. paperboard, glues, stitching wire, metals, metal rails and machines. Additional costs for express goods shall always be borne by the buyer. 4 Period of Delivery (1) Delivery dates and delivery deadlines are only valid if agreed to in writing. The start of the delivery period specified by us presupposes that all technical questions have been clarified, as well as the timely and proper performance of all obligations by the customer. (2) If the customer defaults in acceptance of the goods, he/she/it shall be responsible for, and shall bear or reimburse, any consequential damage incurred, including excess expenditure. Farther-reaching claims of ours shall remain unaffected. (3) Even in cases of binding delivery dates, we shall not be liable for delays in delivery or performance due to force majeure or to other events that make such delivery significantly more difficult or even impossible for more than a brief period only, even should such delay be due to our suppliers. In such cases we shall be entitled to extend the delivery period by the period of the delay if reasonable, or to withdraw from the outstanding part of the contract, whether fully or partially. If the delivery period is extended in this way or if we withdraw from an outstanding part of the contract, this shall not constitute grounds for claims to compensation for damages on the part of the buyer. If the delay continues for longer than a month, the buyer shall be entitled, after the expiry of a period of grace, to withdraw from that part of the contract not yet fulfilled. (4) In the event of default on delivery, we shall be liable in accordance with the statutory provisions, provided the delay is due to a deliberate act of malintent or to gross negligence on our part. If the delay in delivery is not due to gross negligence on our part, or to a deliberate act of malintent on our part, we shall be liable to make lump-sum payments of 5% of the net value of the delivery for each full week of delay, though such payments shall not exceed 0.5% of the net overall value of the delivery affected by the delay. This shall also apply in the event of delay in delivery due to culpable violation of an essential contract obligation. 5 Payment (1) Our invoices are payable within 30 days of the invoice date, without deduction. Deductions made for premature payment are only permissible if explicitly agreed to in writing. (2) Payment shall not have been made until we are in a position to dispose of the amount in question. Payment by cheque is only permissible subject to prior agreement. In such cases payment shall not have been made until the cheque has been cashed. Any associated costs shall be borne by the buyer. (3) We are entitled to set payments off against older claims first. Where costs and interest have been incurred, we are entitled to set off payments received against the costs first, then the interest and finally against the main claim. (4) The buyer shall only be entitled to offset or retain payments if the counterclaim has been legally established, is undisputed or is recognized by us. The customer shall only be entitled to exercise right of retention if his counterclaim relates to the same contractual relationship. (5) If payment by instalments has been agreed and if the buyer defaults on an instalment for a period of longer than two months, the entire amount shall become due immediately, plus the statutory rate of interest, without any notice being required. 6 Passing of Risk (1) The place of performance is Hamburg, except where some other arrangement has been stipulated in the confirmation of order. (2) The risk shall pass to the buyer as soon as the consignment is handed over to the person carrying out the transport, or as soon as the shipment leaves our stores. This shall also apply in the case of carriage-free deliveries. At the customer s request we will arrange a transport insurance for the consignment at the cost of the buyer. (3) In the event of default in acceptance or violation by the customer of the duty to cooperate, the risk of accidental loss or of deterioration of the goods shall pass to the customer at as the time of default in acceptance or default of the debtor. 7 Warranty Against Defects (1) In cases of defects the customer has the choice between subsequent improvement and replacement. Return of goods must be agreed with us in advance. Otherwise we have the right to refuse to accept returned goods. In cases of correction of defects we shall bear the necessary costs of such correction, to the extent that these costs are not increased by the transfer of the goods to another location than that of the place of performance. (2) If subsequent performance fails to provide a solution after the second attempt, the customer shall be entitled to choose between reduction of the purchase price or annulment of the contract. (3) The prerequisite for claims relating to defects is observance of the examination and complaint obligations in accordance with section 377 of HGB [German Commercial Code], especially the requirement that the customer must notify us of any obvious defects in writing within 2 weeks of receipt of the goods; otherwise the right to warranty claims is excluded. (4) The buyer shall have no claims based on defects if alterations have been made to our products, or if parts have been exchanged or non-durable components have been replaced and these parts or components do not correspond to the specifications, or if operating or servicing instructions have not been complied with. Liability for normal wear and tear is excluded. (5) The limitation period for warranty claims is twelve months, as from the date of passing of risk. (6) Claims for compensation due to culpable, but not deliberate, violation of one or more essential contractual obligation(s) or to gross negligence, even on the part of one of our representatives or agents, shall be limited to the foreseeable or typical damage occurring in such circumstances. Liability for culpable damage to life and limb, or to bodily health and compulsory liability in accordance with the product liability law, shall remain unaffected. (7) If the terms of sale contain no other regulations, liability on our part is excluded. 8 Reservation of Ownership (1) We shall retain the ownership of the purchase property until payment has been made in full for all claims arising from the ongoing business relationship. (2) The customer is obliged to treat the purchase property with care, insuring it at new value against damage from fire, water and theft and where required - undertaking maintenance and inspection work at his/her/its own cost. (3) The customer is obliged to inform us immediately in writing of any damage suffered by the goods, as well as of any pledging of the goods to third parties, or any other attachment or access by third parties and must notify any such third party of our ownership. The customer is also required to notify us in writing of any change of hands of the goods, as well as of any change of address by the customer himself/herself/itself. (4) In the event of a breech of contract by the customer, especially relating to default on payment or to violation of any of the duties and obligations referred to in the previous two paragraphs, we shall be entitled to rescind the contract and to demand the return of the purchase goods. Following such return of the purchase goods, we shall be authorized to exploit these commercially; the revenues for any such sale of goods shall be offset against the customer s outstanding liabilities - less appropriate deductions for such commercialization. (5) The buyer shall be entitled to further process the goods, taking the care of a prudent businessman, or to resell them. The customer assigns to us at this time all claims to the goods, to the amount of our respective gross invoice amounts, due to him/her/it as arising from the resale or vis-à-vis third parties, whether the purchase property has been resold after or without subsequent processing. We accept the assignment. Even after this assignment the buyer shall still be authorized to collect such claims. Our authority to collect such claims ourselves shall nevertheless remain unaffected. We hereby waive our right to such collection of claims for as long as the buyer meets his/her/its payment obligations towards us from the recovered revenues, does not default on payment and does not apply for the initiation of settlement or insolvency proceedings, or suspend payments. In any of the above-mentioned cases the buyer must inform us in writing of the assigned claims and his/her/its own debts and all other factors required for the collection purposes, and must provide us with all documents needed, informing the debtor of the assignment. (6) Any finishing work or processing is undertaken on our behalf, as the manufacturer, though without any additional obligations. If, as a result of combination, our property as such ceases to exist, the property of the buyer shall be assigned to us to the proportionate value of the individual property, as corresponding to the invoice amount; this shall also apply in the case of mixing. The goods resulting from processing shall furthermore be subject to the same egulations as the purchase goods delivered by us subject to retention of ownership. (7) Security held by us will released, at the request of the customer, to the extent that this exceeds the value of our outstanding, secured claims by more than 10 per cent. In this case we shall have the right to decide which security to release. 9 Restriction on Liability Claims to compensation, e.g. as arising from violation of obligations, wrongful default (culpa in contrahendo) or claims associated with a civil or criminal offence, shall, where no other regulations have been agreed to in connection with the individual case or specified in the terms of sale, be excluded, regardless of the legal nature of the claim, provided neither malintent nor gross negligence is involved. This shall also apply to the dealings of our executing aides and vicarious agents. The regulation holds, moreover, for cases in which, instead of compensation, reimbursement is requested for expenditure made in vain. Liability for culpable damage to life and limb, or to bodily health, and compulsory liability in accordance with the product liability law or with explicit regulations contained in these terms of sale, shall remain unaffected. 10 Applicable Law, Place of Jurisdiction, Partial Invalidity (1) Our terms of sale shall apply only with respect to companies in terms of section 310 I of BGB (German Civil Code), i.e. natural persons, corporate bodies or legally capable partnerships or unincorporated firms engaging professionally in commercial or self-employed activities. As regards consumers, the statutory regulations shall apply. (2) Our terms of sale and the entire legal relationship shall be subject to the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. Application of UN purchase law is excluded. (3) If the buyer is a full trader, a public-law body or constitutes public special assets, Hamburg shall be the sole place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising from this contract, whether directly or indirectly. This shall also apply if the customer has no general place of jurisdiction within Germany, or if the place or residence and customary abode are unknown at the time of initiation of court proceedings. (4) Should one of the provisions contained in these terms of business or within the framework of other agreements prove to be invalid, whether at present or at some future date, this shall not affect the validity of all of the other conditions or agreements. The wholly or partially invalid regulation shall be replaced by a regulation that most closely corresponds to the economic intentions of the invalid regulation. Date of issue: 05/2017 Page 382

393

394 For your personal notes Page 384

395 For your personal notes Page 385

396 For your personal notes Page 386

397

398 For your personal notes Page 388

399 For your personal notes Page 389

400